CBSE Class 6 Science Syllabus Papers

CBSE Class 6 Science:

                 CBSE Class 6 Science syllabus can be widely classified as follows:

They are:

  1. Food
  2. Materials
  3. The world of living
  4. Moving things, people and ideas
  5. How things work
  6. Natural resources

The above topics are in detail below:

 

  • Food:

         Any typical food which we eat contains different ingredients which come from different sources such as plants and animals. Plants are the sources of vegetables, seeds, oil, fruits, etc whereas animals are the sources of dairy products, milk, meat and eggs.

       The subtopics which are covered under this chapter are Components of food, sources of food and cleaning food.

Sources of food:

                 This topic covers what are the various sources of food that animals depend upon. What do the animals eat? Plant parts and animal products are the some examples of sources of foods.

As we all know, food is an essential thing for all kinds of living organisms. Every organism depends on other organism for making their food. For example, larger animals depend on smaller organism for their food, similarly human beings depend on animals for their food.

Plant food products:

                 Plant food products are the different types of food we get from the plants. Plant is the major source of food for vegetables, fruits, seeds and oils. Few of those examples are

Roots: We consume plant roots in the form of carrot, turnips, radish and beetroot.

Flowers: We consume flowers in the form of cauliflower, flowers of pumpkin and few kinds of roses are used to make edible oils.

Stem:

         We eat stem related source of foods from plants such as coriander, sugarcane, potatoes, etc.,

Fruits:

             We get many different types of fruits like fleshy or dry fruits. Fruits like mango, guava, orange, and apple are the important source of food from the plants.

Seeds:

           We eat grains, pulses, ground nuts which are the important sources of foods in the form of seeds from the plants.

Leaves:

       We eat leafy vegetables such as spinach, cabbage, curry leaves which are rich in calcium and vitamins.

Animal food products:

      Just like plants, animals also make many kinds of foods that are very helpful for the human beings.

Milk:

           Animals such as cow, goat, and buffalo are tamed in their own farms to produce milk from them. This is a rich source of food which is rich in calcium.

Eggs:

           Birds like hen, duck are tamed and reared in their poultry farms for their eggs which is rich in protein.

Meat:

       Animals such as goat, cow, pig, duck, sheeps are tamed to get flesh from them which is called as meat.

Dairy products:

         Not only milk, but also other dairy products are made from the milk of animals such as cow, buffalo, donkey, goat, etc.,

Sea food:

       Sea foods like fish, prawns, and crabs are also highly used foods for the human consumption.

Honey:

        This is a product which is obtained from the Honey bee. Honey collects nectar from various fruits and flowers. Such nectars are collected together to form honey.

Components of food:

       Any healthy food consists of six important nutrients such as carbohydrates, fats, vitamins, protein, minerals and water. These nutrients are much necessary to perform various metabolic activities.

Carbohydrates:

               Carbohydrates are the compounds of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen and provide instant energy for the human body. Examples: rice, jowar, grains, etc.,

Proteins:

           They are formed by the compounds such as carbon, hydrogen, oxygen and nitrogen. Protein is required to repair and damage the broken cells in the human body. Example: egg, milk, cheese, etc.,

Fats are made up of carbon, oxygen and hydrogen. Fat protects the skin from the rapid loss of heat. Example: Cheese, butter, oil, ghee Vitamins are the chemical substances that help in maintaining a healthy body. Example: Lemon, oranges, tomatoes, etc.,

Examples:

  1. Tiger is _______ animal since it eats only meat

Answer: carnivore

  1. Name two foods that are rich in starch.

Answer: Butter and Groundnuts

 

  • Materials:

         This chapter covers the various topics such as different types of cloth materials, types of plant fibres, and some concepts such as why candle shortens when lighten up, how does salt gets dissolved in a cup of water, etc.,

Fibres:

           Cloth is a basic necessity for any human being to protect his body from the external environment. Such cloths are made up of different fabric materials such as wool, fibre, silk, leather, etc.,

Fibres are of two types such as natural fibre and synthetic fibre. Natural fibre are made from the natural sources of plants and animals such as cotton, jute, silk and wool. Synthetic fibre are man-made fibres which are not obtained from any plants and animals. Example: Nylon, polyster, etc.,

Properties of materials:

           Every material has different property and nature. For example:

Metals:

   Most of the metals are lustrous and shiny in nature. Thus, they are used in jewellery making. For example: Gold, silver, etc.,

Cotton:

               The materials such as cotton or sponge are soft by nature. Thus they are used in making sarees, toys and other soft materials.

Plastics:

           The nature of material is light and transparent sometimes. Thus, they are used in making bottles, jugs, play sets, etc.,

Wood:

         This type of materials is opaque in nature which do not allow light to pass through them. Thus, cupboards are made up of wood.

Examples:

  1. State true or false:
  • Is yarn made up of fibres?

             Answer: True

  1. Name any two items that are made from the coconut fibre?

Answer: Bags and ropes

 

  • The world of living:

             This chapter covers the topics such as living and non-living beings characteristics, habitat of the living organisms and morphological structure and function of plants, bones and skeleton system of human beings.

Getting to know the plants:

                 Plants can be classified into different types according to their size and nature. They are as

Herbs:

         Herbs are usually short and have a short period of life. They are mainly used in medicine to cure specific diseases.

Shrub:

             This is taller than herb which lives for longer years. Examples are sunflower, rosemary, etc.,

Tree:

           This is a woody plant that has many stems and branches. They prevent soil erosion, maintain carbon dioxide content in the air, and provide us wood and other materials to build up huts and houses. Creepers are the weak plants which cannot stand straight. They grow horizontally on the ground and live for very short period of time.

Body movements:

               Human beings are able to move from one place to another with the help of their muscles, joints and limbs. Thus, the parts in detail

Joint:

       Joint is a point at which two separate bones meet. There are three types of joints in the human beings such as fixed or immovable joints, slightly movable joints and freely movable joints.

Bones and skeleton:

           Bones provide support to the structures in the body whereas Skeleton system of a human body is an internal framework of all the bones and cartilage in the human body.

Living organisms and the surroundings:

                  There are different types of atmosphere and seasons to which all kinds of living organisms must adapt.

Habitat:

               Habitat of an organism is its immediate surroundings. There are two types of habitat such as Terrestrial habitat (Forest, grasslands, desserts, etc) and Aquatic habitat (Freshwater, ponds, lakes, etc.)

Adaptations:

             The ability of any organism to adjust itself to the type of the surroundings is called as adaptation.

Characteristics of a living organisms:

         All kinds of living organism require certain characteristics of life. They are they require food to exhibit growth, need to move, need to excrete, respire, reproduce and die.

These are the basic characteristics of any kind of living organism.

Examples:

  1. State true or false?
  • The movement and locomotion of all kinds of animals are exactly same?

Answer: False

  1. Which of the skull bones are movable

Answer: Lower jaw

 

  • Moving things, people and ideas:

            This covers the topics such as need to measure the length and motion as change in the position of time.

Measuring length and its accuracy:

                 Length is a basic physical quantity which can be measure with the help of a scale and ruler. Length of a straight line can be measured with the help of a ruler whereas the curved line can be measured with the help of a non-stretchable string. In these ways you can measure any kind of object accurately.

Transportation and distances:

               Moving from one place to another is called as transportation. Before walking was only means of transport which later developed into trains, cars, buses as the means of transportation. Nowadays, any kind of distances and lengths are covered with help of different means of transports.

Examples:

  1. One meter ___ in cm.

Answer: 100 cm

  1. The height of a person is 1.65m. Express in cm and mm.

Answer: 165 cm and 1650 mm

 

  • How things work:

       This chapter covers the topics such as conductors, insulators, components of an electric current, magnet, poles of an magnet, etc.,

Electric circuit:

             Electricity basically needs a path to flow from the positive terminal to negative terminal of an electric cell. A connection which forms a path for this flow of electric current is called as electric circuit.

Conductors and insulators:

                   Materials that do not allow electricity to pass through them is called as insulators whereas materials which allow electric current to pass through them is called as conductors.

Example for insulators: Distilled water which means water at its purest form

Example for conductors: Tap water which means water with impurities

Properties of a magnet:

                   Substances which possess the property of attracting iron is called as magnet. The two ends of a magnet is called as poles which is called as north and south pole.

The properties of a magnet can be stated below as:

  1. A Magnet attracts magnetic materials towards itself
  2. Unlike poles attract each other whereas like poles repel each other
  3. When a bar magnet is rubbed over an iron bar, it changes the iron bar into magnet.

Examples:

  1. A device that is used to break an electric circuit is _____

Answer: Switch

  1. Paper is not a _______ material.

Answer: Magnetic

 

  • Natural resources:

                 This chapter covers the topics such as natural calamities, conservation of water, forests, importance of water, etc.,

Natural calamities:

             Natural calamities such as heavy rainfall, thunder, cyclone, flood and drought are the uncontrolled conditions which affect the areas of earth.

Floods:

       Floods cause heavy loss to the human beings by uprooting crops, shelter, trees and so on.

Rainfall:

           A heavy rainfall may result in flood which is as said above is a disastrous natural calamity.

Drought:

             Drought is condition which has made the areas dry without rainfall and water. This is also a serious issue which may cause more deaths in the affected areas.

Conservation of water:

                 Water is a basic and important source for life and no life exist without water. Thus waters must be conserved in the following ways such as

  1. Avoid unnecessary water wastage
  2. Drinking water should not be used to water the plants
  3. Water bodies should be kept clean and must not be polluted.
  4. Destruction of trees must be avoided
  5. Every house must have implemented rain water harvesting system

     Examples:

  1. Water drops appears on the outer surface of a glass containing cold water. This process is called as ________

Answer: Condensation

  1. Which gas in the atmosphere is essential for the respiration?

Answer: Oxygen

       Thus, above are the topics which are covered in the syllabus of CBSE Class 6 Science.

Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Sociology 2018-19

CBSE Curriculum for Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Sociology 2018-19

SOCIOLOGY (Code No. 039) CBSE
2018-19
Rationale
Sociology is introduced as an elective subject at the senior secondary stage. The syllabus is designed to help learners to reflect on what they hear and see in the course of everyday life and develop a constructive attitude towards society in change; to equip a learner with concepts and theoretical skills for the purpose. The curriculum of Sociology at this stage should enable the learner to understand dynamics of human behaviour in all its complexities and manifestations. The learners of today need answers and explanations to satisfy the questions that arise in their minds while trying to understand social world. Therefore, there is a need to develop an analytical approach towards the social structure so that they can meaningfully participate in the process of social change. There is scope in the syllabus not only for interactive learning, based on exercises and project work but also for teachers and students
to jointly innovate new ways of learning.
·     Sociology studies society. The child’s familiarity with the society in which she /he lives in makes
the study of Sociology a double edged experience. At one level Sociology studies institutions such as family and kinship, class, caste and tribe religion and region- contexts with which children are familiar of, even if differentially. For India is a society which is varied both horizontally and vertically. The effort in the books will be to grapple overtly with this both as a source of strength and as a site for interrogation.
· Significantly the intellectual legacy of Sociology equips the discipline with a plural perspective that overtly engages with the need for defamiliarization, to unlearn and question the given. This interrogative and critical character of Sociology also makes it possible to understand both other cultures as well as relearn about one’s own culture.
· This plural perspective makes for an inbuilt richness and openness that not too many other disciplines in practice share. From its very inception Sociology has had mutually enriching and contesting traditions of an interpretative method that openly takes into account ‘subjectivity’ and causal explanations that pay due importance to establishing causal correspondences with considerable sophistication. Not surprisingly its field work tradition also entails large scale survey methods as well as a rich ethnographic tradition. Indeed Indian sociology, in particular has bridged this distinction between what has often been seen as distinct approaches of Sociology and social anthropology. The syllabus provides ample opportunity to make the child familiar with the excitement of field work as well as its theoretical significance for the very discipline of Sociology.
· The plural legacy of Sociology also enables a bird’s eye view and a worm’s eye view of the society the child lives in. This is particularly true today when the local is inextricably defined and shaped by macro global processes.
· The syllabus proceeds with the assumption that gender as an organizing principle of society cannot be treated as an add on topic but is fundamental to the manner that all chapters shall be dealt with.
· The chapters shall seek for a child centric approach that makes it possible to connect the lived reality of children with social structures and social processes that Sociology studies.
· A conscious effort will be made to build into the chapters a scope for exploration of society that makes learning a process of discovery. A way towards this is to deal with sociological concepts not as givens but a product of societal actions humanly constructed and therefore open to
questioning.
Objectives
·    To enable learners to relate classroom teaching to their outside environment.
·     To introduce them to the basic concepts of Sociology that would enable them to observe and interpret social life.
·     To be aware of the complexity of social processes.
·     To appreciate diversity in Indian society and the world at large.
·    To build the capacity of students to understand and analyze the changes in contemporary Indian society.
SOCIOLOGY (Code No. 039)
CLASS–XI (2018-19)
One Paper Theory                                                                                                                            3 Hours
Max. Marks 80
Unitwise Weightage
Units Periods Marks
A Introducing Sociology
1.  Sociology, Society and its relationship with other Social Sciences 20 8
2.  Basic Concepts & their use in Sociology 20 8
3.  Understanding Social Institutions 22 10
4.  Culture and Socialization 18 8
5.  Doing Sociology: Research Methods 20 6
Total 40
B Understanding Society
6.  Social Structure, Stratification and Social Processes in Society 22 10
7.  Social Change and Social Order in Rural and Urban Society 22 10
8.  Environment and Society 16 4
9.  Introducing Western Sociologists 20 8
10. Indian Sociologists 20 8
Total 40
200 80
CLASS–XI
Practical Examination
40 Periods
Max. Marks 20 Time allotted : 3hrs
Unitwise Weightage
A.      Project (under taken during the academic year at school level)
i.  Statement of the purpose
10 marks
ii.  Methodolo gy / Technique
iii. Conclusion
B. Viva – based on the project work 02 marks
C. Research design Steps of research (e.g. observation, interview, content analysis) to be explained to student and questions accordingly raised.
i.   Overall format
ii   Research Question/Hypothesis
iii. Choice of technique
iv.  Detailed procedure for implementation of technique
v.   Limitations of the above technique
1 mark
1 mark
2 marks
2 marks
2 marks
Total 20 Marks
A. INTRODUCING SOCIOLOGY 40 Marks
Unit 1: Sociology, Society and its Relationship with other Social Sciences 20 Periods
§ Introducing Society: Individuals and collectivities. Plural Perspectives
§ Introducing Sociology: Emergence. Nature and Scope. Relationship to other disciplines
Unit 2: Basic Concepts and their use in Sociology                                                      20 Periods
§ Social Groups & Society
§ Status and Role
§ Social Stratification
§ Society & Social Control
Unit 3: Understanding Social Institutions                                                                   22 Periods
§ Family, Marriage and Kinship
§ Work & Economic Life
§ Political Institutions
§ Religion as a Social Institution
§ Education as a Social Institution
Unit 4: Culture and Socialization                                                                               18 Periods
§ Culture, Values and Norms
§ Dimensions of Culture
§ Socialization: Conformity, Conflict and the Shaping of Personality
Unit 5: Doing Sociology: Research Methods                                                                20 Periods
§ Objectivity and Subjectivity
§ Methods: Participant Observation, Survey
§ Tools and Techniques: Observation, Interview, Questionnaire
§ The Significance of Field Work in Anthropology and Sociology
B. UNDERSTANDING SOCIETY 40 Marks
Unit 6: Social Structure, Stratification and Social Processes in Society 22 Periods
·     Social Structure
·    Social Stratification: Class, Caste, Gender
·    Social Processes: Cooperation, Competition, Conflict
Unit 7: Social Change and Social Order in Rural and Urban Society                        22 Periods
·    Social Change: Types; Causes and Consequences
·    Social Order: Domination, Authority and Law; Contestation, Crime and Violence
·     Village, Town and City: Changes in Rural and Urban Society
Unit 8: Environment and Society                                                                             16 Periods
·     Ecology and Society
·    Environmental Crises and Social Responses
·    Sustainable Development
Unit 9: Introducing Western Sociologists                                                                 20 Periods
·     Karl Marx on Class Conflict
·     Emile Durkheim: Division of Labour
·    Max Weber: Interpretive Sociology, Ideal Type and Bureaucracy
Unit 10: Indian Sociologists                                                                                    20 Periods
·     G.S. Ghurye on Caste and Race
·     D.P. Mukherjee on Tradition and Change
·     A.R. Desai on the State
·     M.N. Srinivas on the Village
QUESTION PAPER DESIGN 2018-19
SOCIOLOGY                                           Code No. 039                                                Class – XI
TIME: 3 Hours                                                                                                    Max. Marks: 80
S.
No.
Typology of Questions Learning           Very            Short           Long          Total          % Outcomes         Short           Answer        Answer      Marks         Wei and Testing      Answer        (SA)             (LA)
Competencie    (VSA)           (4 Marks)     (6
s                       (2 Marks)                         Marks)
ghtage
1 Remembering-(Knowledge
based simple recall questions, to know specific facts, terms, concepts, principles, or theories; identify, define, or recite information)
Reasoning
Analytical Skills Critical Thinking Skills, etc.
5 2 1 24 30%
2 Understanding- (Comprehension- to be familiar with meaning and to understand conceptually, compare, contrast, explain, paraphrase, or interpret information) 3 1 1 16
3 Application – (Use abstract
information in concrete situation, to apply knowledge to new situations, use given content to interpret a situation, provide an example, or solve a problem)
3 2 1 20 25%
4 High Order Thinking Skills – (Analysis & Synthesis – Classify, compare, contrast, or differentiate between different pieces of information, organise and
/or integrate unique pieces of information from a variety of sources)
1 1 1 12
5 Evaluation – (Appraise,
judge and /or justify the worth of a decision or outcome or to predict outcomes)
2 1 08 10%
Total 14×2=28    7×4=28      4× 6=24    80 (25)      100 %
20%
15%
SOCIOLOGY (Code No. 039)
CLASS–XII (2018-19)
One Paper Theory                                                                                                                           Marks 80
Unitwise Weightage                                                                                                                          3 hours
Units Periods Marks
A. Indian Society
1.   Introducing Indian Society 6 Non-evaluative
2.   The Demographic Structure of Indian Society 10 6
3.   Social Institutions-Continuity and Change 12 6
4.   Market as a Social Institution 10 6
5.   Patterns of Social Inequality and Exclusion 20 6
6.   Challenges of Cultural Diversity 20 8
7.   Suggestions for Project Work 16 Non-evaluative
Total 32
B. Change and Development in Indian Society
8.   Structural Change 10 6
9.   Cultural Change 12 6
10. The Story of Indian Democracy 16 6
11. Change and Development in Rural Society 10 6
12. Change and Development in Industrial Society 14 6
13. Globalization and Social Change 10 6
14. Mass Media and Communications 14 6
15. Social Movements 20 6
Total 48
200 80
Practical Examination
Class – XII
40 Periods
Max. Marks: 20                                                                                                        Time allotted : 3 Hrs
Unitwise Weightage
A. Project (undertaken during the academic year at school level)
i.   Statement of the purpose
ii.  Methodology / Technique
iii. Conclusion
10 marks
B. Viva – based on the project work 02 marks
C. Research design 08 marks
i.   Overall format
ii   Research Question/Hypothesis
iii. Choice of technique
iv.  Detailed procedure for implementation of technique
v.   Limitations of the above technique
B & C to be administered on the day of the external examination
Total 20 Marks
A.    INDIAN SOCIETY 32 Marks
Uni t 1:    Introducing Indian Society 10 Periods
·   Colonialism, Nationalism, Class and Community
Unit 2:    The Demographic Structure of the Indian Society                                             10 Periods
·  Theories and concepts in demography
·  Rural-Urban Linkages and Divisions
Unit 3:    Social Institutions: Continuity and Change                                                        12 Periods
·     The Caste System
·   Family and Kinship
Unit 4:    Market as a Social Institution                                                                            10 Periods
§ Sociological perspectives on markets and the economy
§ Globalization – Interlinking of Local, Regional, National and International Markets
Unit 5:    Patterns of Social Inequality and Exclusion                                                       20 Periods
·   Caste Prejudice, Scheduled Castes and Other Backward Classes
·   Marginalization of Tribal Communities
·   The Struggle for Women’s Equality
·   The struggles of the Differently Abled
Unit 6:    The Challenges of Cultural Diversity                                                                 20 Periods
§ Cultural communities and the nation state
§ Problems of Communalism, Regionalism and Casteism
§ The Nation state, religion related issues and identities
§ Communalism, secularism and the nation state
§ State and Civil Society
Unit 7:    Suggestions for Project Work                                                                            16 Periods
B. CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT IN INDIA                                              48 Marks
Unit 8: Structural Change                                                                                          10 Periods
·     Colonialism, Industrialization, Urbanization
Unit 9: Cultural Change 12 Periods
·   Modernization, Westernization, Sanskritisation, Secularization
·   Social Reform Movements and Laws
Unit 10: The Story of Indian Democracy 16 Periods
·   The Constitution as an instrument of Social Change
·   Panchayati Raj and the Challenges of Social Transformation
·   Parties, Pressure Groups and Democratic Politics
Unit 11: Change and Development in Rural Society 10 Periods
·   Land Reforms, Green Revolution and Emerging Agrarian society
·   Agrarian Structure : Caste & class in Rural India
·    Land Reforms
·   Green revolution and its social consequences
·   Transformation in Rural Society
·   Globalization, Liberalization and Rural Society
Unit 12: Change and Development in Industrial Society 14 Periods
·   From Planned Industrialization to Liberalization
·    Getting a Job
·   Work Processes
Unit 13: Globalisation and Social Change 10 Periods
·   Dimensions of Globalization
Unit 14: Mass Media and Communication 14 Periods
·   Types of Mass Media: Radio, Television and Print Media
·   Changing Nature of Mass Media
Unit 15:  Social Movements                                                                                              18 Periods
§ Theories and Classification of Social Movements
§ Class-Based Movements: Workers, Peasants
§ Caste-Based Movements: Dalit Movement, Backward Castes, Trends in Upper Caste Responses
§ Women’s Movements in Independent India
§ Tribal Movements
§ Environmental Movements
CBSE Prescribed Books:
1.   Introducing Sociology, Class XI, Published by NCERT
2.   Understanding Society, Class XI, Published by NCERT
3.   Indian Society, Class XII, Published by NCERT
4.   Social Change and Development in India, Class XII, published by NCERT
CBSE QUESTION PAPER DESIGN 2018-19
SOCIOLOGY                                           Code No. 039                                               Class – XII
TIME: 3 Hours                                                                                                    Max. Marks: 80
S.
No.
Typology of Questions Learning           Very            Short           Long          Total          % Outcomes         Short           Answer        Answer      Marks         Wei and Testing      Answer        (SA)             (LA)
Competencie    (VSA)           (4 Marks)     (6
s                       (2 Marks)                         Marks)
ghtage
1 Remembering-(Knowledge
based simple recall questions, to know specific facts, terms, concepts, principles, or theories; identify, define, or recite information)
Reasoning
Analytical Skills Critical Thinking Skills, etc.
5 2 1 24 30%
2 Understanding- (Comprehension- to be familiar with meaning and to understand conceptually, compare, contrast, explain, paraphrase, or interpret information) 3 1 1 16
3 Application – (Use abstract
information in concrete situation, to apply knowledge to new situations, use given content to interpret a situation, provide an example, or solve a problem)
3 2 1 20 25%
4 High Order Thinking Skills – (Analysis & Synthesis – Classify, compare, contrast, or differentiate between different pieces of information, organise and
/or integrate unique pieces of information from a variety of sources)
1 1 1 12
5 Evaluation – (Appraise,
judge and /or justify the worth of a decision or outcome or to predict outcomes)
2 1 08 10%
Total 14×2=28    7×4=28      4× 6=24    80 (25)      100 %
20%
15%

To see the full specifications with in-depth details click here

Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Psychology 2018-19

CBSE Curriculum for Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Psychology 2018-19

24. CBSE PSYCHOLOGY (Code No. 037)
Psychology is introduced as an elective subject at the higher secondary stage of school education. As a
discipline, psychology specializes in the study of experiences, behaviours, and mental processes of human beings within a socio-cultural historical context. This course purports to introduce the learners to the basic ideas, principles, and methods in Psychology. The emphasis is to create interest and exposure needed by learners to develop their own knowledge base and understanding.
The course deals with psychological knowledge and practices which are contextually rooted. It emphasizes
the complexity of behavioural processes and discourages simplistic cause-effect thinking. This is pursued by encouraging critical reasoning, allowing students to appreciate the role of cultural factors in behaviour, and illustrating how biology and experiences shape behaviour.
It  is  suggested  that  the  teaching  –  learning  processes  should  involve  students  in  evolving  their  own
understanding, therefore, teaching of Psychology should be based on the use of case studies, narratives, experiential exercises, analysis of common everyday experiences, etc.
Objectives:
·     To develop appreciation about human mind and behaviour in the context of learners’ immediate society and environment.
·     To develop  in  learners  an appreciation  of  the  nature  of psychological knowledge  and  its application to various aspects of life.
·     To enable learners to become perceptive, socially aware and self-reflective.
·     To facilitate students’ quest for personal growth and effectiveness, and to enable them to become responsive and responsible citizens.
PSYCHOLOGY (Code No. 037)
CLASS–XI (2018-19) (THEORY)
One Theory Paper                                                                                                                           3 Hours
Marks: 70
Units Topics Periods Weightage in Marks
I What is Psychology? 16 7
II Methods of Enquiry in Psychology 20 10
III The Bases of Human Behaviour 20 8
IV Human Development 16 6
V Sensory, Attentional and Perceptual Processes 20 8
VI Learning 22 9
VII Human Memory 20 8
VIII Thinking 18 7
IX Motivation and Emotion 18 7
Total 170 70
Unit I:   What is Psychology?                                                                                16 Periods
1.  Introduction
2.  What is Psychology?
a)   Psychology as a Discipline
b)   Psychology as a Natural Science
c)   Psychology as a Social Science
3.  Understanding Mind and Behaviour
4.  Popular Notions about the Discipline of Psychology
5.  Evolution of Psychology
6.  Development of Psychology in India
7.  Branches of Psychology
8.  Themes of Research and Applications
9.  Psychology and Other Disciplines
10. Psychologists at Work
11. Psychology in Everyday Life
Unit II:  Methods of Enquiry in Psychology                                                           20 Periods
The topics in this unit are:
1.  Introduction
2.  Goals of Psychological Enquiry
a)   Steps in Conducting Scientific Research
b)  Alternative Paradigms of Research
3.  Nature of Psychological Data
4.  Some Important Methods in Psychology
a)   Observational Method
b)  Experimental Method
c)   Correlational Research
d)   Survey Research
e)   Psychological Testing
f)   Case Study
5.  Analysis of Data
a.   Quantitative Method
b.  Qualitative Method
6.  Limitations of Psychological Enquiry
7.  Ethical Issues
Unit III: The Bases of Human Behaviour                                                               20 Periods
The topics in this unit are:
1.  Introduction
2.  Evolutionary Perspective
3.  Biological and Cultural Roots
4.  Biological Basis of Behaviour
a)   Neurons
5.  Structure and Functions of Nervous System and Endocrine System and their Relationship with Behaviour and Experience
a)   The Nervous System
b)   The Endocrine System
6.  Heredity: Genes and Behaviour
7.  Cultural Basis : Socio-Cultural Shaping of Behaviour
a)   Concept of Culture
8.  Enculturation
9.  Socialisation
10. Acculturation
Unit IV: Human Development                                                                               16 Periods
The topics in this unit are:
1.  Introduction
2.  Meaning of Development
a)   Life-Span Perspective on Development
3.  Factors Influencing Development
4.  Context of Development
5.  Overview of Developmental Stages
a)   Prenatal Stage
6.   Infancy
7.  Childhood
8.  Challenges of Adolescence
9.  Adulthood and Old Age
Unit-V:   Sensory, Attentional, and Perceptual Processes                                     20 periods
The topics in this unit are:
1.  Introduction
2.  Knowing the world
3.  Nature and varieties of Stimulus
4.  Sense Modalities
a)   Visual Sensation
b)  Auditory Sensation
5.  Attentional Processes
a)   Selective Attention
b)  Sustained Attention
6.  Perceptual Processes
a)   Processing Approaches in Perception
7.  The Perceiver
8.  Principles of Perceptual Organisation
9.  Perception of Space, Depth, and Distance
a)   Monocular Cues and Binocular Cues
10. Perceptual Constancies
11. Illusions
12. Socio-Cultural Influences on Perception
Unit-VI: Learning                                                                                                 22 periods
The topics in this unit are:
1.  Introduction
2.  Nature of Learning
3.  Paradigms of Learning
4.  Classical Conditioning
a)   Determinants of Classical Conditioning
5.  Operant/Instrumental Conditioning
a)   Determinants of Operant Conditioning
b)   Key Learning Processes
6.  Observational Learning
7.  Cognitive Learning
8.  Verbal Learning
9.  Concept Learning
10. Skill Learning
11. Transfer of Learning
12. Factors Facilitating Learning
13. The Learner : Learning Styles
14. Learning Disabilities
15. Applications of Learning Principles
Unit-VII: Human Memory                                                                                       20 periods
The topics in this unit are:
1.  Introduction
2.  Nature of memory
3.  Information processing Approach : The Stage Model
4.  Memory Systems : Sensory, Short-term and Long-term Memories
5.  Levels of Processing
6.  Types of Long-term Memory
a)   Declarative and Procedural; Episodic and Semantic
7.  Knowledge Representation and Organisation in Memory
8.  Memory as a Constructive Process
9.  Nature and Causes of Forgetting
a)   Forgetting due to Trace Decay, Interference and Retrieval Failure
10. Enhancing Memory
a)   Mnemonics using Images and Organisation
Unit-VIII: Thinking                                                                                                18 periods
The topics in this unit are:
1.  Introduction
2.  Nature of Thinking
a)   Building Blocks of Thought
3.  The Processes of Thinking
4.  Problem Solving
5.  Reasoning
6.  Decision-making
7.  Nature and Process of Creative Thinking
a)   Nature of Creative Thinking
b)   Process of Creative Thinking
8.  Developing Creative Thinking
a)   Barriers to Creative Thinking
b)  Strategies for Creative Thinking
9.  Thought and Language
10. Development of Language and Language Use
Unit-IX: Motivation and Emotion                                                                          18 periods
The topics in this unit are:
1.  Introduction
2.  Nature of Motivation
3.   Types of Motives
a)   Biological Motives
b)  Psychosocial Motives
4.  Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs
5.  Nature of Emotions
6.  Physiological Bases of Emotions
7.  Cognitive Bases of Emotions
8.  Cultural Bases of Emotions
9.  Expression of Emotions
a)   Culture and Emotional Expression
b)  Culture and Emotional Labelling
10. Managing Negative Emotions
11. Enhancing Positive Emotions
Practicals (Projects, experiments, small studies, etc.)                                                               60 Periods
The students shall be required to undertake one project and conduct two experiments. The project would involve the use of different methods of enquiry and related skills. Practicals would involve conducting experiments and undertaking small studies, exercises, related to the topics covered in the course (e.g. Human development, Learning, Memory, Motivation, Perception, Attention and Thinking).
Practical Examination
(i)  Practical (Experiments) file                                                                                                       05 Marks
(ii)  Project file                                                                                                                               05 Marks
(iii) Viva Voce (Project and experiments)                                                                                         05 Marks
(iv) One experiment: (05 for conduct and 10 for reporting)                                                              15 Marks
CBSE QUESTION PAPER DESIGN 2018-19
PSYCHOLOGY Code No. 037 CLASS-XI
TIME: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 70
S.
No
Typology of Questions Testing Competencies Learning checks (LC)
(1 Mark)
Very Short Answer (VSA)
(2
Marks)
Short Answer
-I (SA-I) (3
Marks)
Short Answer
-II (SA- II)
(4
Marks)
Long Answer (LA)
(6
Marks)
Total Marks %
Weig htag e
1 Remembering- (Knowledge based Simple recall questions, to know specific facts, terms, concepts, principles, or theories, Identify, define, or recite, information) ·  Reasoning
·  Analytical Skills
·  Critical Thinking Skills etc.
3 2 2 1 21 30%
2 Understanding- (Comprehension –to be familiar with meaning and to understand conceptually, interpret, compare, contrast, explain, paraphrase, or interpret information) 4 1 1 1 21 30%
3 Application – (Use abstract information in concrete situation, to apply knowledge to new situations, Use given content to interpret a situation, provide an example, or solve a problem) 3 1 2 14 20%
4 High Order Thinking Skills (Analysis & Synthesis- Classify, compare, contrast, or differentiate between different pieces of information, Organize and/or integrate unique pieces of information from a variety of sources) 4 1 07 10%
5 Evaluation – (Appraise, judge, and/or justify the value or worth of a decision or outcome, or to predict outcomes based on values) 1 1 07 10%
TOTAL 10×1= 10 6×2=12 4×3=12 6×4=24 2×6=12 70(28) 100%
CLASS–XII (THEORY) (2018-19)
One Theory Paper                                                                                                                         Marks 70
Units Period Weightage in Marks
I Variations in Psychological Attributes 20 9
II Self and Personality 24 10
III Meeting Life Challenges 14 7
IV Psychological Disorders 24 10
V Therapeutic Approaches 20 7
VI Attitude and Social Cognition 20 8
VII Social Influence and Group Processes 22 7
VIII Psychology and Life 13 6
IX Developing Psychological Skills 13 6
Total 170 70
Unit-I:   Variations in Psychological Attributes                                                     20 periods
The topics in this unit are:
1.  Introduction
2.  Individual Differences in Human Functioning
3.  Assessment of Psychological Attributes
4.  Intelligence
5.  Theories of Intelligence
a)   Theory of Multiple Intelligences
b)  Triarchic Theory of Intelligence
c)   Planning, Attention-arousal, and Simultaneous successive Model of Intelligence
6.  Individual Differences in Intelligence
a. Variations of Intelligence
7.  Culture and Intelligence
8.  Emotional Intelligence
9.  Special Abilities
a)   Aptitude: Nature and Measurement
10. Creativity
Unit-II    Self and Personality                                                                                24 periods
The topics in this unit are:
1.  Introduction
2.  Self and Personality
3.  Concept of Self
4.  Cognitive and Behavioural Aspects of Self
a)  Self-esteem, Self-efficacy and Self-regulation
5.  Culture and Self
6.  Concept of Personality
7.  Major Approaches to the Study of Personality
a)   Type Approaches
b)   Trait Approaches
c)   Psychodynamic Approach
d)  Behavioural Approach
e)   Cultural Approach
f)   Humanistic Approach
8.  Assessment of Personality
a)   Self-report Measures
b)  Projective Techniques
c)   Behavioural Analysis
Unit-III: Meeting Life Challenges                                                                          14 periods
The topics in this unit are:
1.  Introduction
2.  Nature, Types and Sources of Stress
3.  Effects of Stress on Psychological Functioning and Health
a)   Stress and Health
b)  General Adaptation Syndrome
c)   Stress and Immune System
d)   Lifestyle
4.  Coping with Stress
a)   Stress Management Techniques
5.  Promoting Positive Health and Well-being
a)   Life Skills
Unit-IV: Psychological Disorders                                                                           24 periods
The topics in this unit are:
1.  Introduction
2.  Concepts of abnormality and psychological Disorders
3.  Classification of Psychological Disorders
4.  Factors Underlying Abnormal Behaviour
5.  Major Psychological Disorders
a.   Anxiety Disorders
b.  Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders
c.   Trauma-and Stressor-Related Disorders
d.  Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders
e.  Dissociative Disorders
f.   Depressive Disorder
g.   Bipolar and Related Disorders
h.  Schizophrenia Spectrum and Other Psychotic Disorders
i.   Neurodevelopmental Disorders
j.   Disruptive, Impulse-Control and Conduct Disorders
k.   Feeding and Eating Disorders
l.   Substance Related and Addictive Disorders
Unit-V:  Therapeutic Approaches                                                                         20 periods
The topics in this unit are:
1.   Nature and process of psychotherapy
a)   Therapeutic relationship
2.   Types of therapies
a)   Psychodynamic Therapy
b)  Behaviour Therapy
c)   Cognitive Therapy
d)  Humanistic-existential Therapy
e)   Biomedical Therapy
f)   Alternative Therapies
3.  Rehabilitation of the Mentally Ill
Unit-VI:  Attitude And Social Cognition                                                                 20 periods
The topics in this unit are:
1.  Introduction
2.  Explaining Social Behaviour
3.  Nature and Components of Attitudes
4.  Attitude Formation and Change
a)   Attitude Formation
b)   Attitude Change
c)   Attitude-Behaviour Relationship
5.  Prejudice and Discrimination
6.  Strategies for Handling Prejudice
7.  Social Cognition
8.  Schemas and Stereotypes
9.  Impression Formation and Explaining
10. Behaviour of Others through Attributions
a)   Impression Formation
b)   Attribution of Causality
11. Behaviour in the Presence of Others
12. Pro-social Behaviour
a)   Factors Affecting Pro-social Behaviour
Unit-VII: Social Influence And Group Processes                                                     22 periods
The topics in this unit are:
1.  Introduction
2.  Nature and Formation of Groups
3.  Type of Groups
4.  Influence of Group on Individual Behaviour
a)   Social Loafing
b)  Group Polarisation
5.  Conformity, Compliance, and Obedience
6.  Cooperation and Competition
a)   Determinants of Cooperation and Competition
7.  Social Identity
8.  Intergroup Conflict: Nature and Causes
9.  Conflict Resolution Strategies
Unit-VIII: Psychology and Life                                                                               13 periods
The topics in this unit are:
1.  Introduction
2.  Human-Environment Relationship
a)  Different Views of the Human-Environment Relationship
3.  Environmental Effects on Human Behaviour
a)   Human Influence on the Environment
b)   Noise
c)   Pollution
d)   Crowding
e)   Natural Disasters
4.  Promoting Pro-environmental Behaviour
5.  Psychology and Social Concerns
a)   Poverty and Discrimination
b)  Aggression, Violence, and Peace
c)   Mahatma Gandhi on Non-violence
d)   Health
e)   Impact of Television on Behaviour
Unit-IX:  Developing Psychological Skills                                                               13 periods
The topics in this unit are:
1.  Introduction
2.  Developing as an effective Psychologist
3.  General Skills
4.  Observational Skills
5.  Specific Skills
a)   Communication Skills
b)  Psychological Testing Skills
6.  Interviewing Skills
7.  Counselling Skills
Practicals                                                                                          30 Marks     60 Periods
A.  Development of case profile:
Using appropriate methods like, interview, observation and psychological tests.
B.  Test administration:
Students are required to administer and interpret five tests.
C.  In Practical examination, the student will be required to administer and interpret two psychological tests.
Distribution of Marks:
(i)  Practical File                                                                                                                            10 Marks
(ii)  Viva Voce (Case profile and practical)                                                                                       05 Marks
(iii) Two practicals (5 for conduct and 10 for reporting)                                                                    15 Marks
Prescribed Books:
1.   Psychology, Class XI, Published by NCERT
2.   Psychology, Class XII, Published by NCERT
Note: The above textbooks are also available in Hindi medium.
QUESTION PAPER DESIGN 2018-19
PSYCHOLOGY Code No. 037 CLASS-XII
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 70
S.
No
Typology of Questions Testing Competencies Learning checks (LC)
(1 Mark)
Very Short Answer (VSA)
(2
Marks)
Short Answer-I (SA-I)
(3
Marks)
Short Answer- II (SA-II)
(4
Marks)
Long Answer (LA)
(6
Marks)
Total Marks %
Weight age
01 Remembering- (Knowledge based Simple recall questions, to know specific facts, terms, concepts, principles, or theories, Identify, define, or recite, information) · Reasoning
· Analytical Skills
· Critical Thinking Skills etc.
3 2 2 1 21 30%
02 Understanding- (Comprehension –to be familiar with meaning and to understand conceptually, interpret, compare, contrast, explain, paraphrase, or interpret information) 4 1 1 1 21 30%
03 Application (Use abstract information in concrete situation, to apply knowledge to new situations, Use given content to interpret a situation, provide an example, or solve a problem) 3 1 2 14 20%
04 High Order Thinking Skills (Analysis& Synthesis- Classify, compare, contrast, or differentiate between different pieces of information, Organize and/or integrate unique pieces of information from a variety of sources) 4 1 07 10%
05 Evaluation- (Appraise, judge, and/or justify the value or worth of a decision or outcomes 1 1 07 10%
TOTAL 10×1= 10 6×2=12 4×3=12 6×4=24 2×6=12 70(28) 100%

To see the full specifications with in-depth details click here

Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Political Science 2018-19

CBSE Curriculum for Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Political Science 2018-19

22. POLITICAL SCIENCE (Code No. 028) CBSE
(2018-19)
Rationale
At the senior secondary level students who opt Political Science are given an opportunity to get introduced to the diverse concerns of a Political Scientist. At this level there is a need to enable students to engage with political processes that surround them and provide them with an understanding of the historical context that has shaped the present. The different courses introduce the students to the various streams of the discipline of Political Science: Political Theory, Indian Politics and International Politics. Concerns of the other two streams – Comparative Politics and Public Administration- are accommodated at different places in these courses. In introducing these streams, special care has been taken not to burden the students with the current jargon of the discipline. The basic idea here is to lay the foundations for a serious engagement
with the discipline at the under graduation stage.
Objectives:
Indian Constitution at Work
·   Enable students to understand the historical processes and the circumstances in which the Constitution
was drafted.
·   Provide opportunity for students to become familiar with the diverse visions that guided the makers of the Indian Constitution.
·   Enable students to identify certain key features of the Constitution and compare these to other constitutions in the world.
·   Analyse the ways in which the provisions of the Constitution have worked in real political life.
Political Theory
·   Develop the skills for logical reasoning and abstraction.
·   Inculcate attention to and respect for viewpoints other than one’s own.
·   Introduce students to the different political thinkers in relation to a concept and in everyday social life.
·   Enable students to meaningfully participate in and develop internal concerns of the political life that surrounds them.
·   Encourage the students to analyse any unexamined prejudices that one may have inherited.
Contemporary World Politics
·   Enable the students to expand their horizons beyond India and make sense of the political map of contemporary world.
·   Familiarise the students with some of the key political events and processes in the post cold war era.
·   Equip students to be conscious of the way in which global events and processes shape our everyday lives.
·   Strengthen their capacity for political analysis by thinking of contemporary developments in a historical perspective.
Politics in India after Independence
·   Enable students to become familiar with some of the key political events and figures in the post- independence period.
·   Develop skills of political analysis through an understanding of events and processes of recent history.
·   Develop their capacity to link macro processes with micro situations and their own life.
·   Encourage the students to take a historical perspective of making sense of contemporary India.
POLITICAL SCIENCE (028)
Class XI, 2018-19
One Paper                                                                                                                           Max Marks : 100
Time: 3 hrs.
Units Periods: 220 Marks: 100
Part A: Indian Constitution at work
1 Constitution Why and How and Philosophy of the Constitution 17 12
2 Rights in the Indian Constitution 16
3 Election and Representation 11 10
4 The Executive 11
5 The Legislature 11 10
6 The Judiciary 11
7 Federalism 11 10
8 Local Governments 11
9 Constitution as a living document 11 8
Total 110 50
Part B: Political Theory
10 Political Theory : An Introduction 10 10
11 Freedom 11
12 Equality 11 10
13 Social Justice 12
14 Rights 11 10
15 Citizenship 11
16 Nationalism 11 10
17 Secularism 11
18 Peace 11 10
19 Development 11
Total 110 50
CBSE COURSE CONTENT
Part A: Indian Constitution at Work
1. Constitution Why and How and Philosophy of the Constitution                                             17 Periods
Consitution: Why and How, The making of the Constitution, the Constituent Assembly, Procedural achievements and Philosophy of the Constitution.
2. Rights in the Indian Constitution 16 Periods
The importance of Rights, Fundamental Rights in the Indian Constitution, Directive Principles
of State Policy, Relationship between Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles
3. Election and Representation 11 Periods
Elections and Democracy, Election System in India, Reservation of Constituencies, Free and
Fair Elections, Electoral Reforms
4. Legislature 11 Periods
Why do we need a Parliament? Two Houses of Parliament. Functions and Power of the Parliament,
Legislative functions, control over Executive. Parliamentary committees. Self-regulation.
5. Executive 11 Periods
What is an Executive? Different Types of Executive. Parliamentary Executive in India, Prime
Minister and Council of Ministers. Permanent Executive: Bureaucracy.
6. Judiciary 11 Periods
Why do we need an Independent Judiciary? Structure of the Judiciary, Judicial Activism, Judiciary
and Rights, Judiciary and Parliament.
7. Federalism 11 Periods
What is Federalism? Federalism in the Indian Constitution, Federalism with a strong
Central Government, conflicts in India’s federal system, Special Provisions.
8. Local Governments 11 Periods
Why do we need Local Governments? Growth of Local Government in India, 73rd and 74th
Amendments, implementation of 73rd and 74th Amendments.
9. Constitution as a Living Document 11 Periods
Are Constitutions static? The procedure to amend the Constitution. Why have there been so many
amendments? Basic Structure and Evolution of the Constitution. Constitution as a Living Document.
Part B: Political Theory
10. Political Theory: An Introduction 10 Periods
What is Politics? What do we study in Political Theory? Putting Political Theory to practice.
Why should we study Politial Theory?
11. Freedom 11 Periods
The Ideal of Freedom. What is Freedom? Why do we need constraints? Harm principle.
Negative and Positive Liberty.
12. Equality 11 Periods
Significance of Equality. What is Equality? Various dimensions of Equality. How can we
promote Equality?
13. Social Justice 12 Periods
What is Justice? Just Distribution. Justice as fairness. Pursuing Social Justice.
14. Rights 11 Periods
What are Rights? Where do Rights come from? Legal Rights and the State. Kinds of Rights.
Rights and Responsibilities.
15. Citizenship 11 Periods
What is citizenship? Citizen and Nation, Universal Citizenship, Global Citizenship
16. Nationalism 11 Periods
Nations and Nationalism, National Self-determination, Nationalism and Pluralism
17. Secularism 11 Periods
What is Secularism? What is Secular State? The Western and the Indian approaches to Secularism.
Criticisms and Rationale of Indian Secularism.
18. Peace 11 Periods
What is Peace? Can violence ever promote peace? Peace and the State. Different Approaches to the
pursuit of peace. Contemporary challenges to peace.
19. Development 11 Periods
What is development? Dominant, development Model and alternative conceptions
of development.
Prescribed Books:
1.   Indian Constitution at work, Class XI, Published by NCERT
2.   Political Theory, Class XI, Published by NCERT
Note: The above textbooks are also available in Hindi and Urdu versions.
CBSE POLITICAL SCIENCE QUESTION PAPER DESIGN 2018-19
Code No. 028
CLASS-XI
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 100
S.
No
Typology of Questions Learning Outcomes
& Testing Skills
Very Short Answer (1
Mark)
Very Short Answer (2
Marks)
Short Answer (4
Marks)
Long Answer I (5
Marks) based on Passages
Map Qus. Picture based inter- pretation (5 Marks) Long Answer II
(6
Marks)
Marks %
weig htage
1 Remembering- (Knowledge based Simple recall questions, to know specific facts, terms, concepts, principles, or theories; Identify, define, or recite, information) Reasoning Analytical
Skills Critical thinking
1 2 2 22 22%
2 Understanding- (Comprehension –to be familiar with meaning and to understand conceptually, interpret, compare, contrast, explain, paraphrase information) 2 2 1 1 21 21%
3 Application (Use abstract information in concrete situation, to apply knowledge to new situations; Use given content to interpret a situation, provide an example, or solve a problem) 1 1 1 1 2 25 25%
4 High Order Thinking Skills (Analysis & Synthesis- Classify, compare, contrast, or differentiate between different pieces of information; Organize and/or integrate unique pieces of information from a variety of sources) (includes Map interpretation) 1 2 1 1 1 20 20%
5 Evaluation – (Appraise, judge, and/or justify the value or worth of a decision or outcome, or to predict outcomes) 1 1 1 1 12 12%
Total 1×5=5 2×5=10 4×6=24 5×3=15 5×2=10 6×6=36 100 100%
POLITICAL SCIENCE (Code No. 028)
CLASS XI (2018-19)
CBSE Question Paper Design
One Paper                                                                                                                                    100 Marks
Time: 3 hrs.
Units Periods Marks
1 Constitution Why and How and Philosophy of the Constitution 17 12
2 Rights of the Indian Constitution 16
3 Election and Representation 11 10
4 Executive 11
5 Legislature 11 10
6 Judiciary 11
7 Federalism 11 10
8 Local Governments 11
9 Constitution as a Living Document 11 08
Total 110 50
10 Political Theory : An Introduction 10 10
11 Freedom 11
12 Equality 11 10
13 Social Justice 12
14 Rights 11 10
15 Citizenship 11
16 Nationalism 11 10
17 Secularism 11
18 Peace 11 10
19 Development 11
Total 110 50
3.     Weightage of Difficulty Level
Estimated difficulty level Percentage
Difficult 20%
Average 50%
Easy 30%
4.      Scheme of Options:
There is internal choice for long answer questions of 6 marks.
There are three passage – based questions of 5 marks each. No questions from plus (+) boxes.
5.     In order to assess different mental abilities of learners, question paper is likely to include questions
based on passages, visuals such as maps, cartoons, etc. No factual question will be asked on the information given in the plus (+) boxes in the textbooks.
POLITICAL SCIENCE (Code No. 028)
Class XII (2018-19)
One Paper                                                                                                                         Max. Marks: 100
Time: 3 hrs.
Units Periods Marks
Part A: Contemporary World Politics
1 Cold War Era 14 14
2 The End of bipolarity 13
3 US Hegemony in World Politics 13 16
4 Alternative centres of Power 11
5 Contemporary South Asia 13
6 International Organizations 13 10
7 Security in Contemporary World 11
8 Environment and Natural Resources 11 10
9 Globalisation 11
Total 110 50
Part B: Politics in India since Independence
10 Challenges of Nation-Building 13 16
11 Era of One-party Dominance 12
12 Politics of Planned Development 11
13 India’s External relations 13 6
14 Challenges to the Congress System 13 12
15 Crisis of the Democratic Order 13
16 Rise of Popular Movements 11 16
17 Regional aspirations 11
18 Recent Developments in Indian Politics 13
Total 110 50
Part A: Contemporary World Politics
COURSE CONTENTS
1 Cold War Era
Emergence of two power blocs after the second world war. Arenas of the cold war. Challenges to Bipolarity: Non Aligned Movement, quest for new international economic order.
India and the cold war.
14
Periods
2 The End of Bipolarity
New entities in world politics: Russia, Balkan states and Central Asian states, Introduction of democratic politics and capitalism in post-communist regimes. India’s relations with Russia and other post-communist countries.
13
Periods
3 US Hegemony in World Politics
Growth of unilateralism: Afghanistan, first Gulf War, response to 9/11 and attack on Iraq.
Dominance and challenge to the US in economy and ideology. India’s renegotiation of its relationship
with the USA.
13
Periods
4 Alternative Centres of Power
Rise of China as an economic power in post-Maoera, creation and expansion of European Union, ASEAN. India’s changing relations with China.
11
Periods
5 Contemporary South Asia in the Post-Cold War Era
Democratisation in Pakistan and Nepal. Ethnic conflict in Sri Lanka, Impact of economic globalization on the region. Conflicts and efforts for peace in South Asia. India’s relations with its neighbours.
13
Periods
6 International Organizations
Restructuring and the future of the UN. India’s position in the restructured UN. Rise of new international actors: new international economic organisations, NGOs. How democratic and accountable are the new institutions of global governance?
13
Periods
7 Security in Contemporary World
Traditional concerns of security and politics of disarmament. Non-traditional or human security: global poverty, health and education. Issues of human rights and migration.
11
Periods
8 Environment and Natural Resources
Environment movement and evolution of global environmental norms. Conflicts over traditional and common property resources. Rights of indigenous people. India’s stand in global environmental debates.
11
Periods
9 Globalisation
Economic, cultural and political manifestations. Debates on the nature of consequences of globalisation. Anti-globalisation movements. India as an arena of globalization and struggle against it.
11
Periods
Part B: Politics in India since Independence
10 Challenges of Nation- Building
Nehru’s approach to nation-building; Legacy of partition: challenge of ‘refugee’ resettlement, the Kashmir problem. Organisation and reorganization of states; Political conflicts over language.
13
Periods
11 Era of One-Party Dominance
First three general elections, nature of Congress dominance at the national level, uneven dominance at the state level, coalitional nature of Congress. Major opposition parties.
12
Peroids
12 Politics of Planned Development
Five year plans, expansion of state sector and the rise of new economic interests. Famine and suspension of five year plans. Green revolution and its political fallouts.
11
Periods
13 India’s External Relations
Nehru’s foreign policy. Sino-Indian war of 1962, Indo-Pak war of 1965 and 1971. India’s nuclear programme. Shifting alliance in world politics.
13
Periods
14 Challenges to the Congress System
Political succession after Nehru. Non-Congressism and electoral upset of 1967, Congress split and reconstitution, Congress’ victory in 1971 elections, politics of ‘garibi hatao’.
13
Periods
15 Crisis of the Democratic Order
Search for ‘committed’ bureaucracy and judiciary. Navnirman movement in Gujarat and the Bihar movement. Emergency: context, constitutional and extra-constitutional dimensions, resistance to emergency. 1977 elections and the formation of Janata Party. Rise of civil liberties organisations.
13
Periods
16 Popular Movements in India
Farmers’ movements, Women’s movement, Environment and Development-affected people’s movements. Implementation of Mandal Commission report and its aftermath.
11
Periods
17 Regional Aspirations
Rise of regional parties. Punjab crisis and the anti Sikh riots of 1984. The Kashmir situation. Challenges and responses in the North East.
11
Periods
18 Recent Developments in Indian politics
Participatory upsurge in1990s. Rise of the JD and the BJP. Increasing role of regional parties and coalition politics. Coalition governments:
NDA (1998 – 2004)
UPA (2004 – 2014)
NDA (2014 onwards)
13
Periods
Prescribed Books:
1.   Contemporary World Politics, Class XII, Published by NCERT
2.   Politics in India since Independence, Class XII, Published by NCERT
Note: The above textbooks are also available in Hindi and Urdu versions.
POLITICAL SCIENCE CBSE QUESTION PAPER DESIGN
Code No. 028
2018-19 CLASS-XII
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 100
S.
No
Typology of Questions Learning Outcomes & Testing Skills Very Short Answer (1
Mark)
Very Short Answer

(2
Marks)
Short Answer (4
Marks)
Long Answer I (5
Marks)
based on Passages and Picutres
Map Question Picture based inter-
pretation (5 Marks)
Long Answer II
(6
Marks)
Marks %
weight age
1 Remembering- (Knowledge based Simple recall questions, to know specific facts, terms, concepts, principles, or theories; Identify, define, or recite, information) Reasoning Analytical Skills
Critical
thinking
1 2 2 22 22%
2 Understanding- (Comprehension –to be familiar with meaning and to understand conceptually, interpret, compare, contrast, explain, paraphrase information) 2 2 1 1 21 21%
3 Application (Use abstract information in concrete situation, to apply knowledge to new situations; Use given content to interpret a situation, provide an example, or solve a problem) 1 1 1 1 2 25 25%
4 High Order Thinking Skills (Analysis & Synthesis- Classify, compare, contrast, or differentiate between different pieces of information; Organize and/or integrate unique pieces of information from a variety of
sources) (includes Map interpretation)
1 2 1 1 1 20 20%
5 Evaluation- (Appraise, judge, and/or justify the value or worth of a decision or outcome, or to predict outcomes) 1 1 1 1 12 12%
Total 1×5=5 2×5=10 4×6=24 5×3=15 5×2=10 6×6=36 100 100%
Note: Care to be taken to cover all chapters.
The weightage or the distribution of marks over the different dimensions paper shall be as follows:-
1.      Weightage of Content
Part A: Contemporary World Politics
Units Marks
1 Cold War Era 14
2 The End of Bipolarity
3 US Hegemony in World Politics 16
4 Alternative Centres of Power
5 Contemporary South Asia
6 International Organizations 10
7 Security in Contemporary World
8 Environment and Natural Resources 10
9 Globalization
Total 50
Part B: Politics in India since Independence
Units Marks
10 Challenges of Nation-Building 16
11 Era of One-Party Dominance
12 Politics of Planned Development
13 India’s External Relations 6
14 Challenges to the Congress System 12
15 Crisis of the Democratic Order
16 Rise of Popular Movements 16
17 Regional Aspirations
18 Recent Developments in Indian Politics
Total 50
2.     Weightage of Difficulty Level
Estimated difficulty level Percentage
Difficult 20%
Average 50%
Easy 30%
3.      Scheme of Options:
There is internal choice for long answer questions. Map question has choice only with another map.
There are three passage-based or picture-based questions.
4.     In order to assess different mental abilities of learners, question paper is likely to include questions
based on passages, visuals such as maps, cartoons, etc. No factual question will be asked on the information given in the plus(+) boxes in the textbooks.

To see the full specifications with in-depth details click here

Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Physics 2018-19

CBSE Curriculum for Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Physics 2018-19

7. PHYSICS (Code No. 042) CBSE
Senior Secondary stage of school education is a stage of transition from general education to discipline-based
focus on curriculum. The present updated syllabus keeps in view the rigour and depth of disciplinary approach as well as the comprehension level of learners. Due care has also been taken that the syllabus is comparable to the international standards. Salient features of the syllabus include:
·   Emphasis on basic conceptual understanding of the content.
·   Emphasis on use of SI units, symbols, nomenclature of physical quantities and formulations as per international standards.
·   Providing logical sequencing of units of the subject matter and proper placement of concepts with their linkage for better learning.
·   Reducing the curriculum load by eliminating overlapping of concepts/content within the discipline and other disciplines.
·   Promotion of process-skills, problem-solving abilities and applications of Physics concepts.
Besides, the syllabus also attempts to
·   strengthen the concepts developed at the secondary stage to provide firm foundation for further learning in the subject.
·   expose the learners to different processes used in Physics-related industrial and technological applications.
·   develop  process-skills  and  experimental,  observational,  manipulative,  decision  making  and investigatory skills in the learners.
·   promote problem solving abilities and creative thinking in learners.
·   develop conceptual competence in the learners and make them realize and appreciate the interface of Physics with other disciplines.
PHYSICS (Code No. 042)
CBSE COURSE STRUCTURE
Class XI (Theory) (2018-19)
Time: 3 hrs.                                                                                                                          Max Marks: 70
No. of Periods Marks
Unit–I Physical World and Measurement 10 20
Chapter–1: Physical World
Chapter–2: Units and Measurements
Unit-II Kinematics 20
Chapter–3: Motion in a Straight Line
Chapter–4: Motion in a Plane
Unit–III Laws of Motion 14
Chapter–5: Laws of Motion
Unit–IV Work, Energy and Power 12 17
Chapter–6: Work, Energy and Power
Unit–V Motion of System of Particles and Rigid Body 18
Chapter–7: System of Particles and Rotational Motion
Unit-VI Gravitation 12
Chapter–8: Gravitation
Unit–VII Properties of Bulk Matter 20 16
Chapter–9: Mechanical Properties of Solids
Chapter–10: Mechanical Properties of Fluids
Chapter–11: Thermal Properties of Matter
Unit–VIII Thermodynamics 12
Chapter–12: Thermodynamics
Unit–IX Behaviour of Perfect Gases and Kinetic Theory    of Gases 08
Chapter–13: Kinetic Theory
Unit–X Mechanical waves and Ray Optics 34 17
Chapter–14: Oscillations and waves
Chapter–15: Ray optics
Total 160 70
Unit I:      Physical World and Measurement                                                         10 Periods
Chapter–1: Physical World
Physics-scope and excitement; nature of physical laws; Physics, technology and society.
Chapter–2: Units and Measurements
Need for measurement: Units of measurement; systems of units; SI units, fundamental and
derived units. Length, mass and time measurements; accuracy and precision of measuring instruments; errors in measurement; significant figures.
Dimensions of physical quantities, dimensional analysis and its applications.
Unit II:     Kinematics                                                                                           20 Periods
Chapter–3: Motion in a Straight Line
Frame of reference, Motion in a straight line: Position-time graph, speed and velocity.
Elementary concepts of differentiation and integration for describing motion, uniform and non-
uniform motion, average speed and instantaneous velocity, uniformly accelerated motion, velocity – time and position-time graphs.
Relations for uniformly accelerated motion (graphical treatment).
Chapter–4: Motion in a Plane
Scalar and vector quantities; position and displacement vectors, general vectors and their
notations; equality of vectors, multiplication of vectors by a real number; addition and subtraction of vectors, relative velocity, Unit vector; resolution of a vector in a plane, rectangular components, Scalar and Vector product of vectors.
Motion  in  a  plane,  cases  of  uniform  velocity  and  uniform  acceleration-projectile  motion,
uniform circular motion.
Unit III:    Laws of Motion                                                                                     14 Periods
Chapter–5: Laws of Motion
Intuitive concept of force, Inertia, Newton’s first law of motion; momentum and Newton’s
second law of motion; impulse; Newton’s third law of motion.
Law of conservation of linear momentum and its applications.
Equilibrium of concurrent forces, Static and kinetic friction, laws of friction, rolling friction,
lubrication.
Dynamics of uniform circular motion: Centripetal force, examples of circular motion (vehicle on
a level circular road, vehicle on a banked road).
Unit IV:   Work, Energy and Power                                                                       12 Periods
Chapter–6: Work, Engery and Power
Work done by a constant force and a variable force; kinetic energy, work-energy theorem, power.
Notion of potential energy, potential energy of a spring, conservative forces: conservation of
mechanical  energy  (kinetic  and  potential  energies);  non-conservative  forces:  motion  in  a vertical circle; elastic and inelastic collisions in one and two dimensions.
Unit V:     Motion of System of Particles and Rigid Body                                       18 Periods
Chapter–7: System of Particles and Rotational Motion
Centre of mass of a two-particle system, momentum conservation and centre of mass motion.
Centre of mass of a rigid body; centre of mass of a uniform rod.
Moment of a force, torque, angular momentum, law of conservation of angular momentum and
its applications.
Equilibrium of rigid bodies, rigid body rotation and equations of rotational motion, comparison
of linear and rotational motions.
Moment of inertia, radius of gyration, values of moments of inertia for simple geometrical
objects (no derivation). Statement of parallel and perpendicular axes theorems and their applications.
Unit VI:   Gravitation                                                                                            12 Periods
Chapter–8: Gravitation
Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, universal law of gravitation. Acceleration due to gravity and its variation with altitude and depth.
Gravitational potential energy and gravitational potential, escape velocity, orbital velocity of a
satellite, Geo-stationary satellites.
Unit VII:   Properties of Bulk Matter                                                                     20 Periods
Chapter–9: Mechanical Properties of Solids
Elastic behaviour, Stress-strain relationship, Hooke’s law, Young’s modulus, bulk modulus, shear
modulus of rigidity, Poisson’s ratio; elastic energy.
Chapter–10: Mechanical Properties of Fluids
Pressure due to a fluid column; Pascal’s law and its applications (hydraulic lift and hydraulic
brakes), effect of gravity on fluid pressure.
Viscosity,  Stokes’  law,  terminal  velocity,  streamline  and  turbulent  flow,  critical  velocity,
Bernoulli’s theorem and its applications.
Surface energy and surface tension, angle of contact, excess of pressure across a curved
surface, application of surface tension ideas to drops, bubbles and capillary rise.
Chapter–11: Thermal Properties of Matter
Heat,  temperature,  thermal  expansion;  thermal  expansion  of  solids,  liquids  and  gases,
anomalous expansion of water; specific heat capacity; Cp, Cv – calorimetry; change of state – latent heat capacity.
Heat transfer-conduction, convection and radiation, thermal conductivity, qualitative ideas of
Blackbody radiation, Wein’s displacement Law, Stefan’s law, Green house effect.
Unit VIII: Thermodynamics                                                                                  12 Periods
Chapter–12: Thermodynamics
Thermal equilibrium and definition of temperature (zeroth law of thermodynamics), heat, work
and internal energy. First law of thermodynamics, isothermal and adiabatic processes.
Second  law  of  thermodynamics:  reversible  and  irreversible  processes,  Heat  engine  and refrigerator.
Unit IX:    Behaviour of Perfect Gases and Kinetic Theory of Gases                      08 Periods
Chapter–13: Kinetic Theory
Equation of state of a perfect gas, work done in compressing a gas.
Kinetic theory of gases – assumptions, concept of pressure. Kinetic interpretation of temperature; rms speed of gas molecules; degrees of freedom, law of equi-partition of energy (statement only) and application to specific heat capacities of gases; concept of mean free path, Avogadro’s number.
Unit X:     Mechanical Waves and Ray Optics                                                        16 Periods
Chapter–14: Oscillations and Waves
Periodic motion – time period, frequency, displacement as a function of time, periodic functions. Simple harmonic motion (S.H.M)  and its equation; phase;  oscillations  of a loaded spring- restoring force and force constant; energy in S.H.M. Kinetic and potential energies; simple pendulum derivation of expression for its time period.
Free, forced and damped oscillations (qualitative ideas only), resonance.
Wave motion: Transverse and longitudinal waves, speed of wave motion, displacement relation for a progressive wave, principle of superposition of waves, reflection of waves, standing waves
in strings and organ pipes, fundamental mode and harmonics, Beats, Doppler effect.
Chapter–15: RAY OPTICS                                                                                         18 Periods
Ray Optics: Reflection of light, spherical mirrors, mirror formula, refraction of light, total internal reflection and its applications, optical fibres, refraction at spherical surfaces, lenses, thin lens formula, lensmaker’s formula, magnification, power of a lens, combination of thin lenses in contact, refraction and dispersion of light through a prism.
Scattering of light – blue colour of sky and reddish apprearance of the sun at sunrise and sunset.
Optical instruments: Microscopes and astronomical telescopes (reflecting and refracting) and
their magnifying powers.
CBSE PRACTICALS                                                                                                     Total Periods: 60
The record, to be submitted by the students, at the time of their annual examination, has to include:
·   Record of at least 15 Experiments [with a minimum of 6 from each section], to be performed by the students.
·    Record of at least 5 Activities [with a minimum of 2 each from section A and section B], to be demonstrated by the teachers.
·   Report of the project to be carried out by the students.
CBSE EVALUATION SCHEME
Time Allowed: Three hours Max. Marks: 30
Two experiments one from each section 8+8 Marks
Practical record (experiment and activities) 6 Marks
Investigatory Project 3 Marks
Viva on experiments, activities and project 5 Marks
Total 30 Marks
Experiments
SECTION–A
1.   To measure diameter of a small spherical/cylindrical body and to measure internal diameter and depth
of a given beaker/calorimeter using Vernier Callipers and hence find its volume.
2.   To measure diameter of a given wire and thickness of a given sheet using screw gauge.
3.   To determine volume of an irregular lamina using screw gauge.
4.   To determine radius of curvature of a given spherical surface by a spherometer.
5.   To determine the mass of two different objects using a beam balance.
6.   To find the weight of a given body using parallelogram law of vectors.
7.   Using a simple pendulum, plot its L-T2  graph and use it to find the effective length of second’s pendulum.
8.   To study variation of time period of a simple pendulum of a given length by taking bobs of same size but
different masses and interpret the result.
9.   To study the relationship between force of limiting friction and normal reaction and to find the co-
efficient of friction between a block and a horizontal surface.
10.  To find the downward force, along an inclined plane, acting on a roller due to gravitational pull of the earth and study its relationship with the angle of inclination θ by plotting graph between force and sinθ.
Activities (for the purpose of demonstration only)
1.   To make a paper scale of given least count, e.g., 0.2cm, 0.5 cm
2.   To determine mass of a given body using a metre scale by principle of moments
3.   To plot a graph for a given set of data, with proper choice of scales and error bars
4.   To measure the force of limiting friction for rolling of a roller on a horizontal plane
5.   To study the variation in range of a projectile with angle of projection
6.   To study the conservation of energy of a ball rolling down on an inclined plane (using a double inclined plane)
7.   To study dissipation of energy of a simple pendulum by plotting a graph between square of amplitude & time
Experiments
SECTION–B
1.   To determine Young’s modulus of elasticity of the material of a given wire.
2.   To determine the surface tension of water by capillary rise method
3.   To determine the coefficient of viscosity of a given viscous liquid by measuring terminal velocity of a given spherical body
4.   To determine specific heat capacity of a given solid by method of mixtures
5.   a)   To study the relation between frequency and length of a given wire under constant tension using sonometer
b) To study the relation between the length of a given wire and tension for constant frequency using sonometer.
6.   To find the speed of sound in air at room temperature using a resonance tube by two resonance
positions.
7.   To find the value of v for different values of u in case of a concave mirror and to find the focal length.
8.   To find the focal length of a convex lens by plotting graphs between u and v or between 1/u and 1/v.
9.   To determine angle of minimum deviation for a given prism by plotting a graph between angle of incidence and angle of deviation.
10. To determine refractive index of a glass slab using a travelling microscope.
Activities (for the purpose of demonstration only)
1.   To observe change of state and plot a cooling curve for molten wax.
2.   To observe and explain the effect of heating on a bi-metallic strip.
3.   To note the change in level of liquid in a container on heating and interpret the observations.
4.   To study the effect of detergent on surface tension of water by observing capillary rise.
5.   To study the factors affecting the rate of loss of heat of a liquid.
6.   To study the effect of load on depression of a suitably clamped metre scale loaded at (i) its end (ii) in
the middle.
7.   To observe the decrease in presure with increase in velocity of a fluid.
8.   To observe refraction and lateral deviation of a beam of light incident obliquely on a glass slab.
9.   To study the nature and size of the image formed by a (i) convex lens, (ii) concave mirror, on a screen by using a candle and a screen (for different distances of the candle from the lens/mirror).
10. To obtain a lens combination with the specified focal length by using two lenses from the given set of lenses.
Practical Examination for Visually Impaired Students
Class XI
Note: Same Evaluation scheme and general guidelines for visually impaired students as given for Class XII
may be followed.
A.   Items for Identification/Familiarity of the apparatus for assessment in practicals (All experiments)
Spherical ball, Cylindrical objects, vernier calipers, beaker, calorimeter, Screw gauge, wire, Beam
balance, spring balance, weight box, gram and milligram weights, forceps, Parallelogram law of vectors apparatus, pulleys and pans used in the same ‘weights’ used, Bob and string used in a  simple pendulum, meter scale, split cork, suspension arrangement, stop clock/stop watch, Helical spring, suspension arrangement used, weights, arrangement used for measuring extension, Sonometer,
Wedges, pan and pulley used in it, ‘weights’ Tuning Fork, Meter scale, Beam balance, Weight box, gram and milligram weights, forceps, Resonance Tube, Tuning Fork, Meter scale, Flask/Beaker used for adding water.
B.    List of Practicals
1.    To measure diameter of a small spherical/cylindrical body using vernier calipers.
2.    To measure the internal diameter and depth of a given beaker/calorimeter using vernier calipers
and hence find its volume.
3.    To measure diameter of given wire using screw gauge.
4.    To measure thickness of a given sheet using screw gauge.
5.    To determine the mass of a given object using a beam balance.
6.    To find the weight of given body using the parallelogram law of vectors.
7.    Using a simple pendulum plot L-T and L-T2 graphs. Hence find the effective length of second’s pendulum using appropriate length values.
8.    To find the force constant of given helical spring by plotting a graph between load and extension.
9.    (i) To study the relation between frequency and length of a given wire under constant tension
using a sonometer.
(ii) To study the relation between the length of a given wire and tension, for constant frequency,
using a sonometer.
10.   To find the speed of sound in air, at room temperature, using a resonance tube, by observing the
two resonance positions.
Note: The above practicals may be carried out in an experiential manner rather than recording observations.
Prescribed Books:
1.   Physics Part-I, Textbook for Class XI, Published by NCERT
2.   Physics Part-II, Textbook for Class XI, Published by NCERT
3.   Laboratory Manual of Physics, Class XI Published by NCERT
4.   The list of other related books and manuals brought out by NCERT (consider multimedia also).
PHYSICS (Code No. 042)
QUESTION PAPER DESIGN CLASS – XI (2018-19)
Time 3 Hours                                                                                                                      Max. Marks: 70
S.
.
Typology of Questions Very Short Answer (VSA)
(1 mark)
Short Answer-I (SA-I)
(2 marks)
Short Answer –II (SA-II)
(3 marks)
Long Answer (LA)
(5 marks)
Total Marks %
Weightage
1. Remembering- (Knowledge based Simple recall questions, to know specific facts, terms, concepts, principles, or theories, identify, define, or recite information) 2 1 1 7 10%
2 Understanding- (Comprehension -to be familiar with meaning and to understand conceptually, interpret, compare, contrast, explain, paraphrase information) 2 4 1 21 30%
3 Application – (Use abstract – information in concrete situation, to apply knowledge to new situations, Use given content to interpret a situation, provide an example, or solve a problem) 2 4 1 21 30%
4 Higher Order Thinking Skills – (Analysis & Synthesis- Classify, compare, contrast, or differentiate between different pieces of                information, Organize and/or integrate unique pieces of information from a variety of sources) 2 1 1 10 14%
5 Evaluation – (Appraise, judge, and/or justify the value or
worth of a decision or outcome, or to predict outcomes based on values)
1 2 2 11 16%
TOTAL 5×1=5 7×2=14 12×3=36 3×5=15 70(27) 100%
Question Wise Break Up
Type of Question Mark per Question Total No. of Questions Total Marks
VSA 1 5 05
SA-I 2 7 14
SA-II 3 12 36
LA 5 3 15
Total 27 70
1.   Internal Choice: There is no overall choice in the paper. However, there is an internal choice in one
question of 2 marks weightage, one question of 3 marks weightage and all the three questions of 5 marks weightage.
2.   The above template is only a sample. Suitable internal variations may be made for generating similar
templates keeping the overall weightage to different form of questions and typology of questions same.
CLASS XII (2018-19)
(THEORY)
Time: 3 hrs.                                                                                                                          Max Marks: 70
No. of Periods Marks
Unit–I Electrostatics 22 15
Chapter–1: Electric Charges and Fields
Chapter–2: Electrostatic Potential and Capacitance
Unit-II Current Electricity 20
Chapter–3: Current Electricity
Unit-III Magnetic Effects of Current and Magnetism 22 16
Chapter–4: Moving Charges and Magnetism
Chapter–5: Magnetism and Matter
Unit-IV Electromagnetic Induction and Alternating Currents 20
Chapter–6: Electromagnetic Induction
Chapter–7: Alternating Current
Unit–V Electromagnetic Waves 04 17
Chapter–8: Electromagnetic Waves
Unit–VI Optics 25
Chapter–9: Ray Optics and Optical Instruments
Chapter–10: Wave Optics
Unit–VII Dual Nature of Radiation and Matter 08 10
Chapter–11: Dual Nature of Radiation and Matter
Unit–VIII Atoms and Nuclei 14
Chapter–12: Atoms
Chapter–13: Nuclei
Unit–IX Electronic Devices 15 12
Chapter–14:   Semiconductor   Electronics:   Materials, Devices and Simple Circuits
Unit–X Communication Systems 10
Chapter–15: Communication Systems
Total 160 70
Unit I:          Electrostatics                                                                                                                        22 Periods
Chapter–1: Electric Charges and Fields
Electric Charges; Conservation of charge, Coulomb’s law-force between two point charges,
forces between multiple charges; superposition principle and continuous charge distribution.
Electric field, electric field due to a point charge, electric field lines, electric dipole, electric field due to a dipole, torque on a dipole in uniform electric field.
Electric flux, statement of Gauss’s theorem and its applications to find field due to infinitely long straight wire, uniformly charged infinite plane sheet and uniformly charged thin spherical shell (field inside and outside).
Chapter–2: Electrostatic Potential and Capacitance
Electric potential, potential difference, electric potential due to a point charge, a dipole and system of charges; equipotential surfaces, electrical potential energy of a system of two point charges and of electric dipole in an electrostatic field.
Conductors and insulators, free charges and bound charges inside a conductor. Dielectrics and electric polarisation, capacitors and capacitance, combination of capacitors in series and in parallel, capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor with and without dielectric medium between the plates, energy stored in a capacitor.
Unit II:         Current Electricity                                                                                                               20 Periods
Chapter–3: Current Electricity
Electric current, flow of electric charges in a metallic conductor, drift velocity, mobility and their relation with electric current; Ohm’s law, electrical resistance, V-I characteristics (linear and non-linear), electrical energy and power, electrical resistivity and conductivity, Carbon resistors, colour code for carbon resistors; series and parallel combinations of resistors; temperature dependence of resistance.
Internal resistance of a cell, potential difference and emf of a cell, combination of cells in series and in parallel, Kirchhoff’s laws and simple applications, Wheatstone bridge, metre bridge.
Potentiometer – principle and its applications to measure potential difference and for comparing EMF of two cells; measurement of internal resistance of a cell.
Unit III:    Magnetic Effects of Current and Magnetism                                          22 Periods
Chapter–4: Moving Charges and Magnetism
Concept of magnetic field, Oersted’s experiment.
Biot – Savart law and its application to current carrying circular loop.
Ampere’s law and its applications to infinitely long straight wire. Straight and toroidal solenoids (only qualitative treatment), force on a moving charge in uniform magnetic and electric fields, Cyclotron.
Force on a current-carrying conductor in a uniform magnetic field, force between two parallel current-carrying conductors-definition of ampere, torque experienced by a current loop in uniform magnetic field; moving coil galvanometer-its current sensitivity and conversion to
ammeter and voltmeter.
Chapter–5: Magnetism and Matter
Current loop as a magnetic dipole and its magnetic dipole moment, magnetic dipole moment of a revolving electron, magnetic field intensity due to a magnetic dipole (bar magnet) along its axis and perpendicular to its axis, torque on a magnetic dipole (bar magnet) in a uniform magnetic field; bar magnet as an equivalent solenoid, magnetic field lines; earth’s magnetic field and magnetic elements.
Para-, dia- and ferro – magnetic substances, with examples. Electromagnets and factors affecting their strengths, permanent magnets.
Unit IV:    Electromagnetic Induction and Alternating Currents                            20 Periods
Chapter–6: Electromagnetic Induction
Electromagnetic induction; Faraday’s laws, induced EMF and current; Lenz’s Law, Eddy currents. Self and mutual induction.
Chapter–7: Alternating Current
Alternating currents, peak and RMS value of alternating current/voltage; reactance and impedance; LC oscillations (qualitative treatment only), LCR series circuit, resonance; power in AC circuits, power factor, wattless current.
AC generator and transformer.
Unit V:     Electromagnetic waves                                                                        04 Periods
Chapter–8: Electromagnetic Waves
Basic  idea  of  displacement  current,  Electromagnetic  waves,  their  characteristics,  their Transverse nature (qualitative ideas only).
Electromagnetic spectrum  (radio waves, microwaves, infrared, visible, ultraviolet, X-rays, gamma rays) including elementary facts about their uses.
Unit VI:    Optics                                                                                                  25 Periods
Chapter–9: Ray Optics and Optical Instruments
Ray Optics: Reflection of light, spherical mirrors, mirror formula, refraction of light, total internal reflection and its applications, optical fibres, refraction at spherical surfaces, lenses, thin lens formula, lensmaker’s formula, magnification, power of a lens, combination of thin lenses in contact, refraction and dispersion of light through a prism.
Scattering of light – blue colour of sky and reddish apprearance of the sun at sunrise and sunset.
Optical instruments: Microscopes and astronomical telescopes (reflecting and refracting) and their magnifying powers.
Chapter–10: Wave Optics
Wave optics: Wave front and Huygen’s principle, reflection and refraction of plane wave at a plane surface using wave fronts. Proof of laws of reflection and refraction using Huygen’s principle. Interference, Young’s double slit experiment and expression for fringe width, coherent sources and sustained interference of light, diffraction due to a single slit, width of central maximum, resolving power of microscope and astronomical telescope, polarisation,
plane polarised light, Brewster’s law, uses of plane polarised light and Polaroids.
Unit VII:   Dual Nature of Radiation and Matter                                                    08 Periods
Chapter–11: Dual Nature of Radiation and Matter
Dual  nature  of  radiation,  Photoelectric  effect,  Hertz  and  Lenard’s  observations;  Einstein’s photoelectric equation-particle nature of light.
Matter  waves-wave  nature  of  particles,  de-Broglie  relation,  Davisson-Germer  experiment (experimental details should be omitted; only conclusion should be explained).
Unit VIII:   Atoms and Nuclei                                                                                 14 Periods
Chapter–12: Atoms
Alpha-particle scattering experiment; Rutherford’s model of atom; Bohr model, energy levels, hydrogen spectrum.
Chapter–13: Nuclei
Composition and size of nucleus, Radioactivity, alpha, beta and gamma particles/rays and their properties; radioactive decay law.
Mass-energy relation, mass defect; binding energy per nucleon and its variation with mass number; nuclear fission, nuclear fusion.
Unit IX:    Electronic Devices                                                                                15 Periods
Chapter–14: Semiconductor Electronics: Materials, Devices and Simple Circuits
Energy bands in conductors, semiconductors and insulators (qualitative ideas only) Semiconductor diode – I-V characteristics in forward and reverse bias, diode as a rectifier;
Special purpose p-n junction diodes: LED, photodiode, solar cell and Zener diode and their characteristics, zener diode as a voltage regulator.
Junction  transistor,  transistor  action,  characteristics  of  a  transistor  and  transistor  as  an
amplifier (common emitter configuration), basic idea of analog and digital signals, Logic gates (OR, AND, NOT, NAND and NOR).
Unit X:     Communication Systems                                                                       10 Periods
Chapter–15: Communication Systems
Elements of a communication system (block diagram only); bandwidth of signals (speech, TV and digital data); bandwidth of transmission medium. Propagation of electromagnetic waves in the atmosphere, sky and space wave propagation, satellite communication. Need for modulation,
amplitude modulation.
PRACTICALS                                                                                              (Total Periods 60)
The record to be submitted by the students at the time of their annual examination has to include:
Record of at least 15 Experiments [with a minimum of 6 from each section], to be performed by the students.
Record of at least 5 Activities [with a minimum of 2 each from section A and section B], to be demonstrated by the teachers.
The Report of the project to be carried out by the students.
Evaluation Scheme
Time Allowed: Three hours                                                                                                 Max. Marks: 30
Two experiments one from each section 8+8 Marks
Practical record [experiments and activities] 6 Marks
Investigatory Project 3 Marks
Viva on experiments, activities and project 5 Marks
Total 30 marks
Experiments
SECTION–A
1.   To determine resistance per cm of a given wire by plotting a graph for potential difference versus current.
2.   To find resistance of a given wire using metre bridge and hence determine the resistivity (specific resistance) of its material.
3.   To verify the laws of combination (series) of resistances using a metre bridge.
4.   To verify the laws of combination (parallel) of resistances using a metre bridge.
5.   To compare the EMF of two given primary cells using potentiometer.
6.   To determine the internal resistance of given primary cell using potentiometer.
7.   To determine resistance of a galvanometer by half-deflection method and to find its figure ofmerit.
8.   To convert the given galvanometer (of known resistance and figure of merit) into a voltmeter of desired range and to verify the same.
9.   To convert the given galvanometer (of known resistance and figure of merit) into an ammeter of desired range and to verify the same.
10. To find the frequency of AC mains with a sonometer.
Activities
(For the purpose of demonstration only)
1.   To measure the resistance and impedance of an inductor with or without iron core.
2.   To measure resistance, voltage (AC/DC), current (AC) and check continuity of a given circuit using multimeter.
3.   To assemble a household circuit comprising three bulbs, three (on/off) switches, a fuse and a power source.
4.   To assemble the components of a given electrical circuit.
5.   To study the variation in potential drop with length of a wire for a steady current.
6. To draw the diagram of a given open circuit comprising at least a battery, resistor/rheostat, key, ammeter and voltmeter. Mark the components that are not connected in proper order and correct the circuit and also the circuit diagram.
SECTION–B
Experiments
1.     To find the value of v for different values of u in case of a concave mirror and to find the focallength.
2.     To find the focal length of a convex mirror, using a convex lens.
3.     To find the focal length of a convex lens by plotting graphs between u and v or between 1/u and1/v.
4.     To find the focal length of a concave lens, using a convex lens.
5.     To determine angle of minimum deviation for a given prism by plotting a graph between angle of incidence and angle of deviation.
6.     To determine refractive index of a glass slab using a travelling microscope.
7.     To find refractive index of a liquid by using convex lens and plane mirror.
8.     To draw the I-V characteristic curve for a p-n junction in forward bias and reverse bias.
9.     To draw the characteristic curve of a zener diode and to determine its reverse break downvoltage.
10.   To study the characteristic of a common – emitter npn or pnp transistor and to find out the values of current and voltage gains.
Activities
(For the purpose of demonstration only)
1.   To identify a diode, an LED, a transistor, an IC, a resistor and a capacitor from a mixed collection of such items.
2.   Use of multimeter to (i) identify base of transistor, (ii) distinguish between npn and pnp type transistors,
(iii) see the unidirectional flow of current in case of a diode and an LED, (iv) check whether a given electronic component (e.g., diode, transistor or IC) is in working order.
3.   To study effect of intensity of light (by varying distance of the source) on an LDR.
4.   To observe refraction and lateral deviation of a beam of light incident obliquely on a glass slab.
5.   To observe polarization of light using two Polaroids.
6.   To observe diffraction of light due to a thin slit.
7.   To study the nature and size of the image formed by a (i) convex lens, (ii) concave mirror, on a screen by using a candle and a screen (for different distances of the candle from thelens/mirror).
8.   To obtain a lens combination with the specified focal length by using two lenses from the given set of lenses.
Suggested Investigatory Projects
1.   To study various factors on which the internal resistance/EMF of a cell depends.
2.   To study the variations in current flowing in a circuit containing an LDR because of a variation in
(a) the power of the incandescent lamp, used to ‘illuminate’ the LDR (keeping all the lamps at a fixed distance).
(b) the distance of a incandescent lamp (of fixed power) used to ‘illuminate’ the LDR.
3.   To find the refractive indices of (a) water (b) oil (transparent) using a plane mirror, an equi convex lens (made from a glass of known refractive index) and an adjustable object needle.
4.   To design an appropriate logic gate combination for a given truth table.
5.   To investigate the relation between the ratio of (i) output and input voltage and (ii) number of turns in the
secondary coil and primary coil of a self designed transformer.
6.   To investigate the dependence of the angle of deviation on the angle of incidence using a hollow prism filled one by one, with different transparent fluids.
7.   To estimate the charge induced on each one of the two identical styrofoam (or pith) balls suspended in a vertical plane by making use of Coulomb’s law.
8.   To set up a common base transistor circuit and to study its input and output characteristic and to calculate its current gain.
9.   To study the factor on which the self inductance of a coil depends by observing the effect of this coil, when put in series with a resistor/(bulb) in a circuit fed up by an A.C. source of adjustable frequency.
10. To construct a switch using a transistor and to draw the graph between the input and output voltage and mark the cut-off, saturation and active regions.
11. To study the earth’s magnetic field using a tangent galvanometer.
Practical Examination for Visually Impaired Students of Classes XI and XII
Evaluation Scheme
Time Allowed: Two hours                                                                                                    Max. Marks: 30
Identification/Familiarity with the apparatus 5 marks
Written test (based on given/prescribed practicals) 10 marks
Practical Record 5 marks
Viva 10 marks
Total 30 marks
General Guidelines
The practical examination will be of two hour duration.
A separate list of ten experiments is included here.
The written examination in practicals for these students will be conducted at the time of practical examination of all other students.
The written test will be of 30 minutes duration.
The question paper given to the students should be legibly typed. It should contain a total of 15 practical skill based very short answer type questions. A student would be required to answer any 10 questions.
A writer may be allowed to such students as per CBSE examination rules.
All questions included in the question papers should be related to the listed practicals. Every question should require about two minutes to be answered.
These students are also required to maintain a practical file. A student is expected to record at least five of the listed experiments as per the specific instructions for each subject. These practicals should be duly checked and signed by the internal examiner.
The format of writing any experiment in the practical file should include aim, apparatus required, simple theory, procedure, related practical skills, precautions etc.
Questions may be generated jointly by the external/internal examiners and used for assessment.
The viva questions may include questions based on basic theory/principle/concept, apparatus/ materials/chemicals required, procedure, precautions, sources of error etc.
Class XII
A.  Items for Identification/ familiarity with the apparatus for assessment in practicals (All experiments)
Meter scale, general shape of the voltmeter/ammeter, battery/power supply, connecting wires, standard resistances, connecting wires, voltmeter/ammeter, meter bridge, screw gauge, jockey Galvanometer, Resistance Box, standard Resistance, connecting wires, Potentiometer, jockey, Galvanometer, Lechlanche cell, Daniell cell [simple distinction between the two vis-à-vis their outer (glass and copper) containers], rheostat connecting wires, Galvanometer, resistance box, Plug-in and tapping keys, connecting wires battery/power supply, Diode, Transistor, IC, Resistor (Wire-wound or carbon ones with two wires connected to two ends), capacitors (one or two types), Inductors, Simple electric/electronic bell, battery/power supply, Plug-in and tapping keys, Convex lens, concave lens, convex  mirror,  concave  mirror,  Core/hollow  wooden  cylinder,  insulated  wire,  ferromagnetic  rod,
Transformer core, insulated wire.
B.  List of Practicals
1.   To determine the resistance per cm of a given wire by plotting a graph between voltage and current.
2.   To verify the laws of combination (series/parallel combination) of resistances by Ohm’s law.
3.   To find the resistance of a given wire using a meter bridge and hence determine the specific resistance (resistivity) of its material.
4.   To compare the e.m.f of two given primary cells using a potentiometer.
5.   To determine the resistance of a galvanometer by half deflection method.
6.   To identify a
(i)     diode, transistor and IC
(ii)    resistor, capacitor and inductor, from a mixed collection of such items.
7.   To understand the principle of (i) a NOT gate (ii) an OR gate (iii)an AND gate and to make their equivalent circuits using a bell and cells/battery and keys /switches.
8.   To observe the difference between
(i)  a convex lens and a concave lens
(ii) a convex mirror and a concave mirror and to estimate the likely difference between the power of two given convex /concave lenses.
9.   To design an inductor coil and to know the effectof
(i)  change in the number of turns
(ii) introduction of ferromagnetic material as its core material on the inductance of thecoil.
10. To design a (i) step up (ii) step down transformer on a given core and know the relation between its input and output voltages.
Note: The above practicals may be carried out in an experiential manner rather than recording observations.
Prescribed Books:
1.   Physics, Class XI, Part -I and II, Published by NCERT.
2.   Physics, Class XII, Part -I and II, Published by NCERT.
3.   Laboratory Manual of Physics for class XII Published by NCERT.
4.   The list of other related books and manuals brought out by NCERT (consider multimedia also).
PHYSICS (Code No. 042)
QUESTION PAPER DESIGN CLASS – XII (2018-19)
Time 3 Hours                                                                                                                       Max. Marks: 70
S.
No.
Typology of Questions Very Short Answer (VSA)
(1 mark)
Short Answer-I (SA-I)
(2 marks)
Short Answer –II (SA-II) (3
marks)
Long Answer (LA)
(5 marks)
Total Marks %
Weightage
1. Remembering – (Knowledge based Simple recall questions, to know
specific facts, terms, concepts, principles, or theories, Identify, define, or recite, information)
2 1 1 7 10%
2 Understanding – (Comprehension -to be familiar with meaning and to understand conceptually, interpret, compare, contrast, explain, paraphrase information) 2 4 1 21 30%
3 Application – (Use abstract information in concrete situation, to apply knowledge to new situations, Use given content to interpret a situation, provide an example, or solve a problem) 2 4 1 21 30%
4 High Order Thinking Skills – (Analysis & Synthesis- Classify, compare, contrast, or differentiate between different pieces of information, Organize and/or integrate unique pieces of information from a variety of sources) 2 1 1 10 14%
5 Evaluation – (Appraise, judge, and/or justify the value or worth of a decision or outcome, or to predict outcomes based on values) 1 2 2 11 16%
TOTAL 5×1=5 7×2=14 12×3=36 3×5=15 70(27) 100%
QUESTION WISE BREAK UP
Type of Question Mark per Question Total No. of Questions Total Marks
VSA 1 5 05
SA-I 2 7 14
SA-II 3 12 36
LA 5 3 15
Total 27 70
1.    Internal Choice: There is no overall choice in the paper. However, there is an internal choice in one question of 2
marks weightage, one question of 3 marks weightage and all the three questions of 5 marks weightage.
2.    The above template is only a sample. Suitable internal variations may be made for generating similar templates
keeping the overall weightage to different form of questions and typology of questions same.

To see the full specifications with in-depth details click here

Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Physical Education 2018-19

CBSE Curriculum for Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Physical Education 2018-19

PHYSICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM (2018–19) Class XI CBSE
Theory                                                                                                       Max. Marks 70
Unit I Changing Trends & Career In Physical Education
·      Meaning & definition of Physical Education
·      Aims & Objectives of Physical Education
·      Changing trends in Physical Education
·      Various Physical Education Courses available in India
·      Career Options in Physical Education
·      Soft skills required for different careers
Unit II Olympic Movement
·      Ancient & Modern Olympics (Summer & Winter)
·      Olympic Symbols, Ideals, Objectives & Values
·      International Olympic Committee
·      Indian Olympic Association
·      Dronacharya Award,  Arjuna Award & Rajiv Gandhi Khel Ratna Award
·      Organisational set-up of CBSE Sports & Chacha Nehru Sports Award
Unit III Physical Fitness, Wellness & Lifestyle
·              Meaning & Importance Of Physical Fitness, Wellness & Lifestyle
·              Components of physical fitness
·              Components of Health related fitness
·              Components of wellness
·              Preventing Health Threats Through Lifestyle Change
·              Concept of Positive Lifestyle
Unit IV Physical Education & Sports for CWSN (Children With Special Needs- Divyang)
·      Aims & objectives of Adaptive Physical Education
·     Organization promoting Adaptive Sports (Special Olympics Bharat; Paralympics; Deaflympics)
·      Concept and need of Integrated Physical Education
·      Concept of Inclusion, its need and Implementation
·      Role of various professionals for children with special needs
(Counsellor,  Occupational  Therapist,  Physiotherapist,  Physical  Education  Teacher, Speech Therapist & special Educator)
Unit V Yoga
·      Meaning & Importance of Yoga
·      Elements of Yoga
·      Introduction – Asanas, Pranayam, Meditation & Yogic Kriyas
·     Yoga for concentration & related Asanas (Sukhasana; Tadasana; Padmasana & Shashankasana)
·    Relaxation Techniques for improving concentration – Yog-nidra
Unit VI Physical Activity & Leadership Training
·      Concept of Physical Activity & Inactivity
·      Leadership Qualities & Role of a Leader
·      Behaviour change stages for physical activity (Pre-contemplation; Contemplation; Planning; Active; Maintenance)
·      Creating leaders through Physical Education
·      Meaning, objectives & types of Adventure Sports (Rock Climbing, Tracking, River Rafting, Mountaineering, Surfing and Para Gliding
·      Safety measures during physical activity and adventure sports
Unit VII Test, Measurement & Evaluation
·      Define Test, Measurement & Evaluation
·      Importance Of Test, Measurement & Evaluation In Sports
·      Calculation Of BMI & Waist – Hip Ratio
·     Somato Types (Endomorphy, Mesomorphy & Ectomorphy)
·      Procedures Of Anthropomatric Measurement – Height, Weight, Arm & Leg Length
Unit VIII Fundamentals Of Anatomy & Physiology
·      Define Anatomy, Physiology & Its Importance
·      Function Of Skeleton System, Classification of Bones & Types of Joints
·      Properties of Muscles
·      Function & Structure Of Muscles
·      Function & Structure Of Respiratory System, Mechanism of Respiration
·      Structure Of Heart & Introduction to Circulatory System
·      Oxygen debt, second-wind
Unit IX Kinesiology, Biomechanics & Sports
·      Meaning & Importance of Kinesiology & Biomechanics in Phy. Edu. & Sports
·      Concept of Musculoskeletal System
·      Joints – Articulation of Bones (Neck, Shoulder, Elbow, Hip and Knees)
·      Major Muscles around the Joints (Neck, Shoulder, Elbow, Hip and Knees)
·      Levers & Its Types and its application in sports
·      Equilibrium – Dynamic & Static And Centre of Gravity and its application in sports
Unit X  Psychology & Sports
·      Definition & Importance of Psychology in Phy. Edu. & Sports
·      Define & Differentiate Between Growth & Development
·      Developmental Characteristics At Different Stage of Development
·      Adolescent Problems & Their Management
·      Define Learning, Laws Of Learning (Law of Readiness; Law of Effect & Law of Exercise) & Transfer of Learning
·      Emotion: Concept, Type & Controlling of emotion
Unit XI Training In Sports
·      Meaning & Concept of Sports Training
·      Principles of Sports Training
·      Warming up & limbering down
·      Load, Symptoms of Over-load, Adaptation & Recovery
·      Skill, Technique & Style
·      Role of Free-play in the development of Motor Component
Unit XII Doping
·      Concept & classification of doping
·      Prohibited Substances & Methods
·      Athletes Responsibilities
·    Side Effects Of Prohibited Substances
·      Ergogenic aids & doping in sports
·    Doping control procedure
Practical                                                                                                    Max. Marks 30
01. Physical Fitness (AAHPER)                                                                                                     –  10 Marks
02. Skill of any one Individual Game of choice from the given list**                                             –  10 Marks
03. Viva                                                                                                                                     –  05 Marks
04. Record File***                                                                                                                       –  05 Marks
**Archery, Badminton, Gymnastics, Judo, Swimming, Table Tennis, Taekwondo, Tennis and Bocce
***Record File shall include:
Practical-1: Labelled diagram of 400 M Track & Field with computations.
Practical-2: Computation of BMI from family or neighbourhood & graphical representation of the data. Practical-3: Labelled diagram of field & equipment of any one game of your choice out of the above list.
Practical-4: Explanation & list of current National Awardees (Dronacharya Award, Arjuna Award & Rajiv Gandhi Khel Ratna Award)
Practical-5: Pictorial presentation of any five Asanas for improving concentration.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM (2018-19) Class XII
Theory                                                                                                       Max. Marks 70
Unit I Planning in Sports
·      Meaning & Objectives Of Planning
·      Various Committees & its Responsibilities (pre; during & post)
·      Tournament – Knock-Out, League Or Round Robin & Combination
·      Procedure To Draw Fixtures – Knock-Out (Bye & Seeding) & League (Staircase & Cyclic)
·      Intramural & Extramural – Meaning, Objectives & Its Significance
·      Specific Sports Programme (Sports Day, Health Run, Run For Fun, Run For Specific Cause & Run For Unity)
Unit II Sports & Nutrition
·      Balanced Diet & Nutrition: Macro & Micro Nutrients
·     Nutritive & Non-Nutritive Components Of Diet
·     Eating For Weight Control – A Healthy Weight, The Pitfalls Of Dieting, Food Intolerance & Food Myths
·      Sports nutrition & its effect on performance (fluid & meal intake, pre, during & post competition)
·      Food supplement for children
Unit III Yoga & Lifestyle
·     Asanas as preventive measures
·    Obesity: Procedure, Benefits & contraindications for Vajrasana, Hastasana, Trikonasana, Ardh Matsyendrasana
·    Diabetes: Procedure, Benefits & contraindications for Bhujangasana, Paschimottasana, Pavan Muktasana, Ardh Matsyendrasana
·    Asthema: Procedure, Benefits & contraindications for Sukhasana, Chakrasana, Gomukhasana, Parvatasana, Bhujangasana, Paschimottasana, Matsyasana
·    Hypertension: Tadasana, Vajrasana, Pavan Muktasana, Ardha Chakrasana, Bhujangasana, Sharasana
·    Back Pain: Tadasana, Ardh Matsyendrasana, Vakrasana, Shalabhasana, Bhujangasana
Unit IV Physical Education & Sports for CWSN (Children With Special Needs – Divyang)
·     Concept of Disability & Disorder
·    Types of Disability, its causes & nature (cognitive disability, intellectual disability, physical disability)
·     Types of Disorder, its cause & nature (ADHD, SPD, ASD, ODD, OCD)
·     Disability Etiquettes
·    Advantage of Physical Activities for children with special needs
·    Strategies to make Physical Activities assessable for children with special need.
Unit V Children & Sports
·      Motor development & factors affecting it
·      Exercise Guidelines at different stages of growth & Development
·      Advantages & disadvantages of weight training
·      Concept & advantages of Correct Posture
·      Causes of Bad Posture
·     Common Postural Deformities – Knock Knee; Flat Foot; Round Shoulders; Lordosis, Kyphosis, Bow Legs and Scolioses
·     Corrective Measures for Postural Deformities
Unit VI Women & Sports
·      Sports participation of women in India
·      Special consideration (Menarch & Menstural Disfunction)
·     Female Athletes Triad (Oestoperosis, Amenoria, Eating Disorders)
·      Psychological aspects of women athlete
·     Sociological aspects of sports participation
Unit VII Test & Measurement in Sports
o Computation of Fat Percentage –
Slaughter – Lohman Children Skinfold Formula:
Triceps & Calf Skinfold (Male 6 to 17 yrs – % body fat = (0.735 X sum of skinfold) + 1.0 (Female 6 to 17 yrs – % body fat = (0.610 X sum of skinfold) + 5.0
o Measurement of Muscular Strength – Kraus Weber Test
o Motor Fitness Test – AAPHER
o General Motor Fitness – Barrow three item general motor ability (Standing Broad Jump, Zig Zag Run, Medicine Ball Put – For Boys: 03 Kg & For Girls: 01 Kg)
o Measurement of Cardio Vascular Fitness – Harvard Step Test/Rockport Test – Computation of Fitness Index:         Duration of the Exercise in Seconds x 100
5.5 x Pulse count of 1-1.5 Min after Exercise
o  Rikli & Jones – Senior Citizen Fitness Test 1. Chair Stand Test for lower body strength
2. Arm Curl Test for upper body strength
3. Chair Sit & Reach Test for lower body flexibility
4. Back Scratch Test for upper body flexibility
5. Eight Foot Up & Go Test for agility
6. Six Minute Walk Test for Aerobic Endurance
Unit VIII  Physiology & Sports
·    Gender differences in physical & physiological parameters.
·    Physiological factor determining component of Physical Fitness
·     Effect of exercise on Cardio Vascular System
·     Effect of exercise on Respiratory System
·     Effect of exercise on Muscular System
·     Physiological changes due to ageing
·    Role of physical activity maintaining functional fitness in aged population
Unit IX Sports Medicine
·     Concept, Aims & Scope of Sports Medicine
·    Sports injuries: Classification, Causes & Prevention
·     First Aid – Aims & Objectives
·     Management of Injuries:
Soft Tissue Injuries:
(Abrasion, Contusion, Laceration, Incision, Sprain & Strain)
Bone & Joint Injuries:
(Dislocation, Fractures: Stress Fracture, Green Stick, Communated, Transverse Oblique  & Impacted)
Unit X Kinesiology, Biomechanics & Sports
·     Introduction to Axes & Planes
·    Types of movements (Flexion, Extension, Adbuction & Adduction)
·    Major Muscles involved in running, jumping & throwing
·     Newton’s Law of Motion & its application in sports
·    Projectile & factors affecting Projectile Trajectory
·     Friction & Sports
Unit XI Psychology & Sports
·    Understanding Stress & Coping Strategies (Problem Focussed & Emotional Focussed)
·     Personality; its definition & types – Trait & Types (Sheldon & Jung Classification) & Big Five Theory
·     Motivation, its type & techniques
·    Exercise Adherence; Reasons to Exercise, Benefits of Exercise
·    Strategies for Enhancing Adherence to Exercise
·     Meaning, Concept & Types of Aggressions in Sports
Unit XII Training in Sports
·      Strength – Definition, types & methods of improving Strength – Isometric, Isotonic & Isokinetic
·      Endurance – Definition, types & methods to develop Endurance – Continuous Training, Interval Training & Fartlek Training
·     Speed – Definition, types & methods to develop Speed – Acceleration Run & Pace Run
·     Flexibility – Definition, types & methods to improve flexibility
·     Coordinative Abilities – Definition & types
·     Circuit Training – Introduction & its importance
Practical                                                                                                    Max. Marks 30
01. Physical Fitness – AAHPER                                                                                        – 10 Marks
02. Skills of any one Team Game of choice from the given list*                                      – 10 Marks
03. Viva                                                                                                                        – 05 Marks
04. Record File**                                                                                                           – 05 Marks
*Athletics,  Basketball,  Football,  Handball,  Hockey,  Kho  Kho,  Rifle  Shooting,  Volleyball  and
Unified Basketball [CWSN (Children With Special Needs – Divyang)]
**Record File shall include:
Practical-1:Modified AAHPER administration for all items. Practical-2: Conduct Barrow 3 Item Test on 10 students.
Practical-3: Procedure for Asanas, Benefits & Contraindication for any two Asanas for each lifestyle disease. Practical-4: Procedure for administering Senior Citizen Fitness Test for 5 elderly family members.
Practical-5:  Any  one  game  of  your  choice  out  of  the  list  above.  Labelled  diagram  of  field  &  equipment  (Rules, Terminologies & Skills).
Note:
01.  It is suggested that Unit No. III & VII may be taught by following the Principle of
Learning by Doing.
02. Content is designed to complete the syllabus between 120-140 periods.

To see the full specifications with in-depth details click here

Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Biology 2018-19 National Cadet Corps

CBSE Curriculum for  Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Biology 2018-19 National Cadet Corps

39. NATIONAL CADET CORPS (N.C.C.) (Code No. 076) CBSE
(2018–19)
1.   The  training  curriculum  of  the  NCC  is  primarily  focused  towards  character  building,  inculcating
leadership qualities and skill enhancement through structured academic syllabi, practical training and opportunity of exposure/interaction beyond a cadet’s immediate environment and thereby enabling them for a brighter and progressive future.
2.  The Aim of NCC is as listed below:
(a) To develop character, comradeship, discipline, secular outlook, spirit of adventure and the ideals of selfless service amongst the youth of the country.
(b) To create a human resource of organized, trained and motivated youth, to provide leadership in all walks of life and always available for the service of the nation.
(c) To provide a suitable environment to motivate the youth to take up a career in the Armed Forces.
3.   Conduct of Training: The NCC training curriculum is conducted as under:
(a) Institutional Training. Conducted in respective schools/ colleges by Associate NCC Officers (ANO), Permanent Instructional (PI) staff as part of the school curriculum.
(b) Annual Training Camps (ATC). To provide practical outdoor training, each NCC cadet attends 10 days camp in the second year of junior and senior division. These camps are conducted  by respective NCC units.
(c) Centrally Organized Camps (COC). These camps are conducted at all India level, as National Integration Camps, attended by cadets from all states.
(d) Adventure Training. To inculcate a spirit of adventure and team work, NCC cadets undergo various adventure activities such as para jumps, para sailing, trekking, mountaineering and sailing expeditions.
(e) Attachment Camps. To give the cadets exposure to interact with Regular Army, Navy and Air Force units, attachment camps are conducted, where cadets are attached with these units. To motivate cadets to join the Armed Forces attachment of cadets with Indian Military Academy is also conducted.
(f) Youth Exchange Programme (YEP). Selected cadets also get an opportunity to visit various foreign countries as part of YEP. In one year approximately100 cadets visit 10 -11 countries.
(g) Social Service Activities. The cadets also undertake various social service activities, by conduct of rallies to bring awareness and participate in various relief programmes/activities whenever called for.
4.   Trainers – To conduct and implement the NCC training curriculum, there are three tiers of trainers.
(a) First Tier: It comprises of regular defence officers of the rank of Colour equitant rank in Air Force
and  Navy,  Whole  Time  Lady  Officers  (WTLO)  and  Civilian  Gliding  Instructors  (CGI).They  are responsible for coordination and supervision of training and conduct of camps.
(b) Second Tier: Professors and teachers nominated by respective schools and colleges and trained by
NCC  at  its  NCC  Officers  Training  Academy  and  on  completion  of  Pre–Commission  Course, commissioned as Associated NCC Officer (ANO) form the most important link between the cadets
and NCC. They conduct most of the theory classes of non specialized subjects. Besides the Pre
Commission training they attend refresher courses.
(c)  Third Tier: The Junior Commissioned Officers (JCO) and Non–Commissioned Officers (NCO) from the
three  services  and  Girl  Cadet  Instructors  (GCI)  and  Ship  Model  Instructors  (SMI)  conduct  the specialized training of the cadets.
5.  Eligibility for Enrolments as Cadet.
(a) Should be a citizen of India or a subject of Nepal.
(b) Should be on the roll of the school or college which has an NCC Unit or part thereof.
(c)  The cadet should be within the age as mentioned below:-
(i)  Junior Division – Not less than 13 years and below 18 years and 6 months.
(ii) Senior Division – Should be below the age of 26 years.
6.   NCC Syllabus. The syllabus includes common subjects for all three wings and specialized subjects with
respect to Army,  Air  Force  and Navy. The common  subjects  comprise  of approximately 70% and specialized service is 30% of the curriculum.
7.   In addition to this syllabus, cadets attend one Annual Training Camp in the second year of junior and
senior division to be eligible to appear in Part A and Part B certificate examination.
8. Cadets willing to pursue for Part C Certificate will have to attend third year senior division in the college.
Evaluation System
9. NCC presently conducts three certificate examinations, these evaluations are conducted as a written paper for theory and practical in the second year of junior division for Part ‘A’ and in the second and third year of senior division for Part ‘B’ and ‘C’. The setting of papers and evaluations for Part ‘A’ and ‘ B’ examinations are done by a board of officers at NCC Group Head Quarters headed by an officer of the rank of Brigadier and Part ‘C’ Examination at NCC state Directorate level headed by a officer of the rank of Major General.
10. Recommended evaluation pattern for NCC as an additional / elective subject in the schools affiliated with CBSE is as follows:
(a) Internal Examinations for class IX (JD) and class XI (SD) be conducted by respective ANO’s and PI
staff under the supervision of respective Commanding Officers of NCC unit. Marks included in the cadets’ report card by concerned school.
(b) Part ‘A’ examination paper be set at state Directorate level and evaluated by Board of Officers at Group Headquarters. Copy of the result in respect of CBSE schools be forwarded to CBSE Board as performance evaluation of class X cadet.
(c) Part ‘B’ examination paper be set at HQ DG NCC level and evaluated by Board of Officers at Group Headquarters. Copy of  the result in respect of  CBSE schools be forwarded to CBSE Board as performance evaluation of class XII cadet. The result sheet in addition to the NCC cadet number will also have CBSE roll number. The marks obtained be included in the CBSE Board certificate and ‘C’
Certificate be issued by concerned State Directorate.
(d) Part ‘A’ and ‘B’ exams to be conducted in the month of February, before the commencement of the
main exams of the students. Respective exams to be conducted on a same date all over India. The schedule of examination to be approved by HQ, DG, NCC and forwarded to CBSE for inclusion in examination schedule.
11. Study Material
(a) Textbooks
(i)  Cadet Hand Book (Common Subjects), Published by DG NCC.
(ii) Cadet Hand Book (Specialized Subjects), Published by DG NCC.
(iii) ANO Précis
(b) Reference Books
(i)  Grooming Tomorrow’s Leaders, Published by DG, NCC.
(ii) Youth in Action, Published by DG, NCC.
(iii) The Cadet, Annual Journal of the NCC.
(iv) Précis Issued by respective Service Headquarters on specialized subject available to PI Staff as reference material.
12. Detailed syllabus with respect to Junior Division for class 9 and 10 , Senior Division class 11 and 12 listed
in Part One to Part Three of the document.
(a)  Part One           –        Junior Division Syllabus for class IX and X.
(b) Part Two          –        Senior Division Syllabus for class XI and XII.
(c)  Part Three        –        Annual Training Camp Syllabus for class X (JD) and class XII ( SD).
PART-II CBSE (SENIOR DIVISION) SYLLABUS FOR CLASS XI AND XII
Rationale
The National Cadet Corps (NCC) came into existence on 16 July 1948 under an act of Parliament. Its motto
“Unity and Discipline” has guided the NCC in its long standing effort to mould young volunteers into disciplined and responsible young citizens of India. Over the years, in response to the evolving environment, the NCC’s  initial military  orientation has been  augmented by including  aspects of  social service and
adventure training.
India is on a high growth trajectory. The future belongs to its youth which comprises 55% of the population.
If we are to fully realize our potential we must develop training infrastructure that can instil vigour in the young and bolster their confidence whilst retaining a sense of purpose, honour and patriotic service. The NCC ideal “Empowerment of Youth”, reflects our commitment to work for a healthy, prosperous and strong
India.
Objectives:
·     Train volunteer youth to become confident, committed and competent leaders in all walks of life.
·     Enhance awareness levels of cadets to become empowered and responsible citizens of the country.
·     Provide opportunities and encourage cadets to enrich their knowledge, develop communication skills and build character.
·     Conduct social and community development programmes, to educate and make constructive contributions towards society.
·     Undertake adventure activities to hone leadership qualities and risk taking abilities.
·     Provide a platform to launch ‘Good Will Ambassadors’ to project the image of the country overseas.
·     Conduct military training to develop awareness to develop awareness about Armed Forces,  leadership skills and military values and thus, provide an environment to motivate cadets to join the Armed Forces
CBSE CLASS XI (BLOCK SYLLABUS) (2018-19)
S. No Unit Marks Periods
Part 1 : Common Subjects
1 The NCC 04 03
2 National Integration and Awareness 05 06
3 Drill 08 16
4 Weapon Training 09 12
5 Personality Development and Leadership 06 10
6 Disaster Management 03 03
7 Social Awareness and Community Development 06 05
8 Health and Hygiene 02 05
9 Adventure Training and Obstacle 04 04
10 Environment Awareness and Conservation 02 02
Total 49 66
Part 2 A : Special Subjects (Army)                                                                           Mar ks        Perio
1 Armed Forces                                                                                                02 04
2 Map reading                                                                                                   06 07
3 Field Craft and Battle Craft                                                                            06 05
4 Introduction to Information of Weapon Equipment                                          02 02
5 Military History                                                                                              02 03
6 Communication                                                                                              03 03
Total                                                          21              24
Part 2 B : Special Subjects (Navy)                                                                           Mar ks        Perio
1 Naval Orientation                                                                                          06 08
2 Naval Communication                                                                                    04 03
3 Seamanship                                                                                                   02 01
4 Rigging                                                                                                          02 03
5 Boat Work                                                                                                      02 04
6 Ship and Boat Modelling                                                                                 02 02
7 Search and Rescue                                                                                         02 01
8 Swimming                                                                                                      01 02
Total                                                          21              24
Part 2 C : Special Subjects (Air Force)                                                                     Mar ks        Perio
1 General Service Knowledge                                                                            02 02
2 Principle of Flight                                                                                          04 03
3 Airmanship                                                                                                    04 06
4 Aero-Engines                                                                                                 01 01
5 Air Frame                                                                                                      01 02
6 Instruments                                                                                                   02 02
7 Aircraft Particulars                                                                                        02 02
8 Aero modelling                                                                                              05 06
9 Flying (Shared with Principle of Flight)                                                            0 0
Total                                                          21              24
ds
ds
ds
COMMON SUBJECTS
(Detailed Syllabus)
Total Marks: 70                                                                                                                Total Periods: 66
Unit 1:   National Cadet Corps                                                                                3 Periods
Contents Learning Outcomes
Aims and objectives of NCC After going through this unit, the student/ learner would be able to:
·     Gain an insight into the aims and objectives of NCC.
·     Explore the importance of NCC in nation building.
·     Appreciate the spirit of patriotism in the organization.
Organization, training and the NCC Song ·     Understand the organizational hierarchy of NCC.
·     Understand the feeling of patriotism for motherland is evoked by the NCC song ‘Hum sab bharatiya hain….’
·     Assess the different functional bodies and their roles in the organization
·     Appreciate the systematic organizational structure of NCC.
Incentives ·     Acquire knowledge about the incentives offered by different states in India.
·     Compare the state-wise incentives.
·     Appreciate the efforts of the individual states to promote NCC.
Unit 2:   National Integration                                                                                  6 Periods
Contents Learning Outcomes
Religions, culture, traditions and customs of India After going through this unit, the student/ learner would be able to:
·     Develop an insight into the religion, cultural and tradition of India.
·     Understand the impact of different races that came and left a mark here.
·     Analyse the religo-cultural diversity of the country and its impact on the lives of the people and their beliefs.
·     Appreciate the spirit of oneness despite the diversity.
National Integration: Importance and necessity ·     Understand the concept of National Integration and its importance.
·     Assess the different areas that bring out the necessity of National Integration.
·     Appreciate the spirit of National Integration in the citizens of India.
Freedom struggle and nationalist movements in India ·     Acquire knowledge of freedom struggle and nationalist movements in India.
·     Make an in depth analysis of each movement and its impact on the freedom struggle.
·     Appreciate the role of all the freedom fighters, sung unsung.
Unit 3: Drill                                                                                                          16 Periods
Contents Learning Outcomes
Foot Drill ·     After going through this unit, the student/ learner would be able to:
·     Develop an insight into the aims and objectives Drills at NCC.
·     Comprehend the different instructions to be followed by a cadet during foot drill.
·     Appreciate the grace and dignity in the performance of foot drill.
Arms Drill ·     Understand the technical terms their meaning and use them training with Arms.
·     Assess the different steps to be followed while arms drill is conducted.
·     Appreciate the importance of arms drill.
Ceremonial Drill ·     Acquire knowledge of guard mounting.
·     Analyze       the                 preparations required                   for            guard
mounting.
·     Appreciate the importance of ceremonial drills in NCC training schedule.
Unit 4:  Weapon Training                                                                                     12 Periods
Contents Learning Outcomes
Weapon training After going through this unit, the student/ learner would be able to:
·     Have an insight into weapon training for NCC cadets.
·     Understand and apply knowledge in:
i)   the characteristics of a rifle and its ammunition.
ii)  Stripping, assembling, care and cleaning of .22 Rifle and 7.62 SLR.
iii)  Loading, cocking and unloading
iv)  Different positions for holding and aiming
v)   Group and snap shooting.
·     Analyse the importance of becoming a skilled shooter.
·     Develop the qualities of patience and confidence; and become better individuals.
Unit 5:   Personality Development and Leadership                                               10 Periods
Contents Learning Outcomes
Introduction to personality development After going through this unit, the student/ learner would be able to:
·     Understand personality of an individual and its development
·     Analyse      the            different factors  that influence personality and shape it
·     Appreciate the diversity in personality of
individuals and its influence on their behavior
Self-awareness ·     Understand the concept of self awareness
·     Examine the factors that affect one’s self
·     Develop a sense of responsibility, smartness in appearance and improve self confidence
Communication skills ·     Understand the importance of communication in daily life
· Examine the principles of effective communication and the barriers in communication
·     Appreciate the need of communication
Leadership traits ·     Acquaint themselves with the different types of leadership
·     Analyse the leadership traits and its effectiveness in management
·     Inculcate the leadership qualities and the respect for authority
Time management ·      Understand the importance of time and its management
·      Examine the tools for time management
·      Appreciate the value of time in one’s life
Unit 6:   Disaster Management and Civil Affairs                                                      3 Periods
Contents Learning Outcomes
Civil defence organization and NDMA After going through this unit, the student/ learner would be able to:
·     Understand about the civil defence organization and NDMA
·     Analyse the functioning of the body during the times of distress
·     Appreciate the preparedness of the organisation in the hour of need and during any emergency.
Types of emergencies and natural disasters ·     Understand the types of emergencies and natural disasters.
·     Examine the causes and effects of natural disasters.
·     Learn about national emergencies.
·     Infer the concept of disaster management.
Assistance during natural and other calamities: Floods, cyclones, earth quakes, accidents ·     Understand about the assistance during natural and other calamities.
·     Analyse the DO’s and DONT’s during any natural disaster and other calamity.
·     Appreciate the role of NDMA in disaster management
Unit 7:   Social Awareness and Community Development                                       5 Periods
Contents Learning Outcomes
Basics of social service and Its need After going through this unit, the student/ learner would be able to:
·     Understand the concept of social service.
·     Analyse           the  need    for         social service for the development of a society.
·     Develop sensitivity towards the social issues
Rural development programmes ·     Understand the need for rural development
·    Examine the programmes implemented by the Government- MNREGA, SGSY and NSAP
·     Appreciate the role of the government in rural development
Contribution of youth towards social welfare ·     Understand the social problems faced by the society
·     Analyse the causes and the impact of these social problems on the well-being of the society
·     Appreciate the contribution of youth towards social welfare.
Civic responsibility ·     Understand the meaning of the term ‘Civic Responsibility’
·     Able to enlist these responsibilities
·     Able to appreciate the importance of abiding by them
Causes and prevention of HIV AIDS ·     Understand the causes and prevention of HIV AIDS
·     Analyse the role of the Government bodies and NGO’s in its prevention
·     Become aware of the role of youth in its prevention and awareness amongst the people
Unit 8:   Health and Hygiene                                                                                  5 Periods
Contents Learning Outcomes
Structure and function of the human body ·     After going through this unit, the student/ learner would be able to:
·     Develop an insight into the structure and function of the human body
·     Analyse the role played by each organ system in our body.
·     Awareness of the need to maintain the basic levels of personal hygiene.
Hygiene and sanitation ·     Understand the importance of personal hygiene and sanitation in our day to day life.
·     Examine the ways of maintaining personal and food hygiene.
·     Realize the importance of sanitation and proper waste disposal.
Infectious and contagious diseases and its prevention ·     Understand about different infectious and contagious diseases.
·     Examine the causes of Infectious and contagious diseases.
·     Appreciate the measures to be taken to prevent these diseases.
Unit 9: Adventure and Obstacle Training                                                                4 Periods
Contents Learning Outcomes
Slithering After going through this unit, the student/ learner would be able to:
·     Understand about the concept of slithering
·     Analyse the process of slithering in detail.
·     Acquire the perfection to face difficult situations with ease.
Obstacle training ·     Understand about obstacle training.
·     Analyse the process of such training and precautions to be taken during the training.
·     Appreciate the role of this training in overall personality building of the cadet for life.
Unit 10: Environment Awareness and Conservation                                                2 Periods
Contents Learning Outcomes
Natural resources- conservation and management After going through this unit, the student/ learner would be able to:
·     Understand about conservation and management of natural resources.
·     Analyse the need and importance to conserve the natural resources.
·     Appreciate the concept of sustainable development.
Water conservation and rain water harvesting ·     Understand the need for water conservation.
·     Examine the methods that can be used for conservation of water and rain water harvesting.
·     Infer the importance of rain water harvesting.
SPECIALISED SUBJECTS (ARMY)
Total Marks: 30                                                                                                                Total Periods: 24
Unit-1:  Armed Forces                                                                                         04 Periods
Aim: To acquaint cadets with the Armed Forces
Scope: Introductory and general information about the Armed Forces
· Basic organization of Armed Forces
· Organisation of the Army
· Badges and Ranks
Unit-2:  Map Reading                                                                                           07 Periods
Aim: To teach cadets elementary map reading
Scope: Basic understanding of map sheets and map reading instruments and development of capability to use them to carry out simple map reading
·       Introduction to types of maps and conventional signs.
·      Scales and grid system
·      Topographical forms and technical terms
·      Relief, contours and gradients
·      Cardinal points and types of North
·      Types of bearings and use of service protractor
·      Prismatic compass and its use and GPS
Unit-3: Field Craft and Battle Craft 05 Periods
Aim: To teach cadets elementary field craft and battle craft
Scope: Basic field craft and battle craft
·      Judging distance
·      Description of ground
·      Recognition, description and indication of land marks and targets
Unit-4: Introduction to Infantry Weapons and Equipment 02 Periods
Aim: To introduce cadets to Infantry Weapons
Scope: Introduction to characteristics and capabilities of Infantry Weapons
·      Characteristics of 7.62mm SLR rifle, ammunition, fire power, Stripping,
assembling and cleaning
Unit 5: Military History 03 Periods
Aim: To provide knowledge of renowned Military Generals, PVCs and Indo-Pak Wars
Scope: Introduction to biographies, famous Indian battles and gallantry awards
·     Biographies of renowned generals (Carriappa/Manekshaw)
·     Indian Army war heroes
Unit-6: Communication 03 Periods
Aim: To introduce cadets to latest trends in the field of communications
Scope: Types of communications and future trends
·   Types of communication
·   Characteristics of wireless technology (mobile, Wi Fi, etc.)
CBSE SPECIALISED SUBJECT (NAVY)
Total Marks: 30                                                                                                                Total Periods: 24
Unit-1:   Naval Orientation and service subjects                                                     8 Periods
Aim: To impart basic knowledge about Navy
Scope: Basic knowledge, history, current organisation and role of different branches
§ History of the Navy – pre and post independence, gallantry award winners
§ Organisation of the Navy, NHQ, commands and fleets
§ Types of warships and their role.
§ Organisation of Army and Air Force
§ Ranks of officers and sailors and their equivalent in other services
Unit-2:  Naval Communication                                                                               3 Periods
Aim: To impart basic knowledge about naval communication
Scope: To impart basic knowledge about naval communication organization, semaphore and wearing of flags.
·     Introduction to modern naval communication, purpose and principles
·     Semaphore
Unit-3: Seamanship
Aim: To impart basic knowledge about navigation
Scope: Basic navigation tactics and methods                                                                 1 Period
·     Parts of Anchor, cable and its identification
Unit-4: Rigging
Aim: To impart basic knowledge about ropes, rigging and shackles
Scope: Basic rope work and introduction to ropes, bends and hitches                           3 Periods
·     Types of ropes and breaking strength – stowing, maintenance and securing.
·     Practical bends and hitches
·     Introduction to shackles
Unit-5: Boat Work
Aim: To impart basic knowledge about boats and its parts and steering of boats
Scope: Introduction to boats and its parts including steering of boats and boat pulling 4 Periods
·     Parts of a boat and parts of an oar
·     Instructions on boat pulling
·     Steering of boats under oars
Unit-6: Ship and boat modelling
Aim: To impart basic knowledge about ship modelling to cadets
Scope: To impart basic knowledge about ship construction and boat modelling             2 Periods
·     Principles of Ship Modelling
·     Maintenance and care of tools
Unit-7: Search and Rescue
Aim: To impart basic knowledge about search and rescue.
Scope: To impart knowledge about SAR organization and role of Coast Guard.                1 Period
·     SAR Organisation in the Indian Ocean.
Unit 8: Swimming
Aim: Each cadet must be able to swim and float
Scope: To achieve proficiency in swimming to minimum standards                               2 Periods
·     Floating for 3 minutes and freestyle swimming for 50 meters
SPECIALISED SUBJECTS (AIR FORCE)
Total Marks: 21                                                                                                                Total Periods: 24
Unit-1:   General Service Knowledge                                                                      2 Periods
Aim: To impart basic knowledge of IAF
Scope: History and Organisation of IAF
·     Development of Aviation.
·     History of IAF
Unit-2:   Principles of Flight                                                                                    3 Periods
Aim: To introduce principles of flight
Scope: To impart knowledge about basic principles on which aviation is based
·     Laws of Motion
·     Glossary of Terms
Unit-3:  Airmanship                                                                                               6 Periods
Aim: To introduce the concept of airmanship
Scope: Airfield layout, Rules of the air, ATC procedures and basics of aviation medicine.
·     Airfield Layout
·     Rules of the Air
·     Circuit Procedure
·     ATC/RT Procedure
·     Aviation Medicine
Unit-4: Aero Engines 1 Periods
Aim: To impart basic knowledge of aero engines
Scope: Introduction to aero engines
Unit-5: Airframes 2 Periods
Aim: To introduce basic structure of an aircraft
Scope: Introduction to various aircraft controls and landing gear
·     Aircraft Controls
·     Landing Gear
Unit-6: Instruments 2 Periods
Aim: To provide knowledge of aircraft instruments
Scope: To teach basics about flight instruments
·     Basic flight instruments
Unit-7: Aircraft Particulars
Aim: To provide knowledge of aircraft instruments
Scope: Knowledge about the aircraft to be flown including checks and procedures 2 Periods
·     Aircraft particular type specific
Unit-8: Aero-modelling
Aim: To provide knowledge about aero modelling
Scope: History of aero modelling, materials used in different types of models 6 Periods
·     History of aero-modelling
·     Materials used in aero-modelling
·     Types of aero-models
·     Building /Flying of aero-models
Unit-9: Flying
Aim: To impart flying training and air experience to cadets
Scope: Effects of flight controls and weather 3 Periods
·     Pre–flight briefing, checks, test
·     Start up, taxi, and take off, circuit and landing
·     Forced landing techniques
CLASS–XII (SYLLABUS) (2018-19)
S. No. Unit Marks Periods
Part 1: Common Subjects
1 National Integration and Awareness 05 06
2 Drill 10 19
3 Weapon Training 07 10
4 Personality Development and Leadership 08 15
5 Disaster Management 03 03
6 Social Awareness and Community Development 04 05
7 Health and Hygiene 04 04
8 Adventure Training and Obstacle Training 06 08
9 Environment Awareness and Conservation 02 02
Total 49 72
Part 2 A: Special Subjects (Army)
1 Armed Forces 03 04
2 Map reading 05 08
3 Field Craft and Battle Craft 04 07
4 Introduction to information of Weapons and Equipment 03 04
5 Military History 03 05
6 Communication 03 05
Total 21 33
Part 2 B: Special Subjects (Navy)
1 Naval Orientation 03 06
2 Naval War Fare 03 04
3 Naval combination 03 04
4 Navigation 03 06
5 Sea manship 02 01
6 Boat Work 02 05
7 Fire Fighting, Flooding and Damage Control 02 02
8 Ship and Boat Modeling 02 03
9 Swimming 01 02
Total 21 33
Part 2 C: Special Subjects (Air Force)
1 General Service Knowledge 01 02
2 Air Campaigns 01 02
3 Aircraft Recognition 02 04
4 Principles of Flight 03 04
5 Airmanship 02 02
6 Navigation 03 03
7 Meteorology 01 01
8 Aero Engines 02 04
9 Air frames 01 02
10 Instruments 02 03
11 Aero modelling 03 06
Total 21 33
CBSE COMMON SUBJECTS (Detailed Syllabus)
Total Marks: 49                                                                                                                Total Periods: 72
Unit-1:   National Integration and Awareness                                                        06 Periods
Contents Learning Outcomes
Aim: To inculcate sense of patriotism, secular values and motivate cadets to contribute towards nation building through national unity and social cohesion.
Scope: The concepts of national interests, objectives and integration, unity in diversity and cultural heritage of India.
·     Freedom Struggle and Nationalist Movement in India
·     National Interests, Objectives, Threats and Opportunities
·     Problems/Challenges of National Integration
·     Unity in Diversity
After going through this unit, the student/ learner would be able to:
· understand the importance of the socio- cultural fabric of the country and the spirit of unity in diversity.
· understanding on the unit to comprehend the current scenario in the country and appreciate the need for revival of the spirit of oneness and brotherhood
· appreciate the spirit of oneness and understand what it takes to build a sovereign nation
· understanding on the topic to appreciate different freedom movements undertaken and the specific objective of each.
Unit-2: Drill                                                                                                          19 Periods
Contents Learning Outcomes
Aim: To inculcate a sense of discipline, improve bearing, smartness, turnout and to develop the quality of immediate and implicit obedience of orders.
Scope: All important basic aspects of drill including ceremonial drill, drill with arms and words of command.
Drill without Arms
Side pace, pace forward and to the rear
·     Turning on the march and wheeling
·     Saluting on the march
·     Marking time, forward march and halt in quick time
·     Changing step
·     Formation of squad and squad drill
Drill with Arms
·     Getting on parade with rifle and dressing at the order
·     Dismissing and falling out
·     Gun salute, Salami Shashtra
·     Squad drill
·     Short/long trail from the order and vice- versa
·     Examine arms
Ceremonial Drill
·     Guard Mounting
After going through this unit, the student/ learner would be able to:
· understand  the  importance  of  discipline and focus as an indispensible quality to be developed in a cadet.
· experience the pride and love for the motherland and above all develop a spirit of patriotism
· understand the responsibility of  a  cadet while holding the rifle and position of the arms while drills are performed in different categories
· develop the grace and confidence to hold the rifle in the correct position while performing a drill
· understand how to respond on a word command and follow the instructions in synchronization with the squad.
·   develop team spirit and togetherness, i.e. to work at a voice command, with the entire unit, in unison
·     Guard of Honour
·     Platoon/Company drill
Unit-3: Weapon Training                                                                                      10 Periods
Contents Learning Outcomes
Aim: To give elementary knowledge about rifles
Scope: Basic Knowledge about rifle and firing
·     The lying position, holding and aiming
·     Trigger operation and firing a shot
·     Range precautions and safety precautions
·     Theory of group and snap shooting
·     Short range firing, aiming and alteration of sight
After going through this unit, the student/ learner would be able to:
·  understand the different positions in which the rifle can be operated; how firing is done; how the trigger is operated; how to handle the recoil.
· become alert and careful as handling weapons will  in still  in them a sense of responsibility for their own and others safety.
Unit-4: Personality Development and Leadership                                                 15 Periods
Contents Learning Outcomes
Aim: To develop an all-round dynamic personality with adequate leadership traits to deal / contribute effectively in all walks of life.
Scope: Basic subjects of leadership with emphasis on self awareness, life/soft skills, time management and character building.
·     Self awareness – know yourself/insight
·     Inter personal relationship and communication
·     Communication           skills:    group
discussions/ lectures
·     Time management
·     Effects    of    leadership    with    historical examples
·     Interview skills
·     Conflict motives – resolution
·     Sociability: social skills
·     Values/code of ethics
After going through this unit, the student/ learner would be able to:
·     understand the skills
·     apply the values to their practical life
·     Becoming responsible and confident in their abilities
· the values to their practical life; time management, communication skills; Interview skills
Unit-5: Disaster Management                                                                                03 Periods
Contents Learning Outcomes
Aim: To train cadets to assist civil administration in performance of selective duties during disasters.
Scope: Basic information about civil defence organization and its duties, maintenance of essential services and providing assistance to civil administration in various types of emergencies during national disasters.
·     Fire services and fire fighting
·     Assistance during natural/ other calamities: Flood/cyclone earthquake/accident, etc.
After going through this unit, the student/ learner would be able to:
· understand the technique for fire fighting and the elementary precautions to combat and tragedy.
·     apply the training in practical situations.
Unit-6: Social Awareness and Community Development                                       05 Periods
Contents Learning Outcomes
Aim: To teach cadets the values and skills involved in providing voluntary Social Service.
Scope: Understanding of social service and its needs, knowledge about the weaker sections of our society and their requirements, about NGOs and contribution of youth towards social welfare.
·     NGOs – Role and contribution
·     Drug abuse and trafficking
·     Corruption
·     Social evils viz. dowry/female foeticide/child abuse and trafficking, etc.
·     Traffic control organisation and anti-drunken driving
After going through this unit, the student/ learner would be able to:
· understand social services and its need in the development of the society.
· develop a strong value system and become responsible citizens.
· understand about the role of NGO’s in providing social service towards the development of society.
· appreciate the role of NGO and  their selfless service to society
· understand the causes and learn how to overcome these problems
· develop a strong value system and become responsible citizens.
Unit-7: Health and Hygiene                                                                                  04 Periods
Contents Learning Outcomes
Aim: To instil respect and responsibility towards personal health and hygiene.
Scope: Basic information of the human body, maintenance of health, hygiene, sanitation, disease and an elementary knowledge of first aid and nursing.
·     Hygiene and sanitation (personal and food hygiene)
·     Basics of home nursing and first aid in common medical emergencies
·     Wounds and fractures
After going through this unit, the student/ learner would be able to:
·     understand the basics of personal hygiene.
·     understand and practice the sanitation and hygiene.
·     understand the basics of first aid and how to provide the same in any such situation.
·     apply the training in practical situations
Unit-8: Adventure Training and Obstacle Training                                                08 Periods
Contents Learning Outcomes
Aim: To inculcate a sense of adventure and develop confidence, courage and determination
Scope: To expose cadets to various adventure activities
·     Para sailing
·     Rock climbing
After going through this unit, the student/ learner would be able to:
·     develop    courage,          self-confidence, determination and control.
·     imbibe a sense of adventure
·     understand how to win in such a situation.
·     able to perform the task during obstacle training.
Unit-9: Environment Awareness and Conservation                                               02 Periods
Contents Learning Outcomes
Aim: To sensitise the cadets on natural resource conservation and protection of environment
Scope: Basic understanding of environment  in general and waste management in particular, energy conservation, pollution control and wildlife conservation in particular.
·     Waste management
·     Pollution control: Water, air, noise and soil
After going through this unit, the student/ learner would be able to:
·     Understand the importance of waste management and water conservation
·     apply the skills and techniques for waste management and rain water harvesting
·     understand the causes for pollution and his role to prevent it as a responsible citizen
·     appreciate and apply the methods for keeping the pollution at bay.
CBSE SPECIALISED SUBJECTS (ARMY)
Total Marks: 21                                                                                                                Total Periods: 33
Unit-1:  Armed Forces                                                                                         04 Periods
Aim: To acquaint cadets with the Armed Forces
Scope: Introductory and general information about the Armed Forces
·     Task and role of fighting arms
·     Modes of entry into army
·     Honours and awards
Unit-2:  Map Reading                                                                                           08 Periods
Aim: To teach cadets elementary map reading
Scope: Basic understanding of map sheets and map reading instruments and development of capability to use them to carry out simple map reading
§ Relief, contours and gradients
§ Cardinal points and types of North
§ Types of bearings and use of service protractor
§ Setting a map, finding North and own position
§ Map to ground and ground to map
Unit-3:   Field Craft and Battle Craft                                                                     07 Periods
Aim: To teach cadets elementary field craft and battle craft
Scope: Basic field craft and battle craft Judging distance observation, camouflage and concealment
·     Field signals
·     Types of knots and lashings
Unit-4:   Introduction to Infantry Weapons and Equipment                                   04 Periods
Aim: To introduce cadets to infantry weapons
Scope: Introduction to characteristics and capabilities of infantry weapons
·     Characteristics of 5.56 INSAS rifle, ammunition, fire power, stripping, assembling and cleaning
·     Organisation of infantry battalion
Unit-5: Military History                                                                            05 Periods
Aim: To provide knowledge of renowned Military Generals, PVCs and Indo-Pak Wars
Scope: Introduction to biographies, famous Indian battles and gallantry awards
·     Indian Army War Heroes
·     Study of Indo Pak wars of 1965, 1971 and Kargil
·     War movies
Unit-6:  Communication                                                                                       05 Periods
Aim: To introduce cadets to latest trends in the field of communications
Scope: Types of communications and future trends
·     Characteristics of walkie – talkie
·     Basic RT procedure
SPECIALISED SUBJECTS (NAVY)
Marks: 21                                                                                                                                  Periods: 33
Unit-1:   Naval Orientation and Service Subjects                                                  06 Periods
Aim: To impart basic knowledge about Navy
Scope: Basic knowledge, history, current organisation and role of different branches.
·     Organisation of Ships and onboard organization
·     Naval customs and traditions
·     Modes of entry into the Indian Navy
·     Branches of Navy and their functions
·     Naval campaigns
Unit-2:   Naval Warfare and its Components                                                         04 Periods
Aim: To impart basic knowledge about Naval Warfare
Scope: Overview of fleet operations to include aviation, submarine operations and missiles.
·     Introduction to anti-submarine warfare
·     Elementary knowledge of gunnery and missiles
Unit-3:  Naval Communication                                                                             04 Periods
Aim: To impart basic knowledge about Naval communication
Scope: To impart basic knowledge about naval communication organization, semaphore and wearing of flags.
§ Introduction to Semaphore
§ Phonetic Alphabets
§ Radio Telephony Procedure
Unit-4:  Navigation                                                                                               06 Periods
Aim: To impart basic knowledge about navigation
Scope: Basic navigation tactics and methods and equipment used for navigation
·     Navigation of ships – basic requirements
·     Types of compass – gyro and magnetic, types of North
·     Simple chart work
·     Brief characteristics of its tides and its effects on ships
·     Introduction to Astronomy
Unit-5:  Seamanship                                                                                              01 Period
Aim: To impart basic knowledge about navigation
Scope: Basic navigation tactics and methods
·     Types of anchor, purpose and holding ground.
Unit-6:  Boat Work                                                                                                 5 Periods
Aim: To impart basic knowledge about boats and its parts and steering of boats.
Scope: Introduction to boats and its parts including steering of boats and boat pulling
·     Demonstrate rigging of a whaler and enterprise boat and parts of a sail
·     Instructions in enterprise class boat including elementary sailing rules
·     Types of power boats used in the navy
Unit-7:   Fire Fighting, flooding and damage control                                             02 Periods
Aim: Introduction to fire fighting, flooding and damage control
Scope: Impart basic knowledge about fire fighting, flooding and damage control of a ship
·     Causes of damage, flooding and damage control
Unit-8: Ship and boat modeling 03 Periods
Aim: To impart basic knowledge about ship modeling to cadets.
Scope: To impart basic knowledge about ship construction and boat modeling.
·     Types of models
·     Ship model competition
·     Care and handling of power tools
Unit-9: Swimming 02 Periods
Aim: Each cadet must be able to swim and float.
Scope: To achieve proficiency in swimming to minimum standards
·     Floating for 3 minutes and freestyle swimming for 50 meters
SPECIALISED SUBJECTS (AIR FORCE)
Total Marks: 21                                                                                                                Total Periods: 33
Unit-1:   General Service Knowledge                                                                    02 Periods
Aim: To impart basic knowledge of IAF
Scope: History and organisation of IAF
·   Organisation of Air Force
·   Branches of Air Force
Unit-2:  Air Campaigns                                                                                         02 Periods
Aim: To introduce Air Campaigns of Air Force
Scope: An overview of important campaigns
·     Indo Pak War 1971
·     OP Safed Sagar
Unit-3: Aircraft Recognition
Aim: To introduce various aircrafts of the Air Force
Scope: Types, roles, variants of aircraft of the IAF                                                     04 Periods
·     Fighters
·     Transports
·     Helicopters
·     Foreign Aircraft
Unit-4: Principles of Flight
Aim: To introduce principles of flight
Scope: To impart knowledge about basic principles on which aviation is based            04 Periods
·     Bernauli’s theorem and Venturi Effect
·     Aerofoil
·     Forces on an aircraft
·     Lift and drag
Unit-5: Airmanship
Aim: To introduce the concept of airmanship
Scope: Airfield layout, Rules of the Air, ATC Procedures and basics of aviation medicine02 Periods
·     ATC/RT Procedure
·     Aviation Medicine
Unit-6: Navigation
Aim: To give basic knowledge of Air navigation
Scope: Use of maps and fundamentals of map reading from the air                             03 Periods
·     Requirement of navigation
·     Glossary of terms
Unit-7:  Meteorology
Aim: To emphasise the need for knowledge of meteorology in aviation.
Scope: Importance, various phenomena of weather and its effects on aviation            01 Periods
·     Importance of met in aviation
Unit-8:  Aero engines
Aim: To impart basic knowledge of aero engines.                                                       04 Periods
Scope: Types of aero engines and their types
·     Types of Engines
·     Piston Engines
·     Jet Engines
·     Turboprop Engines
Unit-9:  Airframes
Aim: To introduce basic structure of an aircraft
Scope: Introduction to various aircraft controls and landing gear.                               02 Periods
·     Fuselage
·     Main and Tail Plane
Unit-10: Instruments
Aim: To provide knowledge of aircraft instruments
Scope: Introduction to Radars                                                                                   03 Periods
Unit-11: Aero-modelling
Aim: To provide knowledge about aero modelling
Scope: Materials used in different types of models                                                     06 Periods
·     Building /Flying of aero-models
PART-III
ANNUAL TRAINING CAMP JUNIOR AND SENIOR DIVISION
Rationale
·     The Annual Training Camp is an exciting and essential element of NCC. Activities at the camp will help
students develop qualities like social service, team spirit, challenge, leadership, discipline, self confidence, widen horizon, develop ambition to do creative work, enhance personal and social development, learn how to overcome adversity, civil defence and self defence, and other new and
exciting experiences.
·     Camp will make the students become more aware that they are part of a greater ecosystem and are not
as bound by social customs and norms. In essence students will be true to themselves and more able to see others as people regardless of class, colour and creed.
·    Camp activities will lead students to self-reliance, self-confidence, national spirit and leadership, and
will enhance the NCC aims of developing character, comradeship, discipline, secular outlook, spirit of adventure and the ideals of selfless service amongst the youth of the country.
·     Camp will let students live in the camp with a social environment and help teachers observe and
understand their students’ development in terms of personal aspirations, psychological behaviours and social skills. It will also allow students to appreciate their environment and natural surroundings and provide opportunities for students to be independent and exercise self-discipline.
Annual Training Camp is the culmination of NCC training instils and stimulate youths urge for excellence and inculcate spirit of adventure and outdoor activities.
Objectives
·     Attendance of ATC is a mandatory requirement before the cadet is eligible for A and B Certificates in case JD/JW and SD/SW respectively.
·     ATC is conducted for duration of 10 days in the second year of JD/JW and SD/SW to provide outdoor practical training.
·    General activities covered during the ATC are as under :- Physical fitness to include PT, Yoga, Games, Obstacle training.
Ø Drill
Ø Weapon training and firing.
Ø Map Reading
Ø Field Craft and Battle Craft.
Ø Personality Development.
Ø National Integration and Social Awareness.
Ø Cultural Activities.
Ø Lectures on Civil Affairs, Social Awareness and Community Development, Health and Hygiene and
Ø Environment Issues.
·   Cadets will be tested for practical training during the camp as under:-
Ø Drill
Ø Weapon Training
Ø Firing
Ø Obstacle Training
Ø Map Reading
Ø Field Craft and Battle Craft
·     ATC will be conducted under the aegis of the unit affiliated to the School/College.
·     ATC will be conducted during the period from August to February by the ANO and Cadets keeping in view the availability of cadets as per their academic curricular.
CLASS XII: SYLLABUS
ANNUAL TRAINING CAMP: SENIOR DIVISION (NAVY)
S.
No.
UNIT MARKS PERIODS
1. Physical Training , Games and Obstacle Training
Drill
09 16
2. 18
3. Weapon Training Naval Orientation Naval Communication Navigation 12 12
4. 1
5. 4
6. 2
7. Seamanship
Ship and Boat Modeling Swimming Military History Personality Development
National Integration, Civil Affairs, Environment, Social Awareness and Community Development, Health and Hygiene
09 7
8. 4
9. 4
10. 8
11. 10
12. 16
Total 30 102
On the basis of above syllabus, a test carrying 30 Marks will be conducted Marks Periods
TEST 30 10
TOTAL 30 112
ANNUAL TRAINING CAMP
(Detailed Syllabus)
Periods 112
Total Marks 30
Unit-1:   Physical Training and Games                                                                   16 Periods
Physical Training Yoga
Games
Unit-2: Drill 18 Periods
·     Words of Command
·     Drill with Arms
·     Individual Drill
·     Squad Drill
·     Ceremonial Drill
Unit-3: Weapon Training 12 Periods
·     Characteristics of .22 Rifle,
·     Stripping, Assembling
·     Loading/Unloading and Bolt Manipulation
·     Lying Position and Hold
·     Aiming, Range and Targets
·     Trigger Control and Firing a Shot
·     Range Procedure and Safety Precautions
·     Characteristics of 7.62mm SLR And 5.56mm INSAS
·     Characteristics of 7.62mm SLR, Ammunition
·     Firepower, Stripping Assembling and Cleaning
·     Characteristics of 5.56mm INSAS Rifle, Ammunition
·     Firepower Stripping Assembling and Cleaning
·     Firing .22 Rifle
Unit-4: Naval Orientation
·     Naval Campaign (Battle of Atlantic)
·     Pearl Harbour, Falkland War/Fleet
01 Period
·      Review/Pfr/Ifr)
Unit-5: Naval Communication 04 Periods
·     Semaphore, Introduction of Position of Letters and Prosigns
·     Reading of Messages
·     Transmission of Messages
·     Radio Telephony Procedure
Unit-6: Navigation 02 Periods
·     Navigation of Ship – Basic
·     Requirements- (Charts and Compass)
·     Map Reading
§ Knot and Nautical Mile, Latand Long, Types of Maps and Contours, Simple Chart Work
§ Plotting Ship Track, Types of Chartsand Information on Charts
Unit-7:  Seamanship                                                                                             07 Periods
·     Parts of Anchor and Cable, their Identification
·     Types of Anchor, Purpose and Holding Ground
·     Practical Bends and Hitches: Introduction to Shackles, Hooks, Blocks and Derricks
·     Coiling Down and Splicing of Rope
·     Parts of a Boat and Parts of an Oar
·     Instructions on Boat Pulling – Pulling Orders
·     Steering of Boats Under Oars, Practical
·     Demonstrate Rigging a Whaler and Enterprise Boat – Parts of Sail and Sailing Terms
·     Instructions in Enterprise Class Boat including
·     Theory of Sailing, Elementary Sailing Rules
·     Instructions in Sailing Whaler – Types of Sail
Unit-8:   Ship and Boat Modelling                                                                          04 Periods
·     Maintenance and Care of Tools
·     Cleaning and Oiling of Tools, Types of Models, Care and Handling of Power
·     Tools Used, Maintenance and Purpose of Tools
Unit-9:  Swimming                                                                                                 04 Period
·     Floating for 3 minutes and free style swimming for 50 meters
Unit-10: Miltary History                                                                                        08 Periods
·     Biographies of Military Leaders
·     Famous Battles
Unit-11: Personality Development                                                                        10 Periods
·     Motivation
·     Discipline and Duty of a Good Citizen
·     Leadership Traits
·     Preparation for Interview
Unit-12: National Integration, Civil Affairs Environment, Social Awareness and    16 Periods
Community Development, Health and Hygiene
·     Unity in Diversity
·     National Integration and its Importance
·     Contribution of Youth in National Building Civil Affairs
·     Disaster Management
·     Fire Fighting
·     Vigilance Awareness
·     Civil Defence Organisation and its Duties
·     Types of Emergencies / Natural Disaster
·     Role of NCC in aid to Civic Administration Environment
·     Conservation of Environment and Ecology
·     Pollution and its Control
·     Wildlife Conservation
Social Awareness and Community Development
·
·
Drug Abuse and Trafficking, HIV and AIDS
Cancer Awareness, Adult Education
· Traffic Control
· Evils – Female Feticide, Child Abuse,
Dowry Health and Hygine
· First Aid In Common Medical Emergencies
· Hygiene and Sanitation
· Preventable Diseases
· Dressing of Wounds, Physical and Mental Health
Unit-13: Test 10 Periods
CLASS–XII
ANNUAL TRAINING CAMP: SENIOR DIVISION (AIR FORCE)
(Block Syllabus)
S. No. UNIT MARKS PERIODS
1 Physical Training, Games Drill 08 12
2 10
3 Weapon Training Flying
Visit Air Force Station Military History Personality Development
National Integration, Civil Affairs, Enjoinment, Social Awareness Community Development, Health and Hygiene
22 10
4 28
5 06
6 12
7 18
8 16
TOTAL 30 112
ANNUAL TRAINING CAMP
(Detailed Syllabus)
Total Marks 30                                                                                                                          Periods 112
Unit-1:   Physical Training and Games                                                                   12 Periods
·
·
Physical Training
Yoga
· Games
Unit-2: Drill
·
·
Words of Command
Drill with Arms
·
·
Individual Drill
Squad Drill
· Ceremonial Drill
10 Periods
Unit-3:  Weapon Training                                                                                     10 Periods
·     Characteristics of .22 Rifle, Stripping, Assembling
·     Loading/Unloading and Bolt Manipulation
·     Lying Position And Hold
·     Aiming, Range and Targets
·     Trigger Control and Firing a Shot
·     Range Procedure and Safety Precautions
·     Firing .22 Rifle
·     Firing 12 bore Skeet
Unit-4:  Flying                                                                                                      28 Periods
·     Introduction to Flying
·     Air Experience
·     Checks and Procedures
·     Emergency Handling
·     Circuit and Landing
·     Forced Landing Techniques
Unit-5: Visit to Airforce Station                                                                            06 Periods
·     Exposure to all Types of Aircrafts
·     Visit Flying Squadron
·     Visit Air Traffic Control Tower
·     Visit Meteorology Section
·     Visit Airfield Area
Unit-6: Military History                                                                                         12 Periods
·     Biographies of Military Leaders
·     Indian Battles
·     Indian Army War Heroes
·     War Movie
Unit-7:  Personality Development                                                                        18 Periods
·     Factors Influencing/Shaping Personality-Physical, Social, Psychological and Philosophical
·     Self Awareness and Critical and Creative Thinking
·     Communication Skills-Group Discussion
·     Importance of Team Work
·     Character Building
·     Leadership Traits
·     Interview Skills
·     Time Management
Unit-8: National Integration and Social Awareness                                               16 Periods
·     Unity In Diversity
·     National Integration and its Importance
·     Contribution of Youth In National Building Civil Affairs
·     Disaster Management
·     Fire Services and Fire Fighting
·     Civil Defense Organisation and its Duties
·     Setting Up of Relief Camp During Disaster Management
·     Collection and Distribution of Aid Material
·     Assistance During Natural Calamities
·     Traffic Control During Disaster Under Police Supervision Environment Awareness
·     Conservation of Environment and Ecology
·     Pollution and its Control
·     HIV and Aids-Causes and Prevention
·     Adult Education
·     Traffic Control Organisation
·     Rural Development Programmes
·     Civic Responsibilities
·     Corruption
·     Social Evils
·     Child Abuse and Trafficking
·     Female Feticide
Health and Hygiene
·            First Aid in Common Medical Emergencies
·            Hygiene and Sanitation
·            Preventable Diseases
CBSE ELIGIBILITY CONDITIONS FOR CERTIFICATE EXAMINATIONS
‘A’ CERTIFICATE
1.   All NCC cadets in Junior Division on successful completion of their two years training and having passed
Part `A’ examination conducted by respective NCC units are issued NCC `A’ Certificate. The certificate examination comprises a written and practical test. Cadets eligible to appear in the certificate examination must fulfill the under mentioned conditions:
(a) The cadet should be on the roll of NCC unit/ sub unit.
(b) The cadet should have attended a minimum of 75% of total training periods laid down in the syllabus for the first and second years of Junior Division/ Wing, NCC (All Wings).
(c) Attended one Annual Training Camp of JD/JW.
(d) Break in the NCC training of the cadet prior to his appearing in the examination should not exceed more than 12 months at one time, to count his previous training period. In case the break exceeds 12 months and the cadet has been on the unit rolls for a minimum of two years before his discharge and had attended 75% of the total period during his NCC service he will need another 45 periods in
the year he is appearing for the examination.
‘B’ CERTIFICATE
2.   All NCC cadets in Senior Division on successful completion of their two years training and having passed
Part ‘B’ examination conducted by respect NCC units are issued NCC `B’ Certificate. The certificate examination comprises a written and practical test. Cadets eligible to appear in the certificate examination must fulfill the under mentioned conditions:
(a) The cadet must have attended a minimum of 75% of total training period laid down in the syllabus for the first and second years for Senior Division/ Wing NCC (All Wings).
(b) Break in the NCC service of the cadet SD/SW prior to appearing in the3 exam should not exceed more than 18 months at one time, after his discharge to count his service for certificate `B’ examination. (c) Must have attended one Annual Training Camp of Senior Division.
(d) Cadets possessing ‘A’ certificate are awarded 10 bonus marks.
3.   Sample of the certificate issued to cadets by the NCC is enclosed as appendix.
NOTICE
1.   NCC as an Elective Subject will be available to those schools where NCC is already existing. It will be available as per existing strength.
2.   Schools desirous of applying for allotment of NCC must apply to the nearest NCC Unit and not to CBSE. NCC will be allotted as per seniority as per provisions of NCC Act and Rules, 1948.
PROCEDURE FOR ALLOTMENT OF NCC TO SCHOOL/ COLLEGE
1.   Any school or college which is desirous of having an NCC unit/ sub unit in their institution has to apply
for the same through the nearest NCC unit covering the given geographical area. The application format is as per appendix ‘A’ att.
2.   The terms and conditions for raising a senior division coy/ junior division troop are listed at paragraph 9
to 12 of the application form.
3.   Since the number of vacancies authorized to each NCC unit are fixed, the allotment will depend on
availability of vacancies. Otherwise the institution will be placed on waiting list of the given NCC unit and allotted as per waiting list seniority.
4.   The approval for allotment of NCC to institutions is approved at state NCC Directorate for in tern
allotments. Out of turn allotment is approved only by DG NCC, only in exceptional cases.
APPLICATION FORM FOR RAISING OF SENIOR DIVISION NCC SUB
UNIT/ JUNIOR DIVISION TROOP
(ARMY WING)
1.
2.
(a) Name of Institution                                   :
(b) Funded by                                                :
Department of Education under                     :
Central Govt/State Govt aided/Self financing
Whom functioning.
3. Number of NCC unit/ Coys Troop (if any)        : Already functioning in the institution
4. Name of NCC unit to which affiliated             : (if applicable)
5. Nearest NCC unit/ sub unit (if known) :
6. Number of NCC units/Coys/Troops                 : Desired to be raised/ allocated (and its
Cadet strength)
7. Total number of student in the college/         : School
For Senior Division Boys Girls Total
11th/Ist Year
12th/ IInd Year
IIIrd Year
Total
For Junior Division
8th Class
9th Class
10th Class
Total
8.   Names(s) of Lecturer(s)/Teachers(s)               :
Recommended for pre-commissioned Training in case NCC unit/Coy/Troop Is raised/ allocated. State educational
Qualifications and Appointment.
Conditions for raising a Senior Division NCC Unit /
Coy or Junior Division Troop NCC:
9.   A Unit/Coy/Troop or part thereof of the Senior/Junior Division is raised in a College/School subject to
the following conditions:-
(a) The college/school shall provide from among the members of its staff NCC officers for the unit/ coy/
troops at the scales prescribed in Peace Establishment.
(b) The college/school shall give an undertaking that it can enroll and maintain up to strength of unit/
coy/ troop or part thereof, which may be allotted to it.
(c)  The college/school shall provide for the unit/ coy/ troop or part thereof, which may be allotted to
it, a storeroom for the storage of clothing and equipment and an office room for the unit/ coy/ troop office.
(d) The college/school shall provide a suitable miniature rifle range or arrange to obtain the use of such
a miniature rifle range.
(e) The college/school shall be in a position to supplement from its own funds the financial grants made
by the State Government for the unit/ coy / troop or part thereof which may be allotted to it.
(f) The college/ school shall be in a position to provide the services of a lascar as per authorization of
Peace Establishment for smooth conduct of NCC activities (For Self financing institutions).
10. Provided that the State Government may, in any case, relax wholly or in part the provision of clause (e)
or if it is satisfied that the requisite facilities are provided by schools located in the same place the provisions of clause (c) and (d).
11. Declaration by Head of Institution
(a) I hereby declare that the raising of a troop in my College/ School will be subject to the conditions
stipulated in Rule 3 (in respect of Senior Division) and in Rule 4 (in respect of Junior Division) of the
NCC Act and Rules (Boys) and Rule 3 of NCC Act and Rules (Girls Division) and I will not request for withdrawal of NCC before ten years.
(b) I further declare that the College/ School will ensure the following:-
(i)  Enrolment of cadets to the maximum required strength and to maintain the same consistently during the training session.
(ii) Regular attendance of cadets on parade up to the required percentage lay down.
(iii) Regular attendance in camps of NCC Cadets and NCC Officer(s) of the College/ School.
(iv) Maintenance of proper discipline of NCC Officers and NCC Cadets.
(v)  Safeguards to ensure NCC cadets of any Institution return all NCC stores, equipment and clothing issued to them for training before they withdraw/ leave, the institution or give up NCC.
(vi) Accommodation as required will be provided for office storeroom and strong room.
(vii) Arrangement for medical examination of cadets will be made.
12. In the events of any unsatisfactory performance as regards the points Referred to in Para 11 above the
NCC unit/ coy/ troop will be liable to be disbanded or re-allotted/ transferred to another College/ School at the discretion and decision of the Deputy Director General of NCC.
Place:                                                                                              Signature of the Head of Institution
Date:                                                                                               (Name in Block Letters)
13. Recommendation of the OC Unit to which the proposed Unit/ Coy/ Troop is to be affiliated. Confirming
that the financial commitments vide SNCCO 1/S/65 have been accepted by the Institution and Sponsor.
Place:                                                                                              Signature
Date:                                                                                               (Name in Block Letters)
14. Recommendation of the NCC Group Commander.
Place:                                                                                              Signature
Date:                                                                                               (Name in Block Letters)
15. Specific recommendation of the Deputy Director General of NCC.
Covering prospects of response to cadet to take training facilities radius of action/ distances, availability
of official and domestic accommodation, administrative feasibility.
Place: Signature
Date: (Name in Block Letters)
16. Recommendations of State Government/ Sponsor.
The financial commitment as laid down in the Model Budget in respect of the State Government/
Sponsor’s responsibility is accepted as amended from time to time.
Place: Signature
Date:                                                                                               (Competent State Government
Official/ Concerned Ministry Official/ Sponsor)
Note: In the event of a Private Institution this commitment will be accepted by the Head of the Private
Institution.

To see the full specifications with in-depth details click here

Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Multimedia & Web Tech. (only for class XII) 2018-19

CBSE Curriculum for Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Multimedia & Web Tech. (only for class XII) 2018-19

16. MULTIMEDIA AND WEB TECHNOLOGY (Code No. 067) CBSE
(For the Academic Year 2018-19 only)
Learning Outcomes:
·     Ability to develop proficiency in Webpage Development and website management
·     Ability to develop proficiency in creating dynamic Web Interface
·     Ability to write server and client sides scripts and manage websites
·     Ability to design a web page using Image, Audio and Video editing tools
·     Ability to understand the basic concepts of Open Source Standards and Open Source softwares
·     Ability to understand the basic concepts of networking
Class XII (Theory)
Duration: 3 hours                                                                                                              Total Marks: 70
Unit No. Unit Name Periods
Theory Practical Total Marks
1 INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE MANAGEMENT 20 15 35 05
2 NETWORKING AND OPEN STANDARDS 25 05 30 10
3 WEBPAGE DEVELOPMENT 60 45 105 40
4 MULTIMEDIA AND AUTHORING TOOLS 40 30 70 15
240 70
Unit 1:  Introduction to Database Management
Introduction to database concepts and its need
Database Terminology: Data, Record/Tuple, Table, Database, field/attribute
Concept of Keys: Candidate key, Primary key, Alternate key, and Foreign key
Examples of common Database Management System: MySQL, Ingres, Postgres, Oracle, DB2, MS-
SQL Server, Sybase etc.
Database Tool:
Introduction to MySQL: Using MySQL creating Database and table, defining primary key, inserting
records, displaying records using SELECT command, WHERE clause, modifying records using UPDATE, deleting records
Unit 2:  Networking And Open Standards
Computer Networking: Evolution of Networking: ARPANET, WWW, Internet
Network Topologies: Bus, Star, Tree
Types of Network: PAN, LAN, WAN, MAN
Wired Technologies: Twisted pair cable, coaxial cable, optical fiber
Wireless Technologies: Bluetooth, infrared, radio link, microwave link, radio link and satellite link
Network devices: MODEM, Hub, switch, repeater, gateway – and their functions
Identifying computers and users over a network: Basic concept of domain name, MAC (Media
Access Control) and IP Address, domain name resolution
Wireless/Mobile Communication: GSM, CDMA, GPRS, WLL, 3G, 4G
Internet Applications: SMS, Voice mail, e-Mail, Chat and Video conferencing
Network Security Concepts: Cyber law, firewall, cookies, hackers and crackers
Open  Source  Concepts:  Proprietary  and  open  source  software(OSS),  common  FOSS/FLOSS
examples (e.g. GNU/Linux, Firefox, OpenOffice, Linux, Mozilla web browser, Apache server, MySQL, Postgres, Pango, Tomcat, PHP, Python)
Indian Language Computing: character encoding, UNICODE, different types of fonts (open type vs true type, static vs dynamic), Entering Indian Language Text – phonetic and key map based
[Note:   Teacher   can   introduce   the   students   to   these   websites   www.sourceforge.net, www.openrdf.org, www.opensource.org, www.linux.com, www.linuxindia.net, www.gnu.org.]
Unit 3:  Web Page Development
Review of HTML/DHTML, JavaScript covered in Class XI
Installation and Managing WEB-Server: IIS/XAMPP/LAMP;
PHP: Concept of PHP, features of PHP, other equivalent tools – JSP, PHP
Including PHP in web page
Data types: integer, double, string, boolean, null, array, object
Variables: Using variables in PHP
Constants: Using constants in PHP, constant() function
Output data to Screen: echo and print statements
Operators:
Arithmetic operators: +, – (Unary and Binary), *, /, %, **
Assignment operators : =,+=,- =,*=,/=.%=
String operator: . , . =
Comparison operators: <, >, <=, >=, !=, ==,===.!===
Incrementing/Decrementing   operators:++,–
Logical operators:  !,&&,||;
Array Operators: union(+),equality ==,inequality <>,!=
Operator precedence
Built In Functions:
String Manipulation Functions:  strtoupper(), strtolower(), strlen(), ltrim(), substr(), rtrim(),
trim() ,strrev(), strcasecmp(),strcmp(),stripslashes(), strchr(), strpos(), stripos()
Time & Date Functions: Date(),getdate(),gettimeofday(),Mktime(),strtotime(),
cal_days_in_month()
Arrays: Declaration and use of indexed arrays(1 dimensional), inbuilt functions sort(),rsort()
Conditional statements: if, if else, if…elseif….else, switch
Loops: while, do while , for, for each
Unconditional exit from loop /switch using break
User Defined Functions: Defining a function, calling/invoking a function,
Passing parameters/arguments, Pass by value, pass by reference, return value, default value
Global Variables – Superglobals
$GLOBALS,$_SERVER,$_REQUEST,$_POST,$_GET,$_FILES,$_ENV,
$_COOKIE,$_SESSION
Elements of $_SERVER : PHP_SELF, SERVER_NAME, HTTP_HOST, HTTP_USER_AGENT
PHP Forms
Form Handling, Form Validation, Form URL/E-mail
Text Files:
Opening a file, Reading a file, Writing a file, Closing a file
Other Features
PHP File Upload, Cookies, Sessions (start, modify and destroy), Error Handling
Working on Database: (Using MySQLi Procedural API)Connecting with Databases, opening and closing databases, Inserting, retrieving, modifying/updation , deleting of records from tables
Unit 4:  Multimedia and Authoring Tools
Movie File Formats: AVI, MPEG, SWF, MOV, DAT
Embedding: Audio/Video on the web page
Multimedia Authoring Using Macromedia Flash: Making of simple movie, setting properties,
frame rate, dimensions, and background color
Movie Frames: Concept of frame, frame buffer, and frame rate, creating a key frame, Inserting text into the frame, inserting graphical elements into the frame, converting text/graphics to symbol, inserting symbol into the frame, setting symbol property (graphics/button/movie), inserting blank key frame, selecting all/specific frames of a layer, copying/pasting selected frames
Scene: Concept of scene, duplicate scene, add scene, delete scene, and navigating between scenes
Layers: Concept of layer, layer properties, layer name, show/hide/lock layers, viewing layer as outline, adding/deleting a layer
Types of Layer – normal/guide/mask
Special Effects: Motion Tweening, Shape Tweening, Inserting Sound Layer
Testing a Scene and Movie
Import/Export (Movie/Sound and other multimedia objects)
Publishing:
Publishing a movie, changing publish settings, producing swf(flash movie), html page, gif image,
jpeg image (*.jpg), png image, windows projector (*.exe), macintosh projector (*.hqx), quick time (*.mov), real player (*.smil)
Testing with Publish Preview
Multimedia Application: Education (use of CAL tool), entertainment, edutainment, virtual reality,
digital libraries, information kiosks, video on demand, video phone, video conferencing and telemedicine.
Class XII (Practical)
Duration: 3 Hours                                                                                           Total Marks: 30
15
1.  Hands on Experience
A website based on a particular topic has to be to be developed by each student using various commands
covered in HTML and PHP with at least 4 web pages. Web page should be designed with following features:
·     HTML basic tags (html/head/title/body/B/I/U/BR/HR)
·     Functions
·     Conditional and control statements
·     Form Handling, Form Validation, E-mail Validation
·     Image editing using Photo Shop /Corel draw/GIMP
·      Merging layers /Moving and copying layers
·     Use of multimedia authoring (like Macromedia Flash)
2.     Practical File                                                                                                                               05
The  practical  file  should  be  made  on  a  domain  specific  area  (with  supported  documents  and printouts):
·     Make a simple web page containing almost all the tags of HTML and view that web page on the browser.
·     Develop a home page for income tax department (simple and textual) and store it in the directory used for web services on the web-server.
·     Enhance the home page by providing links to other sample pages (e.g. Income Tax Zone).
·     Income Tax Detail form for an individual, Income Tax Notification, Income Tax News etc.).
·     Embed Time and Date on the home page.
· Further enhance the website by providing User Registration Page. Collect the user details and Display a new web page showing “Thanks For Registration”. Also write appropriate functions to validate form inputs.
·     Give a login facility to the user with anonymous name and maintain the session till the user logs out.
·     For user log in attempts, maintain a visitor count.
·     Change the login module of the web page and now connect it to the IncomeTax User database on
the server. This is to be done to store the registration detail and facilitate login to the user.
·     The login page is to be made in a way that it should also provide facility to change password, if user forget password.
·     Store some of the created or edited sound files on the web-server and provide links to play it.
·     Change the appearance of the web page using pictures at appropriate places (e.g. logo of income tax department, photograph of income tax building etc.)
·     Visit  websites  (State  Govt./Local  language  newspaper)  and  get  5  different  printouts  in  local language.
(Note: Student can also improve the case study from class XI and enhance it further with database
and multimedia support. Also they can create a website on a new topic).
3.     Project based on case study                                                                                                        05
Case Studies are to be divided into following parts:
Case study Part 1 (collection, editing and creation of website resources):
Create an electronic movie with various pictures, audio clipping, movie clippings, and factual text related to school / organization
·     Embedding video and audio in web pages.
·     An introduction to interactive walk-through.
·     Embedding walk-through into web pages.
Case Study Part 2 (development of web content with resources):
Case studies covered in class XI with database support with Login, Online Registration, Booking and/or ordering facility.
Sample Case Study
(Note: Other similar type of case studies can also be used for the project work)
Mr. Verma is the CEO of copsisoft drinks (I) Ltd. His company is having a wide network of distributors for copsibranded soft drinks. With the increase in sales and distribution network, it is required to adopt a new technological intervention in the existing system. He wants that the company should have a global presence over the widely popular medium, called world wide web. Assume that you are appointed as the senior person of the development team. You are required to collect the company information and its current requirement. For your easiness we had collected the details of the
company which are as follows:
The company Information:
Name of the Company: copsisoft drinks (I) Ltd. Zone: East, West, North and South Distributors: All over the world.
Mr. Verma said that the web site should be able to reflect company in terms of :
·    Home Page
·    Product & Promotion Page
·    Distributor Login Page / Password Recovery Page
·    Distributor Specific Details Page
·    Registration Page for Distributor-ship
·    Company News and Flashes
·    Company Profile
Technical Details:
·    Web site Introduction is to be made in movie making software.
·    A proper database is to be maintained for the distributor information.
Note:
· For developing the above sites/movies collect the actual information from various sources.
· Teachers can provide alternative case studies also of similar kind.
4.     Viva Voce                                                                                                                                     05
During the final practical examination, oral questions will be asked from the syllabus covered and the project developed by the student(s).
KNOW MORE BEYOND SYLLABUS…….
Teacher may also motivate students to search and give group presentations for topics of emerging ICT such as web services, cloud computing, SDK Android.
Web References:
1.      Open Source Concepts: www.opensource.org
2.     Web Designing and Development: www.w3schools.com

To see the full specifications with in-depth details click here

Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Mathematics 2018-19

CBSE Curriculum for Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Mathematics 2018-19

MATHEMATICS CBSE
(Code No. 041)
Session-2018-19
XI-XII
The Syllabus in the subject of Mathematics has undergone changes from time to time in
accordance with growth of the subject and emerging needs of the society. Senior Secondary stage is a launching stage from where the students go either for higher academic education in Mathematics or for professional courses like Engineering, Physical and  Bioscience, Commerce or Computer Applications. The present revised syllabus has been designed in accordance with National Curriculum Framework 2005 and as per guidelines given in Focus Group on Teaching of Mathematics 2005 which is to meet the emerging needs of all categories of students. Motivating the topics from real life situations and other subject areas, greater emphasis has been laid on application of various concepts.
Objectives
The  broad  objectives  of  teaching  Mathematics  at  senior  school  stage  intend  to  help  the
students:
·   to acquire knowledge and critical understanding, particularly by way of motivation
and visualization, of basic concepts, terms, principles, symbols and mastery of underlying processes and skills.
·   to feel the flow of reasons while proving a result or solving a problem.
·   to apply the knowledge and skills acquired to solve problems and wherever possible,
by more than one method.
·   to develop positive attitude to think, analyze and articulate logically.
·   to develop interest in the subject by participating in related competitions.
·   to acquaint students with different aspects of Mathematics used in daily life.
·   to develop an interest in students to study Mathematics as a discipline.
·   to develop awareness of the need for national integration, protection of environment, observance of small family norms, removal of social barriers, elimination of gender biases.
·   to develop reverence and respect towards great Mathematicians for their contributions to the field of Mathematics.
CBSE COURSE STRUCTURE
CLASS XI (2018-19)
One Paper                                                                                    Total Period–240 [35 Minutes Each]
Three Hours                                                                                                                   Max Marks: 100
No. Units No. of Periods Marks
I. Sets and Functions 60 29
II. Algebra 70 37
III. Coordinate Geometry 40 13
IV. Calculus 30 06
V. Mathematical Reasoning 10 03
VI. Statistics and Probability 30 12
Total 240 100
*No chapter/unit-wise weightage. Care to be taken to cover all the chapters.
Unit-I: Sets and Functions
1.             Sets                                                                                                                                             (20) Periods
Sets and their representations. Empty set. Finite and Infinite sets. Equal sets. Subsets. Subsets of a set
of real numbers especially intervals (with notations). Power set. Universal set. Venn diagrams. Union and Intersection of sets. Difference of sets. Complement of a set. Properties of Complement.
2.            Relations & Functions                                                                                                          (20) Periods
Ordered pairs. Cartesian product of sets. Number of elements in the Cartesian product of two finite
sets. Cartesian product of the set of reals with itself (upto R x R x R). Definition of relation, pictorial diagrams, domain, co-domain and range of a relation. Function as a special type of relation. Pictorial representation of a function, domain, co-domain and range of a function. Real  valued  functions, domain and range of these functions, constant, identity, polynomial, rational, modulus, signum, exponential, logarithmic and greatest integer functions, with their graphs. Sum, difference, product and quotients of functions.
3.            Trigonometric Functions                                                                                                    (20) Periods
Positive and negative angles. Measuring angles in radians and in degrees and conversion from one
measure to another. Definition of trigonometric functions with the help of unit circle. Truth of the identity sin2x + cos2x = 1, for all x. Signs of trigonometric functions. Domain and range of trigonometric functions and their graphs. Expressing sin (x±y) and cos (x±y) in terms of sinx, siny, cosx
& cosy and their simple applications. Deducing identities like the following:
    (          )
         (          )
(          )
(           )
(          )
(           )
(          )
(           )
Identities   related  to  sin2x,  cos2x,  tan2x,  sin3x,  cos3x   and  tan3x.  General   solution  of
trigonometric equations of the type siny = sina, cosy = cosa and tany = tana.
Unit-II: Algebra
1.      Principle of Mathematical Induction                                                                                     (10) Periods
Process of the proof by induction, motivating the application of the method by  looking at natural
numbers as the least inductive subset of real numbers. The principle of mathematical induction and simple applications.
2.      Complex Numbers and Quadratic Equations                                                                       (15) Periods
Need for complex numbers, especially √ , to be motivated by inability to solve some  of  the quardratic   equations.   Algebraic   properties   of   complex   numbers.   Argand   plane   and   polar
representation of complex numbers. Statement of Fundamental Theorem of Algebra, solution of quadratic equations (with real coefficients) in the complex number system. Square root of a complex number.
3.      Linear Inequalities                                                                                                                       (15) Periods
Linear inequalities. Algebraic solutions of linear inequalities in one variable and their representation
on the number line. Graphical solution of linear inequalities in two variables. Graphical method of finding a solution of system of linear inequalities in two variables.
4.           Permutations and Combinations                                                                                         (10) Periods
Fundamental principle of counting. Factorial n. (n!) Permutations and combinations, derivation of formulae for       and       and their connections, simple applications.
5.           Binomial Theorem                                                                                                                  (10) Periods
History, statement and proof of the binomial theorem for positive integral indices. Pascal’s triangle, General and middle term in binomial expansion, simple applications.
6.           Sequence and Series                                                                                                               (10) Periods
Sequence and Series. Arithmetic Progression (A. P.). Arithmetic Mean (A.M.) Geometric Progression (G.P.), general term of a G.P., sum of n terms of a G.P., infinite G.P. and its sum, geometric mean (G.M.), relation between A.M. and G.M. Formulae for the following special sums.
∑   ∑         ∑
Unit-III: Coordinate Geometry
1.             Straight Lines                                                                                                                             (10) Periods
Brief recall of two dimensional geometry from earlier classes. Shifting of origin. Slope of a line and
angle between two lines. Various forms of equations of a line: parallel to axis, point -slope form, slope- intercept form, two-point form, intercept form and normal form. General equation of a line. Equation of family of lines passing through the point of intersection of two lines. Distance of a point from a line.
2.             Conic Sections                                                                                                                          (20) Periods
Sections of a cone: circles, ellipse, parabola, hyperbola, a point, a straight line and a pair of intersecting lines as a degenerated case of a conic section. Standard equations and simple properties of parabola, ellipse and hyperbola. Standard equation of a circle.
3.            Introduction to Three-dimensional Geometry                                                                 (10) Periods
Coordinate axes and coordinate planes in three dimensions. Coordinates of a point. Distance between
two points and section formula.
Unit-IV: Calculus
1. Limits and Derivatives                                                                                                                    (30) Periods
Derivative introduced as rate of change both as that of distance function and geometrically.
Intuitive idea of limit. Limits of polynomials and rational functions trigonometric, exponential and logarithmic functions. Definition of derivative relate it to scope of tangent of the curve, derivative of sum, difference, product and quotient of functions. Derivatives of polynomial and trigonometric functions.
Unit-V: Mathematical Reasoning
1. Mathematical Reasoning                                                                                                                    (10) Periods
Mathematically acceptable statements. Connecting words/ phrases – consolidating the understanding of “if and only if (necessary and sufficient) condition”, “implies”, “and/or”, “implied by”, “and”, “or”, “there exists” and their use through variety of examples related to real life and Mathema tics. Validating the statements involving the connecting words, difference among contradiction, converse and contrapositive.
Unit-VI: Statistics and Probability
1.           Statistics                                                                                                                                        (15) Periods
Measures of Dispersion: Range, Mean deviation, variance and standard deviation of ungrouped/grouped data. Analysis of frequency distributions with equal means but different variances.
2.           Probability                                                                                                                                   (15) Periods
Random experiments; outcomes, sample spaces (set representation). Events; occurrence of events, ‘not’, ‘and’ and ‘or’ events, exhaustive events, mutually exclusive events, Axiomatic (set theoretic) probability, connections with other theories of earlier classes. Probability of an event, probability of ‘not’, ‘and’ and ‘or’ events.
MATHEMATICS (Code No.  – 041)
CBSE QUESTION PAPER DESIGN CLASS – XI (2018-19)
Time : 3 Hours                                                                                                                       Max. Marks: 100
S.
No.
Typology of Questions Very Short Answer
(1 Marks)
Short Answer (2 Marks) Long Answer-I (4 marks) Long Answer-II (6 marks) Marks %
Weightage
1 Remembering- (Knowledge based Simple recall questions, to know specific facts, terms, concepts, principles, or theories, Identify, define, or recite, information) 2 2 2 1 20 20%
2 Understanding- (Comprehension -to be familiar with meaning and to understand conceptually, interpret, compare, contrast,  explain, paraphrase information) 1 3 4 2 35 35%
3 Application (Use abstract information in concrete situation, to apply knowledge to new situations, Use given content to interpret a situation, provide an example, or solve a problem) 1 3 2 25 25%
4 High Order Thinking Skills ( Analysis & Synthesis- Classify, compare, contrast, or differentiate between different pieces of information, Organize and/or integrate unique pieces of information from a variety of sources) 3 1 10 10%
5 Evaluation- (Appraise, judge, and/or justify the value or worth of a decision or outcome, or to predict outcomes based on values) 1 1 10 10%
TOTAL 1 ´ 4 = 4 2 ´ 8 = 16 4 ´ 11 = 44 6 ´ 6 = 36 100 100%
QUESTION-WISE BREAK-UP
Type of Question Mark per Question Total No. of Questions Total
Marks
VSA 1 4 4
SA 2 8 16
LA-I 4 11 44
LA-II 6 6 36
Total 29 100
1. No chapter wise weightage. Care to be taken to cover all the chapters.
2. Suitable internal variations may be made for generating various templates keeping the overall weightage to different form of questions and typology of questions same.
Choice(s):
There will be no overall choice in the question paper.
However, 30% internal choices will be given in 4 marks and 6 marks questions.
CLASS-XII
(2018-19)
One Paper                                                                                                                               Time: 3 hrs.
Max Marks. 100
Units No. of Periods Marks
I. Relations and Functions 30 10
II. Algebra 50 13
III. Calculus 80 44
IV. Vectors and Three – Dimensional Geometry 30 17
V. Linear Programming 20 06
VI. Probability 30 10
Total 240 100
Unit-I: Relations and Functions
1.  Relations and Functions                                                                                                           15 Periods
Types of relations: reflexive, symmetric, transitive and equivalence relations. One to one and
onto functions, composite functions, inverse of a function. Binary operations.
2.  Inverse Trigonometric Functions                                                                                                    15 Periods
Definition,  range,  domain,  principal  value  branch.  Graphs  of  inverse  trigonometric  functions. Elementary properties of inverse trigonometric functions.
Unit-II: Algebra
1.  Matrices                                                                                                                                     25 Periods
Concept, notation, order, equality, types of matrices, zero and identity matrix, transpose of a matrix, symmetric and skew symmetric matrices. Operation on matrices: Addition and multiplication and multiplication with a scalar. Simple properties of addition, multiplication and scalar multiplication. Non- commutativity of multiplication of matrices and existence of non-zero matrices whose product is the zero matrix (restrict to square matrices of order 2).Concept of elementary row and column operations. Invertible matrices and proof of the uniqueness of inverse, if it exists; (Here all matrices
will have real entries).
2.  Determinants                                                                                                                                     25 Periods
Determinant of a square matrix (up to 3 x 3 matrices), properties of determinants, minors, co- factors and applications of  determinants  in finding  the area  of  a  triangle.  Adjoint  and inverse of a square matrix. Consistency, inconsistency and number of solutions of system of linear equations by examples, solving system of linear equations in two or three variables (having unique
solution) using inverse of a matrix.
Unit-III: Calculus
1.  Continuity  and Differentiability                                                                                                   20 Periods
Continuity  and  differentiability,  derivative  of  composite  functions,  chain  rule,  derivatives  of
inverse trigonometric functions, derivative of implicit functions. Concept of exponential and logarithmic functions.
Derivatives of logarithmic and exponential functions. Logarithmic differentiation, derivative of functions expressed in parametric forms. Second order derivatives. Rolle’s and Lagrange’s Mean Value Theorems (without proof) and their geometric interpretation.
2.  Applications of Derivatives                                                                                                             10 Periods
Applications of derivatives: rate of change of bodies, increasing/decreasing functions, tangents and normals, use of derivatives in approximation, maxima and minima (first derivative test motivated geometrically and second derivative test given as a provable tool). Simple problems (that illustrate
basic principles and understanding of the subject as well as real-life situations).
3.  Integrals                                                                                                                                        20 Periods
Integration as inverse process of differentiation. Integration ofavariety of functions by substitution, by partial fractions and by parts, Evaluation of simple integrals of the following types and problems based on them.
∫             ∫
  ∫              ∫
  ∫
∫                          ∫ √                          ∫
√                    ∫ √
∫ √                              ∫(           ) √
Definite integrals as a limit of a sum, Fundamental Theorem of Calculus (without proof). Basic properties
of definite integrals and evaluation of definite integrals.
4.   Applications  of the  Integrals                                                                                                                          15 Periods
Applications in finding the area under simple curves, especially lines, circles/ parabolas/ellipses (in standard form only), Area between any of the two above said curves (the region should be clearly identifiable).
5.   Differential Equations                                                                                                                                 15 Periods
Definition, order and degree, general and particular solutions of a differential equation. formation of differential equation whose general solution is given. Solution of differential equations by method of separation of variables, solutions of homogeneous differential equations of first order and first degree. Solutions of linear differential equation of the type:
            , where p and q are functions of x or constants.
            , where p and q are functions of y or constants.
Unit-IV: Vectors and Three-Dimensional Geometry
1.   Vectors                                                                                                                                                            15 Periods
Vectors and scalars, magnitude and direction of a vector. Direction cosines and direction ratios of a vector. Types of vectors (equal, unit, zero, parallel and collinear vectors), position vector of a point, negative of a vector, components of a vector, addition of vectors, multiplication of a vector by a scalar, position vector of a point dividing a line segment in a given  ratio. Definition, Geometrical Interpretation, properties and application of scalar (dot) product of vectors, vector (cross) product of vectors, scalar triple product of vectors.
2.   Three  – dimensional Geometry                                                                                                    15 Periods
Direction cosines and direction ratios of a line joining two points. Cartesian equation and vector equation of a line, coplanar and skew lines, shortest distance between two lines. Cartesian and vector equation of a plane. Angle between (i) two lines, (ii) two planes, (iii) a line and a plane. Distance of a point from a plane.
Unit-V: LinearProgramming
1.  Linear Programming                                                                                                                       20 Periods
Introduction, related terminology such as constraints, objective function, optimization, different types of linear programming (L.P.) problems, mathematical formulation of L.P. problems, graphical method of solution for problems in two variables, feasible and infeasible regions (bounded or unbounded), feasible and infeasible solutions, optimal feasible solutions (up to three non-trivial
constraints).
Unit-VI: Probability
1.  Probability                                                                                                                                             30 Periods
Conditional probability, multiplication theorem on probability, independent events, total probability, Bayes’ theorem, Random variable and its probability distribution, mean and variance of random variable. Repeated independent (Bernoulli) trials and Binomial distribution.
Prescribed Books:
1) Mathematics Textbook for Class XI, NCERT Publications
2) Mathematics Part I – Textbook for Class XII, NCERT Publication
3) Mathematics Part II – Textbook for Class XII, NCERT Publication
4) Mathematics Exemplar Problem for Class XI, Published by NCERT
5) Mathematics Exemplar Problem for Class XII, Published by NCERT
MATHEMATICS (Code No. -041)
QUESTION PAPER DESIGN CLASS – XII
(2018 – 19)
Time: 3 Hours                                                                                                                    Max. Marks: 100
S.
No.
Typology of Questions Very Short Answer
(1 Marks)
Short Answer (2 Marks) Long Answer 1
(4 marks)
Long Answer II (6 marks) Marks %
Weightage
1 Remembering- (Knowledge based Simple recall questions, to know specific facts, terms, concepts, principles, or theories, Identify, define, or recite, information) 2 2 2 1 20 20%
2 Understanding- (Comprehension -to be familiar with meaning and to understand conceptually, interpret, compare, contrast,  explain, paraphrase information) 1 3 4 2 35 35%
3 Application (Use abstract information in concrete situation, to apply knowledge to new situations, Use given content to interpret a situation, provide an example, or solve a problem) 1 3 2 25 25%
4 High Order Thinking Skills ( Analysis & Synthesis- Classify, compare, contrast, or differentiate between different pieces of information, Organize and/or integrate unique pieces of information from a variety of sources) 3 1 10 10%
5 Evaluation (Appraise, judge, and/or justify the value or worth of a decision or outcome, or to predict outcomes based on values) 1 1 10 10%
TOTAL 1 ´ 4 = 4 2 ´ 8 = 16 4 ´ 11 = 44 6 ´ 6 = 36 100 100%
QUESTION WISE BREAK UP
Type of Question Mark per Question Total No. of Questions Total
Marks
VSA 1 4 4
SA 2 8 16
LA-I 4 11 44
LA-II 6 6 36
Total 29 100
1.    No chapter wise weightage. Care to be taken to cover all the chapters.
2.    Suitable internal variations may be made for generating various templates keeping the overall weightage to different form of questions and typology of questions same.
Choice(s):
There will be no overall choice in the question paper.
However, 30% internal choices will be given in 4 marks and 6 marks questions.

To see the full specifications with in-depth details click here

Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Mass Media Studies (only class XII) 2018-19

CBSE Curriculum for Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Mass Media Studies (only class XII) 2018-19

35. MASS MEDIA STUDIES CBSE
(Code No. 072)
Rationale
In the last two decades changes of phenomenal proportion have occurred in the field of Mass Media Studies. Mass Media has taken a quantum leap forward in terms of scale content and convergence. The media experience is an important part of globalization and civil society. The media has become an indispensable
part of life at the national and local level. It has become an important factor in shaping young minds.
Objectives
Introduction to the comprehensive understanding of the five principles of Mass Media viz, Film, TV, Print, Radio and New Media
Introduction to the evolution of Mass Media
To understand how the content and presentation of mass media shapes our thoughts, vision, ethics and action
Analysis of the ways in which content is created in media
To understand creative and technical processes involved in newsprint, radio, television production, filmmaking and the internet
Introduction to the organization of media and entertainment industries – the financial and commercial aspects.
To delineate the roles and responsibilities of creative, technical and administrative people in media To familiarize with the career options in media and entertainment industry
To analyze the vital importance of mass media in the functioning of a secular, liberal, democracy like India
To understand the convergence of mass media as the futuristic trend opening up more and more exciting career and creative opportunities
CBSE MASS MEDIA STUDIES–XII (Code No. 072) 2018-19
S. No. Units Periods Marks
1 Understanding the Language of the Medium 40 35
2 Evolution of the Media 30
3 Convergence of the Media 40 35
4 Selling/Marketing/Exhibiting a Product through Advertising 30
5 Graphic Design and Multimedia Applications 20 10
6 Production Skills (Project) 40 10
7 Portfolio Assessment (Project) 40 10
240 100
UNIT–1: UNDERSTANDING THE LANGUAGE OF THE MEDIUM                                  40 Periods
Chapter I: Media Literacy
1.   Introduction of Media Literacy
2.   Introduction to Mass Media
3.   Audience Theories
4.   Media Ownership
5.   Media Representation
6.   Media and Violence
Chapter II: Aspects of Film Language
1.   The concept of mise en scene
2.   Film Analysis
Short film-fiction(5) Short film-nonfiction (5)
OR
Feature film
Chapter III: Content Analysis of TV Programmes
The concept of a soap opera – Daily soap, Weekly soap Genres of Soap Opera, primary audience of each genre The Segmented nature of the audience
Gaze of the audience, concept of a flow, continuous interruption Culture of Film based programmes
Culture of Music based programmes Educational TV, non-fiction on TV
Chapter IV: Content Analysis of Radio Programmes
News – the format, the language, frequency
Talks, magazine programmes-unidirectional nature, feedback with a time phase difference Dramas – the unique nature of radio plays
Interactive programmes – phone in, live interaction, music, experiences, memories as content
of these programmes
Chapter V: Content Analysis of Newspapers and Periodicals
Newspapers –
a)   The Macro composition of a daily-various sections like the front page, edit page, sports page, business page.
b)  The Micro composition of a daily-proportion of visual and text, language, highlighting.
Periodicals –
a)   The Macro composition of a periodical – various sections like the cover page, cover story, features, columns, business page.
b)  The Micro composition of a periodical – proportion of visual and text, language, highlighting.
Chapter VI: Features of the Internet
E–mails – Personal, Business Communication between Individuals and Organizations, Changing Characteristics of the same
Websites – Educational sites, Entertainment sites, Information sites, Social networking sites, Business sites Blogs
Web Advertising – The changing nature of communication and perception of interpersonal and social communication due to the various developing possibilities of the internet.
UNIT–2: EVOLUTION OF THE MEDIA (GLOBAL)       CBSE                                               30 Periods
Chapter I: The Evolution of International Cinema
The Silent Era (1895 to 1927)
Primitives and Pioneers in UK, France and USA
Establishment of Hollywood, D.W Griffith and Slapstick comedy Expressionism in Germany
Socialist Realism in USSR
The Sound Era (1927) to the present day, transition from black and white to colours
The British, American and European documentary movement Genres in Hollywood
Chapter II: The Evolution – International Television
National and Trans-national Networks Live and Recorded Transmission  Video and Cable Networks
Satellite Communication
Evolution of Fiction and Non-fiction Programmes Television as a part of the Internet
Chapter III: The Evolution of Print Media
Journalism as a 17th and 18th century phenomenon
Role of Industrial Revolution in the spread of print media Local newspapers, Chain of newspapers
Some features of journalism in Europe and America
Online editions
Chapter IV: The Evolution of Radio
Technically a combination of wireless and telegraph technology
Bell, Marconi, Jagdish Chandra Bose, Tesla created the possibilities of transmission From Military use to the Civil one in the 1920s
Establishment of BBC in 1922, also federal Commission in USA News and commercial messages
By 1940 a universal and round the clock companion
1955 onwards the invention of the transistor making radio portable
National/Regional Network: AM, FM, Stereo Broadcast Radio as a part of web communication
Chapter V: Evolution of the Internet
The internet becomes a reality in the 1970s
Till 1991, internet is limited to the military and industrial circles and is closed to others Development of www in 1991 opens up internet
The phenomenal growth after that
UNIT–3: CONVERGENCE OF THE MEDIA  CBSE                                                              40 Periods
Chapter I: Independence and Inter-convertibility of Media
Nature of audio-visual signals and messages Optical/Electronic
Live/Recorded Analogue/Digital Nature of media
Print-text film-optical image Television-electronic image Radio-wireless communication
Accommodation of text, sound, image into film
Accommodation of film into television
Internet as the meeting point of all the mass media
Chapter II: Convergence and the New Possibilities of Communication
Earlier models of communication
Broadcasting
Mass communication model of a few transmitting to a vast number of receivers Gigantic organization
Huge technical infrastructure Large scale revenue
The changed paradigm due to the Internet Empowering an individual to post data on the Internet
Information, message in one medium triggering off activity in the others Many sources of the same information
Distribution of the information between individuals on an unprecedented global scale Rapidity of opinion generation on a local, national and global scale
The socio- political implications of the new information order
The strengthening of democracy
UNIT–4: SELLING/MARKETING/EXHIBITING A PRODUCT                                          30 Periods
THROUGH ADVERTISING CBSE
The Case Study Approach Chapter I: Profile of a Product
Product specifications
Targeting buyers
Chapter II: The task of Advertising
Promotion of product Drive sales
Build a brand identity
Increase the buzz
Chapter III: The Available Media
Print-newspapers, magazines, brochures, fliers, posters OOH-billboards, kiosks, tradeshows events
Broadcast advertising – Radio, TV, digital Internet + mobile ‘In film’ promos
Celebrity endorsements Cross promotions Merchandise
Games (Mobile and computer)
Covert advertising
Chapter IV: Forms of Advertising
Product Advertising
Institutional Advertising (Corporate) Social Service – PSA
Advocacy Advertising Comparative Advertising Cooperative Advertising Direct Mail
Point of Purchase Advertising
Informational Advertising
UNIT–5: GRAPHIC DESIGN AND MULTIMEDIA APPLICATIONS                                   20 Periods
Chapter I: Introduction to multimedia Chapter II: Text
Chapter III: Still in Age Chapter IV: Video Application
Chapter V: Sound
Chapter VI: Creating a multimedia project
UNIT–6: PRODUCTION SKILLS      CBSE                                                                          40 Periods
Project – Non-Fiction: Students will conceive, write, direct and edit a non-fiction film project of 3-5 minutes duration.
Guidelines
In this, they will follow the film making process of going through the pre-production, production and post-production process. The idea will be submitted to the teacher first. It shall be discussed and approved. It is only after that, the student can undertake to do further research and writing of the script. The script shall be submitted along with the shooting schedule, the same will be approved by teacher and only after the clearance from the teacher will the shooting take place. Students will complete the project on video tape and submit it along as a video tape as well as in the DVD format with the docket containing all the paper work done by them.
Subjects of the films should be suitable for the audience of their own age group.
Social issues like Gender issues, Environmental issues, Education, Health, Livelihood, Rights on disability, Access, Road Safety, documentaries on Historical monuments, Art and Craft can be chosen. Initial research is very important with regard to pre-production and production. Students must understand and read about media ethics and understand the sensitivity of the issue concerned. Students must take up issues which they closely relate to in their everyday lives and are able to work on within their academic concerns.
Themes to illustrate facets of other arts could also be chosen. Issues relating to media could also be a domain. Students must understand their roots and cultural heritage which surrounds them. It is part of what they are. This consists of not just historical monuments; it surpasses subjects like rituals, traditional medicinal practices, folklore and anecdotes from their grandparents, about the city they live in, various performing arts and more.
Portraits of personalities with respect to their contribution to life may also be chosen. People who have made a difference within their community, their role models, people they look up to, those who inspire them or have encouraged them, they could be their relative, teacher, a household help or anyone known to them.
Basic Handycam video cameras and basic editing software like Adobe Premier or Windows Movie maker should suffice. Technical quality is important, but technological sophistication by itself will not carry much weight, as the purpose is to judge the overall programme making ability.
The preparation is as important as the product and will carry half the percentage in the total assessment of the project.
The time limit of 3-5 minutes is to be strictly observed. Anything drastically more or less in duration will negatively affect the assessment.
These guidelines should be very clearly explained to the students and there should be no basic doubts about the approach in their minds.
UNIT–7: PORTFOLIO ASSESSMENT                                                                         40 Periods
PORTFOLIO ASSESSMENT AND APPRENTICESHIP
Special features of Assessment
The Portfolio will consist of a compilation of all written submissions over the duration of the course. It is the sum total of the creative work executed by the student over the year. The Portfolio will consist of all written submissions over the duration of the course. The assignments
would include written project work and production output will be collected. The submission would
include  both  the  original  and  improved  versions  of  assigned  tasks  reflective  of  gradual
improvement.
Aims of the exercise of Portfolio are-
To create a desire in the student to go beyond the text and classroom learning To inculcate in the student the spirit of research
To offer the scope for imaginative thinking To develop the power of interpretation
To imbibe the notions of subjectivity and objectivity
Objectives of the exercise of Portfolio are –
The student begins to think independently and critically about the subject. The student learns to develop his/her own themes.
The student learns to systematically gather facts and sift the data. The student learns to use the data in a coherent and logical manner.
The student learns to follow one’s imagination to create an original work.
The student learns the difference between analyzing someone else’s work and creating one’s own.
The student learns to develop distinct creative approaches to fiction and non-fiction. The student learns to conceive and execute ideas that are medium specific.
The student learns to identify upon his/her own strengths and weaknesses.
Assessment of the Portfolio: The basic guideline for assessment of the Portfolio is to judge the
student’s individual growth along the aims and objectives stated above. Both quality and quantity of the work done cumulatively should receive equal consideration.
10 marks have been allotted for the Portfolio.
Apprentice Program: All students who take this course will have to mandatorily take one week
intensive training at an institution which has been approved by CBSE. The week long intensive training will also have a component of project work which will be assessed by the examiners of the institution.
Guidelines for teacher training preamble – The subject Mass Media Studies is new and a broad- spectrum one. Hence there are no specialized teachers available at the inception to teach the course. The teachers, who will have the initiative to undertake the responsibility of teaching, themselves would belong to various backgrounds. So the trainers are dealing with heterogeneous groups as far as the educational background of the members of the group are concerned. These are the factors that have been taken into account while planning the content and teaching
strategy. These are not to be considered as limiting factors, but important details.
Content: The reader of the course would form the main reference around which the course would
be structured. It will be more of participatory workshop than a lecture dominant programme.
Aims
To explain the basic concept and key areas of the curriculum
To demonstrate the use of available resources and to create the new ones
To demonstrate the various approaches such as case study, analysis, research, creation of a product from an abstract idea and more
To correlate the experience of various media as different dimensions of social life
To bring awareness of the fact that mass media offers scope to a variety of talents and skills
Objectives
After the successful completion of the course the teachers should be able to: Understand the ideas behind each unit and their interrelationship
Locate the teaching resources within the familiar areas of information Guide the students to creatively execute their ideas
Make the students realize the different realities of the media Develop a comprehensive perspective on mass media
Induce the students to think positively about choosing a career in mass media
Infrastructure Requirements in Schools
Computers – an ideal ratio of 1 computer for every 5 students, with the following specifications:
PCs or Macs (latest those purchased in 2014) with a minimum of 2GB RAM and 1TB HDD with core -2 processors i5/i7 processors (in the case of iMacs).
Appropriate editing/sound softwares. These will be freely available softwares, which schools can select. These should be available at no cost or a minimal cost, if at all.
The computers, ideally should be on a UPS or a backup power so as to not damage them in case of power failures.
Handycams/Hand-held video cameras with an ideal ration of 1:10 (1 camera for every 10 students).
A screening room equipped with a television set or projector and speakers for playback of video or screening images through a computer.
Qualification for Faculty: An M.A in Mass Communication preferably with B.Ed.
QUESTION PAPER DESIGN
Mass Media Studies Code No. 072
Class-XII (2018-19)
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 80
S.
No.
Typology of Questions Learning outcomes
& testing skills
Very Short Answer (VSA) (1
Mark)
Short Answer
-I (SA-I) (3
Marks)
Short Answer
-II (SA-II) (4
Marks)
Long Answer (LA) (5
Marks)
Essay Type (6
Marks)
Total Marks %
Weightage
1 Remembering- (Knowledge based Simple recall questions, to know specific facts, terms, concepts, principles, or theories; Identify, define, or recite, information) Reasoning
Analytical skills Critical
skills
2 1 1 1 14 17%
2 Understanding- (Comprehension –to be familiar with meaning and to understand conceptually, interpret, compare, contrast, explain, paraphrase, or interpret information) 2 2 1 1 18 23%
3 Application (Use abstract information in concrete situation, to apply knowledge to new situations; Use given content to interpret a situation,  provide  an example, or solve a problem) 2 1 1 1 1 20 25%
4 High Order Thinking Skills (Analysis & Synthesis- Classify, compare,  contrast, or differentiate between different pieces of information, Organize and/or integrate unique pieces of information from a variety of sources) 2 1 2 1 19 24%
5 Evaluation – (Appraise, judge, and/or justify the value or worth of a decision or outcome, or to predict outcomes based on values) 1 1 09 11%
TOTAL- 2 projects (10 marks each) 20 marks 8×1
=8
5×3
= 15
6×4
=24
3×5
= 15
3×6
=18
80(25)
(project) (20)
100
%
Estimated Time (in minutes) 10 min 20 min 50
min
35 min 50 min 165 min + 15 min. for revision

To see the full specifications with in-depth details click here

Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Legal Studies 2018-19

CBSE Curriculum for Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Legal Studies 2018-19

37. LEGAL STUDIES CBSE
(Code No. 074)
Rationale
The Latin maxim ignorantia juris neminem excusat, in plain, which reads as ‘ignorance of law is not an
excuse’. This is one of the age old principles followed under the Roman Law and even in our own Common Law. If every person of discretion is to know what law is, an effort to teach law outside the remit of a
professional law school may have significant social benefits.
Law is a subject which has been traditionally taught in Universities for almost eight centuries. Learning law
outside the settings of a professional law school has a number of perceived benefits. Some familiarity with law enhances one’s understanding of public affairs and an awareness of one’s entitlements and duties as a citizen. It may also be helpful in eliminating some of the mistaken notions about law and some of the inveterate prejudices about law, lawyers and the legal system as such. Another advantage is that an understanding of law can undoubtedly encourage talented students to pursue a career in law – an objective
which is laudable in its own right.
The pitfalls of learning law outside the settings of a professional school are rooted in two key assumptions:
(1) law is too vast and complicated to be taught in a non-professional setting; (2) the lack of professional trainers and experienced teachers could lead to incorrect appreciation and understanding of law. If an understanding of law is mis-formed or ill-formed as some academicians think, it may require greater efforts to unlearn whatever was learnt earlier. Both these criticisms have attracted detailed scrutiny, but at least a
few countries have introduced law at the High School level.
The experience of countries that have introduced law has been by and large optimistic. The Central Board of
Secondary Education is introducing Legal Studies at the Class XI level. The proposal is to introduce one module in Class XI and a second module in Class XII.
Objectives
·     To provide a background of the evolution of the Indian legal system in a short and concise form.
· To focus on the applicability of justice, equity and good conscience and more importantly the development of Common Law system in India.
· To provide exposure on various systems of law such as Common Law, Civil Law, Hindu Law, Islamic Law etc.
· To develop an understanding of the essential features of the Indian Constitution, including the role and importance of Fundamental Rights, Separation of Powers, Structure and operation of Courts, concept of precedent in judicial functioning, the process of legislation, basic principles of statutory interpretation, etc
· To deal with principles of practical utility such as the concept of Rule of Law, principles of justice, differences between criminal and civil cases, the concept of crime and the fundamental theories of punishment, rights available to the accused at various stages of the criminal investigative process, or the key components of Human Rights, etc.
·     To understand the fundamental concept and subject matter of property, contract and tort.
· To understand the rudimentary aspects of contract law such as formation of contract, terms and conditions, discharge, etc.
·     To enables students to form an understanding of rights and duties and various categories of liability
principles which form the bedrock for an understanding of Law.
Class XI (2018–19)
One Paper                                                        Time: 3hrs.                                                       Marks: 100
S.No. Units Periods Marks
1 Theory and Nature of Political Institutions 40 20
2 Nature and sources of law 45 20
3 Historical Evolution of Indian Legal System 45 20
4 Civil and Criminal Courts and Process 45 20
5 Family Justice System 45 20
Total 220 100
CBSE Course Contents:
1.    Theory and Nature of Political Institutions
Concept of State/Nation
Organs of Government – Legislative, Executive and Judiciary
Separation of Powers – Parliamentary Sovereignty and Judicial Independence Constitutional Framework of India
40 Periods
2.    Nature and Sources of Law
Legislation – process, delegated and subordinate legislation
Case Law – Stare decisis, precedents within the hierarchy of courts Authoritative Sources
Custom  Law Reform
45 Periods
3.    Historical Evolution of Indian Legal System
Ancient Indian Law English Law in India
Administration of Justice in British India Charter of 1861 and subsequent Charters
Establishment of High Courts and the Federal Court Drafting of the Indian Constitution
Ancient Indian Law in Modern Legal Framework
45 Periods
4.    Civil and Criminal Courts and Process
The Civil Court Structure The Criminal Court Structure The Civil Process
The Criminal Process – investigation and prosecution
45 Periods
5.    Family Justice System Institutional Framework Marriage and Divorce Children
Domestic Violence
45 Periods
CBSE Class XII (2018–19)
One Paper                                                       Time: 3 hrs.                                                       Marks :100
S.No. Contents Periods Marks
1 Judiciary 35 15
2 Topics in Law 35 15
3 Arbitration, Tribunal Adjudication and Alternate Dispute Resolution 35 15
4 Human Rights in India 35 15
5 Legal Profession in India 35 15
6 Legal Services 35 15
7 International Context 10 10
Total 220 100
Course Contents:
1.    Judiciary
Constitution, Roles and Impartiality
Structure, Hierarchy of Courts, and Legal Offices in India Appointments, Trainings, Retirement and Removal of Judges Judicial Review
35 Periods
2.    Topics in Law Property Contracts Torts
Crimes Administrative Law
35 Periods
3.   Arbitration, Tribunal Adjudication and Alternate Dispute Resolution
Adversarial and Inquisitorial System Arbitration
Administrative Tribunals Ombudsman
Mediation and Conciliation Lok Adalats
Lokpal and Lokayukt
35 Periods
4.    Human Rights in India
Human Rights Laws – Constitution, Statutes
Complaint Mechanisms and Human Rights Commissions
35 Periods
5.    Legal Profession in India
History of Legal profession in India
Role and types of functions of judges and lawyers Barristers, Solicitors and Advocates
Changes Affected by Indian Advocates Act, 1961
35 Periods
6.    Legal Services Legal Services Boards Funding 35 Periods
7.    International Context Introduction to International Law Sources of International Law International Institutions
International Human Rights
10 Periods
CBSE QUESTION PAPER DESIGN
Legal Studies (Code: 074)                                                                                               Class-XII (2018-19)
Time: 3 Hours                                                                                                                     Max. Marks: 100
S.
No.
Typology of Questions Very Short Answer (1 Mark) Very Short Answer (2 Marks) Short Answer (4 Marks) Long Answer-I based on passages and Pictures (5 marks) Long Answer- II (6
Marks)
Marks %
Weigh- tage
1 Remembering- (Knowledge based simple recall questions, to know specific facts, terms, concepts, principles, or theories; identify, define, or recite, information) 1 2 2 22 22%
2 Understanding- (Comprehension – to be familiar with meaning and to understand  conceptually, interpret, compare, contrast, explain, paraphrase, or interpret information) 2 2 1 1 21 21%
3 Application (Use abstract information in concrete situation, to apply knowledge to new situations; Use given content to interpret a situation, provide an example, or solve a problem) 4 2 1 2 25 25%
4 High Order Thinking Skills (Analysis & Synthesis- Classify, compare, contrast, or differentiate between different pieces of information, Organize and/or integrate unique pieces of information from a variety of sources) includes Map interpretation 1 2 1 1 1 20 20%
5 Evaluation- (Appraise, judge, and/ or justify the value or worth of a decision or outcome, or to predict outcomes based on values) 1 1 1 1 12 12%
Total 1×8=8 6×2=12 6×4=24 4×5=20 6×6=36 100 100%

To see the full specifications with in-depth details click here

Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Knowledge Traditions and Practices of India 2018-19

CBSE Curriculum for Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Knowledge Traditions and Practices of India 2018-19

36. KNOWLEDGE TRADITIONS AND PRACTICES OF INDIA CBSE
(Code No. 073)
Rationale
The “Knowledge Traditions and Practices of India” has been introduced as an elective subject at the Senior
Secondary level w.e.f. 2012-2013 in class XI as a pilot and introduced in all schools w.e.f. 2013 in classes XI and XII. After ten years of general education, students branch out at the beginning of this stage and are exposed to the rigours of the various disciplines for the first time. This is the stage when they are made to start reflecting over their future life and decide a career. At this point, they also become aware of certain knowledge traditions and practices of India that are being followed in their families and society around them but few students get an opportunity to lay hands on the vast treasure of knowledge that lies hidden in the
form of literature or books.
This course aims at providing a broad overview of Indian thought in a multidisciplinary and interdisciplinary
mode. It would not seek to impart masses of data, but would highlight concepts and major achievements while engaging the student with a sense of exploration and discovery. It would be an introductory course so that students who take this course are prepared for a related field in higher studies in the universities. The course will cultivate critical appreciation of the thought content and provide insights relevant for promoting cognitive ability, health and well-being, good governance, aesthetic appreciation, right values and appropriate  worldview.  The  course  will  therefore  comprehensively  deal  with  all-round  personality
development of the students and increase their knowledge about their country.
Concept of the Course
The knowledge traditions of India are continuous and cumulative. They are textual and exegetical traditions
in different areas of thought and experience: philosophy, medicine, grammar, architecture, geography, literary theory, polity and political economy, logic, astronomy and mathematics, military science, metallurgy, agriculture, mining and gemmology, and shipbuilding, among others. Concepts and technical vocabularies of these traditions are still a part of the thinking and the languages of modern India.
The tradition is also non-egocentric. The 5th-century philosopher of language, Bhartrihari, states in his
Vakyapadiya, a cardinal principle of knowledge constitution: “The intellect acquires critical acumen by familiarity with different traditions. How much does one really understand by merely following one’s own reasoning only?” (Bhartrihari, Vakyapadiya, II.484). The traditions are therefore, intrinsically polycentric; Indian thinkers have constantly engaged in internal debate and dialogue and have also interacted with traditions outside India.
Aims and Objectives of the course:
Students will be able to:
l       get familiar with Indian thought in different disciplines.
l       get familiar with major Indian thinkers in different disciplines.
l       get familiar with the primary texts of Indian thought through an organized study of short extracts in translation of those texts.
l develop a better appreciation and understanding of not only the Knowledge Traditions and Practices of India but also of many contemporary questions and issues that they handle in their course work in related disciplines.
l       enhance self awareness and self-esteem.
Specific aims:
Students will be able to:
l       get familiar with the nature of Indian texts.
l       read primary texts from various sources and will be able to collect information and develop their critical abilities.
l       relate the knowledge to present context.
l       develop positive attitude towards Indian thoughts and traditions.
l       compare and contrast views given in the units and develop interest in the authentic texts.
l       internalise the given knowledge and pursue it further in their courses of studies by gathering more information about thinkers and texts.
l       interpret and analyse texts of different kinds and express it in their own language.
l       understand the contribution of Indian mind in various fields.
l       relate ideas of various disciplines with western thought they are otherwise introduced to in their course work.
l       develop a wider understanding of how all knowledge is ultimately interrelated.
l       read and know the history of Indian literatures.
l       pursue further study in related fields.
l       paraphrase the ideas of primary text in English or Hindi.
CBSE Knowledge Traditions and Practices of India
Examination Specifications Class – XI (2018-19)
One Paper                                                                                                                     70+30 = 100 Marks
Section-wise Weightage of the Paper                                                                                    Time: 3 Hours
Section Areas of Assessment                                                                                                              Marks
A Reading Skills
l         Two passages from the textbook
20
B Analytical Skills
l         Two passages for comparing/contrasting relating to the present time. 10
C l         One out of three long answer type questions
Thinking Skills
15
l         Five out of six short answer questions 15
D l         Ten objective type questions based on Multiple Choice Answers
Research based Project/Portfolio Assessment + viva voice
10
20+10=30
SECTION – A
READING SKILLS – 20 MARKS
No. of periods: 60
Q.1    Two passages from the modules with a variety of questions on different levels of comprehension, i.e.,
to test literal, interpretative and inferential skills. The total range of two passages would be about 700 to 800 words.                                                                                                                 20 marks
SECTION – B
ANALYTICAL SKILLS – 25 MARKS
No. of periods: 60
Q.2    Two passages extracted from different modules for comparing and contrasting and relating the ideas
contained – to the present time.                                                                                           10 marks
The length of both the passages together should be about 600 words.
Q.3    One out of two long answer type questions based on the knowledge of the content to test the insights
gained and whether the knowledge has been internalised.                                                     15 marks
SECTION – C
THINKING SKILLS – 25 MARKS
No. of periods: 60
Q.4    Five out of six short answer type questions based on the survey sections in the modules.
(Word limit 30-40 words) 5 x 3 = 15 marks
Q.5 Ten objective type MCQs to test global and local understanding of the text. 10 marks
SECTION – D
CBSE RESEARCH BASED PROJECT/ PORTFOLIO ASSESSMENT + VIVA VOICE
20 +10 = 30 marks No. of periods: 40
The textbook has inbuilt suggestions and activities for the students to prepare a portfolio or undertake work on a research based project. The purpose is to make students exhibit their efforts and achievements in one or more areas. It is expected that schools organise visits to the traditional seats of learning, historical places, cultural hubs and authentic areas. The project will be assessed through a viva voce also which carries 10 marks out of 30.
Students will be expected to compile and collect material for the project/portfolio which would be assessed on the following points:
l       Presentation: efforts put in, meaningful material with aesthetic sense.
l    Variety of content: a wide variety of content in the form of audio visual media, extracts from journals, art work, conference updates, photographs, writing samples, maps, charts, extracts of interview and reading logs etc.
l       Organisation of material collected has been presented with cogency and coherence.
l       Clarity of understanding and good judgement to test internalization of knowledge.
l       Viva voice
Prescribed Books:
A textbook on Knowledge Traditions and Practices of India Part – I published by CBSE 2012-13.
Knowledge Traditions and Practices of India
Examination Specifications Class – XII (2018-19)
One Paper                                                                                                                   70 + 30 = 100 Marks
Section-wise Weightage of the Paper                                                                                    Time: 3 hours
Section  Areas of Assessment                                                                                                            Marks
A       Reading Skills
l       Two passages from the textbook                                                                                           20
B       Analytical Skills
l       Two passages for comparing/ contrasting relating to the present time.                                  10
l       One out of three long answer type questions.                                                                       15
C       Thinking Skills
l       Five out of six Short Answer Questions                                                                                  15
l       Ten objective type questions based on Multiple Choice Answers                                            10
D       Research based Project/ Portfolio Assessment + viva voice                                          20+10= 30
SECTION – A
READING SKILLS – 20 MARKS
No. of periods: 60
Q.1    Two passages from the modules with a variety of questions on different levels of comprehension i.e.
to test literal, interpretative and inferential skills. The total range of two passages would be about 700 to 800 words.                                                                                                                 20 marks
SECTION – B
ANALYTICAL SKILLS – 25 MARKS
No. of periods: 60
Q.2    Two passages extracted from different modules for comparing and contrasting and relating the ideas
contained – to the present time.                                                                                           10 marks
The length of both the passages together should be about 600 words.
Q.3    One out of two long answer type questions based on the knowledge of the content to test the insights gained and whether the knowledge has been internalised.                                                     15 marks
SECTION – C
THINKING SKILLS – 25 MARKS
No. of periods: 60
Q.4    Five out of six short answer type questions based on the survey sections in the modules.
(Word limit 30-40 words) 5 x 3 = 15 marks
Q.5 Ten objective type MCQs to test global and local understanding of the text. 10 marks
SECTION – D
CBSE RESEARCH BASED PROJECT/PORTFOLIO ASSESSMENT – VIVA VOCE
20 marks + 10 marks = 30 marks
No. of periods: 40
The textbook has inbuilt suggestions and activities for the students to prepare a portfolio or undertake work on a research based project. The purpose is to make students exhibit their efforts and achievements in one or more areas. It is expected that schools organise visits to the traditional seats of learning, historical places, cultural hubs and authentic areas. The project will be assessed through a viva voice also which carries 10 marks out of 30.
Students will be expected to compile and collect material for the project/portfolio which would be assessed on the following points:
l       Presentation: efforts put in, meaningful material with aesthetic sense.
l    Variety of content: a wide variety of content in the form of audio visual media, extracts from journals, art work, conference updates, photographs, writing samples, maps, charts, extracts of interview and reading logs, etc.
l       Organisation of material collected has been presented with cogency and coherence
l       Clarity of understanding and good judgement to test internalization of knowledge.
l       Viva voce
Prescribed Books:
A textbook on Knowledge Traditions and Practices of India Part – II, by CBSE 2013-14.
CBSE SYLLABUS OUTLINE
Each module has a Survey Article, extracts from the Primary texts, exercises and activities. All the
modules are to be covered during one year of study.
1.      Astronomy in India                                                                                                            20 Periods
The Beginnings of Indian Astronomy – The Early Historical Period-The Siddhāntic Era – The Kerala School – Other Post-Siddhāntic Developments
Primary Texts
Āryabhaṭa,  Varāhamihira,  Brahmagupta,  Vaṭeśvara,  Bhāskara,  Parameśvara,  Nīlakaṇṭha  Somayājī, Jyeṣṭhadeva, Śaṅkara Varman
2.      Chemistry in India                                                                                                             20 Periods
Early Chemical Techniques, Atomism in Vaiśeṣika, Chemistry in Early Literature, The Classical Age, Laboratory and Apparatus
Primary Texts
Vātsyāyana, Nāgārjuna, Al-Bīrūnī’, Vāgbhaṭa – qualities of a teacher, disciple, disqualification of a disciple, location and building of the rushshala (laboratory), working arrangements of rushshala, material and equipment, Yaśodhara Bhaṭṭa-process of distillation, apparatus, sarana samskara, sarana
taila , Prafful Chandra Ray
3.      Indian Literatures Part I & II introduction of Indian Literature-an essentially an Oral Indian Culture
30 Periods
Rājaśekhara-various  phases  of  Indian  Literature:  Ancient  Period-  Vedic  Period,  Middle  period,
Apabhransha, Modern Period
Primary Texts:
Bhakti Movement Āṇḍāl, Guru Gobind Singh, Guru Nānak Dev, Hāla,Iḷaṅgō, Kabīr, Kālidāsa, Kṣetrayya,
Mīrabai, Mirzā Gḥālib, Shāh Hussain, Veda Vyāsa, Viśṇu Śarmā, Nārāyaṇa: Pañchatantra / Hitopadeśa, Kaundinyas narrative
4.      Indian Philosophical Systems                                                                                             20 Periods
Mahātmā Buddha, Ādi Śaṅkarācārya, Śrī Rāmānujācārya – concept and schools of Indian Philosophy Sāṁkhya, Yoga, Vaiśeṣika, Nyāya, Mīmāṁsā, Vedānta, Sāṁkhya
Primary Text
The central question of Indian Philosophy: Vedic thought, Cārvāka Darśana, Jaina Darśana, Bauddha
Darśana,  Sāṁkhya Darśana, Yoga  Darśana,  Nyāya  Darśana, Vaiśeṣika  Darśana,  Mīmāṁsā Darśana, Vedānta Darśana
5.      Indian Traditional Knowledge on Environmental Conservation                                          20 periods
Nature, flora and fauna, Sacred groves, Reference in Manu Smriti: Vedic period and the cow, Bishnois and conservation, Tradition of resistance
Primary Texts
Atharva-Veda, Mahābhārata, Lalitavistara: the birth of the Buddha, Bhāgavata Purāṇa, Kautilya’s
Arthaśāstra
6.      LIFE SCIENCES (1): Ayurveda for Life, Health and Well-being                                            10 periods
Definition of Ayurveda, The Principles of Ayurvedic Healing, Treating diseases to restore health
Primary Texts
The oath of Caraka, Individualizing Diet
6.      LIFE SCIENCES (2): The historical evolution of medical tradition in ancient India              10 Periods
Specialization into eight branches, The tradition of surgery, medical genetics in Ayurveda, inoculation for smallpox, microbiology and parasitology, communicable diseases and epidemics, An evolving pharmacopoeia, pluralistic approach to healthcare, cross-cultural interactions, A dynamic literary tradition, global resurgence of Ayurveda, contemporary status
Primary Texts
Dead body dissection, Rhinoplasty, Genetic basis of diseases, Communicable Diseases
6.      LIFE SCIENCES (3): Plant and Animal Science in Ancient India                                           10 periods
Antiquity and continuity, Sources, Scope, Validation, Current status, Animal Science in Ancient India, Antiquity and continuity, Sources, Scope, Current status, Biodiversity and folk traditions
Primary Texts
Plants and their Diseases, Classification sources of animal meat
7.      Mathematics in India                                                                                                         20 Periods
First Steps, Early Historical Period, The Classical Period, The Classical Period, post-Āryabhaṭa, The Kerala School of Mathematics, Features of Indian Mathematics
Primary Texts
Yajur-Veda,  Rāmāyaṇa,  Baudhāyana’s  Śulbasūtras,  Āryabhaṭa,  Bhāskara,  Severus  Sebokht,  Syria, Brahmagupta, Bhāskarācārya, Jyeṣṭhadeva
8.      Metallurgy in India                                                                                                            20 Periods
Definition,  Metallurgy  before  and  during  the  Harappan  Civilization,  After  the  Harappans,  iron metallurgy, wootz steel, other iron pillars and beams, zinc, social context
Primary Texts
Rig-Veda, Arthaśāstra, Varāhamihira, Nāgārjuna, Vāgbhaṭa, Classification of metals: Survarṇa (gold)
and its different types, prosperities, Rajata (silver), Tāmra (copper), Loha (iron), Vaṅga (tin), Nāga / śīśa (lead), Pittala (brass)
9.      Music in India                                                                                                                    20 Periods
Origin,  classification  accompanied  instrument,  Bharata’s  Nāṭyaśāstra,  New  era,  Medieval  period, modern era, aesthetics of Indian classical music, forms of composition: Dhrupada, thumari, gazal,
tarana, tappa, folk music, film music
Primary Texts
Taittīriya Brāhmaṇa, Yājñavalkya Smṛti, Viṣṇu Purāṇa, Skanda Purāṇa, Sāraṅagadevasaṅgītaratnākara, Saṅgītajnamu (melody: Salagabhairavi), Ragasudharasa
10.    Theatre and Drama in India                                                                                               20 Periods
Its  Beginnings,  Classical  Period,  Major  Indian  Dramatists:  Bhāsa,  Kālidāsa,  Bhavabhūti,  Medieval
Period, Kuṭiyaṭṭam, Yakṣagāna, Bhavāī, Jātrā, Nautaṅkī, Swāṅg, Rāmalīlā, Tamāśā, Nāchā, Pāṇḍavānī, Modern Era
Primary Texts
Nātyaśāstra, Viṣṇudharmottarapurāṇa-Khaṇḍa III, Bhakti Movement, Women Bhakti Poets
Knowledge Traditions and Practices of India
Class – XII Syllabus and Outline (2018-19)
1.      Agriculture: A Survey                                                                                                        10 Periods
Agriculture in Prehistory and Protohistory/ Textual Sources/ Types of Lands/ Rain-Fed and Irrigated Crops/ Implements/ Seed and Sowing/ Manures/ Pests and Their Management/ Cattle Management/ Horticulture and Arboriculture/ Fishing/ Agriculture and Society
Agricultural Heritage: Excerpts from Primary Texts
Rigveda/ Kṛṣiparāśara (c. 400 BCE)/ Kauṭilya (3rd or 4th century BCE)/ Kaśyapiyakṛṣisukti (800 CE)/ Vṛkṣāyurveda (c. 1000 CE)/ Kṛṣigītā (c. 1500 AD)
2.      Architecture: A Survey                                                                                                      10 Periods
(1) Early and Classical Architecture
Temple Architecture/ Rock-Cut Structures/ Monolithic Temples/ Constructed Temples/ Public and Private Architecture
Excerpts from Primary Texts
Vi   udharmottarapura_a/ Kautilya’s Arthasastra/ Mayamata
Architecture: A Survey
(2) Medieval & Colonial Architecture
Fort and Palace Architecture/ Mosques/ Mausoleums/ Colonial Architecture
3.      Dance: A Survey
(1) Classical Dance Forms                                                                                                  20 Periods
Classical  Period/  Middle  Period/  Modern  Period/  Classical  Dance  Forms/  Bharatana  yam/ Kathakali/ Kathak/ Kucipudi/ Manipuri/ O’issi/ Sattriya
Primary Texts on Dance in India: A Selection
Na_yasastra (tr. Manomohan Ghosh)/ Na_yasastra/ Na_yasastra Dance: A Survey
(2) Folk Dance Forms                                                                                                         10 Periods
Chau/ Bihu/ Rauf/ Padayani/ Dollu Kunitha/ Dandiya/ Ghumar/ Kalbelia/ Chau&fla/ Bha&gra/ Giddha/ Garba/ Lava)i/ Bamboo Dance
4.      Education Systems and Practices: A Survey                                                                       30 Periods
Goals of Indian Education/ Teaching and Learning/ The Teacher and the Student/ Centres of Education/ Temples as First Schools/ Gurukulas/ Viharas and Universities/ Community-Supported Education/ The Continuing System
Primary Texts on Education in India: A Selection
Two Types of Knowledge and the Right Pupil/ Mere Intellectual Knowledge Is Not Enough/ The Link between Teacher and Pupil/ Teachers Invite Students to Come to Them/ Controlling the Mind and the Senses: the Goal of Indian Education/ Teacher’s Directives to Students on their Completion of Study/ What Is a Useful Life?/ Hsüan-tsang’s (Xuanzang) Impressions of Indian Education/ Hsüan-tsang’s (Xuan Zang) Description of Nalanda University
Narratives of Indian Education in the 17th, 18th and 19th Centuries
An Italian Explorer’s Record of Indian Education in the 17th Century/ A Description of Indian Education in the 18th Century/ The Teacher’s Subsistence/ Respect for the Teacher/ Physical Education and Sports/ Description of the University at Navadveep (Nuddeah) in Bengal in 1791/ Love of Learning and Support for Education among Indians/ A Widespread Pre-Colonial Network of Indigenous Schools
5.      Ethics: Individual and Social                                                                                              20 Periods
The Cosmic Order/ Buddhist Ethics/ Jain Ethics/ Sikh Ethics/ The Bhakti Movement Primary Texts on Ethics: Individual and Social: A Selection
From  Jain  Granthas/  From  Buddhist  Granthas/  From  Asoka’s  Edicts/  From  the  Kural  (tr.  P.S.
Sundaram)
6.      Martial Arts Traditions: A Survey                                                                                       20 Periods
Texts/ Practice of Martial Arts/ Stick Combat/ Ka_arippaya__u Martial Arts Traditions: A Selection from Primary Texts Wrestling in the Mahabharata/ Mallapura_a/ Marmasastram
7.      Language and Grammar                                                                                                     20 Periods
Languages of India/ Study of Language in India/ Disciplines of Language Studies in India/ Classification of Speech-Sounds/ Theory of Grammar
Primary Texts on Language: A Selection
Reflections on Language from Vedic Sources/ Phonetics: Pa_i_iya Sik_a, (tr. & ed., Manmohan Ghosh)/ Nirukta (Etymology): The Nigha u and the Nirukta of *ri Yaskacarya (tr. & ed., Lakshman Sarup)/ Patañjali’s  Mahabha_ya  (adapted  from  S.N.  Dasgupta’s  translation)/  Grammar,  Language  and
Knowledge: BhartChari’s Vakyapadiya, Brahmaka_.a, tr. K.A. Subramania Iyer
8.      Other Technologies: A Survey                                                                                           20 Periods
Harappan  Technologies/  Later  pottery/  Glass/  Water  Management/  Textile  Technology/  Writing Technology/ Pyrotechnics/ Cosmetics and Perfumes
Other Technologies: A Selection from Primary Texts
Gemmology/ Water Management/ Textiles and Garments/ Perfumes and Cosmetics
9.      Painting: A Survey                                                                                                             20 Periods
Classical Texts/ Mural Painting/Miniature Painting/Mughal Paintings/ Tanjore and Mysore Painting/Folk painting
Painting: Excerpts from Primary Texts
Eulogizing the art of painting for its functions and extraordinary qualities/ Preparation of the principal colours/ Process of preparation of colours for base plaster/ Order followed by the painter before he starts painting/ Preparation of base colours and qualities of a good painting/ Four kinds of paintings/ Representation of various themes/ Nature of the Art of Painting/ Eight Limbs of Painting
10.    Society State and Polity: A Survey                                                                                     20 Periods
Plurality of Indian Society/Underlying Principles of Indian Society/Family/Indian Society and Reform/The Indian State/Goal of a State/ Polity/Bureaucracy/Legal System
Primary Texts on Society State and Polity: A Selection
A Ruler’s Dharma/ The Ideal King/ The Ideal of Government, and the Decay and Growth of Civilization/ Conditions’ of the Welfare of Societies/ Birth Is No Criterion of Worth/ Dharma as the Supreme Authority/ The Origin of Kingship/ The Science of Polity/ Duties of a King/ The Seven Limbs of the State/ Society: Marriage/ Property of Women/ Position of Women/ Interreligious Harmony/ Islamic Society— the four-class division of society/ Four-class Classification/ Ethics: The Kural of Tiruvalluvar/ Uttaramerur Inscription
11.    Trade & Commerce: A Survey Test                                                                                    20 Periods
How Does Trade Work?/Trade in Ancient India/ Different Countries, Many Goods/ Ports and Sailors/ Land Routes/ India’s Dominance up to Precolonial Times/ By-Products of Trade/ Further Reading.
Excerpts from the Primary Text
Sigalovada  Suttanta/  Jataka  Tales/  Arthasastra/  Periplus  Maris  Erythraei  (‘Voyage  around  the Erythream Sea’)/ Tamil Literature/ An Inscription on Internal Trade.

To see the full specifications with in-depth details click here

Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Information Practices New 2018-19

CBSE Curriculum for Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Information Practices New 2018-19

Informatics Practices (New) CBSE
CLASS XI
Code No. 065
Optional for the academic year 2018-19 and mandatory for the academic year 2019-20 onwards
1. Prerequisites
Since a lot of students join CBSE schools from schools run by a state board, we are not assuming
any pre-requisites for this course other than basic mathematical skills. However, it will be helpful if the student has a basic knowledge of Computer Applications 1 and 2.
2. Learning Outcomes
1.   Basic  computational  thinking.  Learn  how  to  reason  with  variables,  state  transitions,
conditionals, and iteration.
2.   Notion of data types, and higher order data structures such as lists, and dictionaries.
3.   Concepts of data handling: creating, managing and working with Data Frames using Python Pandas.
4.   Structure of simple SQL queries.
5.   Cyber safety.
3. Distribution of Marks
Unit No. Unit Name Marks
1. Programming and Computational Thinking 30
2. Data Handling – 1 20
3. Data Management – 1 10
4. Society, Law and Ethics – 1 10
5. Practicals 30
Total 100
4.1 Unit 1: Programming and Computational Thinking (PCT-1)          (70 Theory + 60 Practical)
·    Basic computer organisation: describe a computer system and mobile system, CPU, memory,
hard disk, I/O, battery, power, transition from a calculator to a computer
· Familiarization  with the basics of  Python programming: a simple “hello world” program, process of writing a program, running it, and print statements; simple data-types: integer, float, string
· Introduce the notion of a variable, and methods to manipulate it (concept of L-value and R- value even if not taught explicitly)
· Knowledge of data types and operators: accepting input from the console, assignment statement, expressions, operators and their precedence.
· Conditional statements: if, if-else, if-elif-else; simple programs: e.g.: absolute value, sort 3 numbers, divisibility.
· Notion of iterative computation and control flow: for, while, flowcharts, decision trees and pseudo code; write a lot of programs: interest calculation, EMI, tax calculation (examples from GST), standard deviation, correlation
· Lists and dictionary: finding the maximum, minimum, mean; linear search  on  a  list  of numbers, and counting the frequency of elements in a list using a dictionary.
·    Text handling: compare, concat, and substring operations.
·    Introduction to Python modules: creating and importing.
4.2 Unit 2: Data Handling (DH-1)                                                         (30 Theory + 20 Practical)
4.2.1. Introduction to Python Pandas
·    Introduction to data structures in Pandas: Series, and Data Frame
·     Operations on a Series: head, tail, vector operations
·    Data Frame operations: create, display, iteration, select column, add column, delete column
·     Binary operations in a Data Frame: add, sub, mul, div, radd, rsub
·    Matching and broadcasting operations
·     Missing data and filling values.
·    Comparisons, Boolean reductions, comparing Series, and combining Data Frames.
4.2.2. Transfer data between CSV files/SQL databases, and Data Frame objects.
4.3. Unit 3: Data Management (DM-1)                                                     (30 Theory + 20 Practical)
·     Relational databases: idea of a database and the need for it, relations, keys, primary key,
foreign key;
·     Use SQL commands to create a table, keys, and foreign keys; insert/delete an entry, delete a table.
·     Basic SQL: select, project, and join; indexes, and a lot of in-class practice.
4.4. Unit 4: Society, Law and Ethics (SLE-1) – Cyber safety                                          (10 Theory)
·     Cyber safety: safely browsing the web, identity protection, confidentiality, social networks,
cyber trolls and bullying
·     Appropriate usage of social networks: spread of rumours, and common social networking sites (Twitter, LinkedIn, and Facebook) and specific usage rules.
·    Safely accessing web sites: adware, malware, viruses, Trojans
·    Safely communicating data: secure connections, eavesdropping, and phishing and identity verification.
5. Practical
S.No. Unit Name Marks
1. Lab Test (12 marks)
Python programs to test PCT (60% logic + 20% documentation + 20% code quality) 4
Python programs to test data handling (same rules as above) 4
SQL program (at least 4 queries) 4
2. Report File + viva (10 marks)
Report file: Minimum 20 Python programs (PCT + DH) and at least 8 SQL commands 7
Viva voce (based on the report file) 3
3. Project (that uses most of the concepts that have been learnt) See IP-2 for the rules regarding the projects. 8
5.1. Programming in Python: At least the following Python concepts should be covered in the lab
sessions:  expressions,  conditionals,  loops,  list,  dictionary,  and  strings.  The  following  are  some representative lab assignments.
·     Find the largest and smallest numbers in a list.
·     Find the third largest number in a list.
·     Find the sum of squares of the first 100 natural numbers.
·     Find whether a string is a palindrome or not.
·     Given two integers x and n, compute xn.
·    Compute the greatest common divisor and the least common multiple of two integers.
·     Test if a number is equal to the sum of the cubes of its digits. Find the smallest and largest
such numbers in the range of 100 to 1000.
5.2. Data Management: SQL Commands At least the following SQL commands should be covered
during  the  labs:  create,  insert,  delete,  select,  and  join.  The  following  are  some  representative assignments.
·     Create a student table with the student id, name, and marks as attributes where the student id
is the primary key.
·     Insert the details of a new student in the above table.
·     Delete the details of a particular student in the above table.
·     Use the select command to get the details of the students with marks more than 80.
·     Create a new table (name, date of birth) by joining two tables (student id, name) and (student id, date of birth).
·     Create a new table (order ID, customer Name, and order Date) by joining two tables (order ID, customer ID, and order Date) and (customer ID, customer Name, contact Name, country).
5.3. Data Handling: The following are some representative lab assignments.
·     Subtract the mean of a row from each element of the row in a Data Frame.
·     Filter out rows based on different criteria such as redundant rows (same data as the row above or below).
·     Find the sum of each column, or find the column with the lowest mean.
·     Locate the 3 largest values in a data frame.
·     Replace all negative values in a data frame with a 0.
Informatics Practices(New)
CBSE CLASS XII
Code No. 065
Optional for the academic year 2019-20 and mandatory for the academic year 2020-21 onwards
1. Prerequisites
Informatics Practices – Class XI
2. Learning Outcomes
1.   Understand aggregation operations, descriptive statistics, and re-indexing columns in a Data
Frame.
2.   Apply functions row-wise and element-wise on a Data Frame.
3.   Understand basic software engineering: models, activities, business use-case diagrams, and version control systems.
4.   Connect a Python program with a SQL database, and learn aggregation functions in SQL.
5.   Have  a  clear  understanding  of  cyber  ethics  and  cybercrime.  Understand  the  value  of technology in societies, gender and disability issues, and the technology behind biometric ids.
3. Distribution of Marks
Unit No. Unit Name Marks
1. Data Handling – 2 30
2. Basic Software Engineering 15
3. Data Management – 2 15
4. Society, Law and Ethics – 2 10
5. Practicals 30
Total 100
4.1. Unit 1: Data Handling (DH-2)                                                             (80 Theory + 70 Practical)
4.1.1. Python Pandas
·    Advanced operations on Data Frames: pivoting, sorting, and aggregation
·    Descriptive statistics: min, max, mode, mean, count, sum, median, quartile, var
·     Create a histogram, and quantiles.
·    Function application: pipe, apply, aggregation (group by), transform, and apply map.
·     Reindexing, and altering labels.
4.1.2. Numpy
·     1D array, 2D array
·     Arrays: slices, joins, and subsets
·     Arithmetic operations on 2D arrays
·    Covariance, correlation and linear regression
4.1.3. Plotting with Pyplot
·    Plot bar graphs, histograms, frequency polygons, box plots, and scatter plots.
4.2 Unit 2: Basic Software Engineering (BSE)                                       (25 Theory + 10 Practical)
·    Introduction to software engineering
·    Software Processes: waterfall model, evolutionary model, and component based model
·    Delivery models: incremental delivery, spiral delivery
·    Process activities: specification, design/implementation, validation, evolution
·    Agile methods: pair programming, and Scrum
·     Business use-case diagrams
·    Practical aspects: Version control system (GIT), and do case studies of software systems and build use-case diagrams
4.3. Unit 3: Data Management (DM-2)                                                      (20 Theory + 20 Practical)
·     Write a minimal Django based web application that parses a GET and POST request, and
writes the fields to a file – flat file and CSV file.
·     Interface Python with an SQL database
·    SQL commands: aggregation functions, having, group by, order by.
4.4. Unit 4: Society, Law and Ethics (SLE-2)                                                                  (15 Theory)
·     Intellectual property rights, plagiarism, digital rights management, and licensing (Creative
Commons, GPL and Apache), open source, open data, privacy.
·    Privacy laws, fraud; cybercrime- phishing, illegal downloads, child pornography, scams; cyber forensics, IT Act, 2000.
·     Technology and society: understanding of societal issues and cultural changes induced by technology.
·    E-waste management: proper disposal of used electronic gadgets.
·     Identity theft, unique ids, and biometrics.
·    Gender and disability issues while teaching and using computers.
·    Role of new media in society: online campaigns, crowdsourcing, smart mobs
·    Issues with the internet: internet as an echo chamber, net neutrality, internet addiction
·     Case studies – Arab Spring, WikiLeaks, Bit coin
5. Practical
S.No. Unit Name Marks
1. Lab Test (10 marks)
Python   programs   for   data   handling   (60%   logic   +   20% documentation + 20% code quality) 7
Small Python program that sends a SQL query to a database and displays the result. A stub program can be provided. 3
2. Report File + viva(9 marks)
Report file: Minimum 21 Python programs. Out of this at least 4 programs should send SQL commands to a database, and retrieve the result; at least 1 program should implement the web server to write user data to a CSV file. 7
Viva voce based on the report file 2
Project + viva (11 marks)
3. Project (that uses most of the concepts that have been learnt) 8
Project viva voce 3
5.1. Data Management: SQL+web-server
·     Find the min, max, sum, and average of the marks in a student marks table.
·     Find the total number of customers from each country in the table (customer ID, customer Name, country) using group by.
·     Write a SQL query to order the (student ID, marks) table in descending order of the marks.
·     Integrate SQL with Python by importing MYSQL dB
·     Write a Django based web server to parse a user request (POST), and write it to a CSV file.
5.2. Data handling using Python libraries
·     Use map functions to convert all negative numbers in a Data Frame to the mean of all the numbers.
·     Consider  a  Data  Frame,  where  each  row  contains  the  item  category,  item  name,  and expenditure.
o Group the rows by the category, and print the total expenditure per category.
·     Given a Series, print all the elements that are above the 75th percentile.
·     Given a day’s worth of stock market data, aggregate it. Print the highest, lowest, and closing prices of each stock.
·     Given sample data, plot a linear regression line.
·     Take data from government web sites, aggregate and summarize it. Then plot it using different plotting functions of the PyPlot library.
5.3. Basic Software Engineering
·     Business use-case diagrams for an airline ticket booking system, train reservation system,
stock exchange
·    Collaboratively write a program and manage the code with a version control system (GIT)
6. Project
The aim of the class project is to create something that is tangible and useful. This should be done in groups of 2 to 3 students, and should be started by students at least 6 months before the submission deadline. The aim here is to find a real world problem that is worthwhile to solve. Students are encouraged to visit local businesses and ask them about the problems that they are facing. For example, if a business is finding it hard to create invoices for filing GST claims, then students can do a project that takes the raw data (list of transactions), groups the transactions by category, accounts for the GST tax rates, and creates invoices in the appropriate format. Students can be extremely creative here. They can use a wide variety of Python libraries to create user friendly applications such as games, software for their school, software for their disabled fellow students, and mobile applications, Of course to do some of this projects, some additional learning is required; this should be encouraged. Students should know how to teach themselves.
If three people work on a project for 6 months, at least 500 lines of code is expected. The committee
has also been made aware about the degree of plagiarism in such projects. Teachers should take a very strict look at this situation, and take very strict disciplinary action against students who are cheating on lab assignments, or projects, or using pirated software to do the same. Everything that is proposed can be achieved using absolutely free, and legitimate open source software.

To see the full specifications with in-depth details click here

Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Informatics Practices Old 2018-19

CBSE Curriculum for Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Informatics Practices Old 2018-19

INFORMATICS PRACTICES (old) CBSE
(Code No. 065)
(For the Academic year 2018-19 only)
Learning Outcomes:
·       Sound knowledge of computer system.
·       Ability to develop application using simple IDEs.
·       Ability to use, develop & debug programs independently.
·        Ability to store and retrieve data using an RDBMS.
CBSE COURSE DESIGN
Class – XI (2018-19)
Unit Topic Periods Marks
Theory Practical Total
1 Introduction to Computer systems 20 08 28 10
2 Introduction to Programming 45 42 87 25
3 Relational Database Management System 50 45 95 30
4 IT Applications 10 20 30 05
Total 240 70
CBSE Unit 1:  Introduction to Computer Systems
Hardware Concepts:
·       Computer organization (basic concepts): CPU, Memory (RAM and ROM), I/O devices, communication bus, ports (serial, parallel), device specific ports;
·       Input devices: Keyboard, Mouse, Light pen, Touch Screen, Graphics Tablet, Joystick, Microphone, OCR, Scanner, Smart Card reader, Barcode reader, QRCode reader, Biometric sensor, web camera;
·       Output Devices: Monitor/Visual Display Unit (VDU), LCD screen, Television, Printer (Dot Matrix printer, Desk jet/ Inkjet/ Bubble jet printer, Laser printer), Plotter, Speaker;
·       Secondary Storage Devices: Floppy Disk, Hard Disk, Compact Disk, Magnetic Tape, Digital Versatile Disk (DVD),Flash Drive, Memory cards.Comparative properties of storage media;
·       Memory Units: bit, Byte (Kilobyte, Megabyte, Gigabyte, Terabyte, Petabyte)
·       Encoding scheme :ASCII,ISCII & UNICODE
·       E-waste disposal.
Security of computer system: Sources of attack and possible damages, malware – virus, worms,
spyware and cookies as security threat, malware detection using a tool. Computer security, digital certificate, digital signature, firewall, password, file access permissions
Types of Software:
(a) System Software:
(i)  Operating systems: Need for operating system, major functions of Operating System; Examples of OS for mainframe (eg: Linux etc), PC/Server (eg: Windows, Ubuntu etc.), and mobile devices eg: Android, ios and Symbian.
(ii) Language Processors: Assembler, Interpreter, and Compiler
(b) Utility Software: Compression tools, disk defragmenter, anti-virus
(c)  Application Software:
(i)  General Purpose Application Software: Word Processor, Presentation Tool, Spreadsheet Package, Database Management System, Integrated Development Environment (IDE)
(ii) Specific Purpose Application Software: Inventory Management System, Purchasing System, Human Resource Management System, Payroll System, Financial Accounting, Hotel Management and Reservation System etc.
Unit 2:  Introduction To Programming
Getting started with Programming using IDE
·        Introduction, Rapid Application Development using IDE (Integrated Development Environment) such as Netbeans; Familiarization of IDE using basic Interface components- Label, Text Field, Text Area, Button, Checkbox, Radio Button. (As per appendix A)
·        Developing General Application (As per the guidelines at appendix B) – Getting Familiar with Java Swing User Interface components-Frame, Dialog, OptionPane, Panel, ScrollPane, Label, TextField, PasswordField, TextArea, Button, CheckBox, RadioButton, ComboBox, List
·        Basic component handling methods and properties: setText(), getText(), isSelected(), setSelected()
CBSE Programming Fundamentals
·        Data Types: Concept of data types; Built-in data types – byte, short, int, long, float, double, char, string, boolean
·        Variables: Need to use variable, declaring variables, variable naming convention, assigning value to variables;
·         Integer object method: parseInt
·        Double object method: parseDouble, parseFloat
·         Control Structures:
Decision Structure – if, if-else, switch; Looping Structure- while, do . . while, for;
Programming Guidelines:
·         General Concepts; Modular approach;
·        Stylistic Guidelines: Clarity and simplicity of expressions and names; Comments, Indentation;
·        Running and debugging programs, Syntax Errors, Run-Time Errors, Logical Errors;
·        Problem Solving Methodology: Understanding of the problem, Identifying minimum number of inputs required for output, breaking down problem into simple logical steps.
Unit 3:  Relational Database Management System
Database Management System
·        Introduction to database concepts: Database, Relational database, Relation/Table, Attribute/Field, Tuple / Row;
·        Data Types: Text (CHAR, VARCHAR), Number (DECIMAL, INT/INTEGER), Date and Time
·        Keys: Candidate key, Primary key, Alternate key, Foreign key;
·        Examples of common Database Management System: MySQL, Ingres, Postgres, Oracle, DB2,
MS SQL, Sybase etc.; Common Database management tools for mobile devices (eg: SQL Lite, Postgres SQL).
Introduction to MySQL
(ANSI SQL 99 standard commands)
·         Classification of SQL Commands:
DML – SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE DDL – CREATE, DROP, ALTER
·     Creating and using a database: CREATE DATABASE command to create a database, USE command to select a database.
·     Creating a table: CREATE TABLE command to create a table, DESC command to display a table structure, INSERT command for inserting new rows, inserting new rows with NULL values and values of all the studied data types.
·     Selection and Projection of a table.
·     Displaying table data: SELECT command for selecting all the columns, selecting specific column(s), use of arithmetic operators.
·     Defining and using column alias
·     Eliminating duplicate values from display using DISTINCT keyword
·     Limiting rows during selection (using WHERE clause)
Ø Using Comparison operators – =, <, >, <=, >=, <>, BETWEEN, IN, LIKE(%,_);
Ø Logical Operators –AND, OR, NOT and corresponding operator precedence;
·     Working with NULL values.
·     ORDER BY clause: Sorting in Ascending/Descending order, sorting by column alias name, sorting on multiple columns;
·     Manipulating Data of a Table/Relation: UPDATE command to change existing data of a table, DELETE command for removing row(s) from a table.
·     Restructuring a table: ALTER TABLE for adding new column(s) and deleting column (s) and modifying column Structure. DROP command to delete a database or a table.
Functions in MySQL:
·     String Functions: ASCII(), CHAR(), CONCAT(), INSTR(), LCASE(), UCASE(), LEFT(), LOWER(), LENGTH(), LTRIM(), MID(), RIGHT(), RTRIM(), SUBSTR(), TRIM(), UPPER().
·     Mathematical Functions: – POWER(), ROUND(), TRUNCATE().
·     Date and Time Functions: CURDATE(), DATE(), MONTH(), YEAR(), DAYNAME(), DAYOFMONTH(), DAYOFWEEK(), DAYOFYEAR(), NOW(), SYSDATE().
Unit 4:  IT Applications
·     e-Governance: Definition, benefits to citizens, e-Governance websites and their salient features and societal impacts; e-Governance challenges.
·     e-Business: Definition, benefits to customers and business, e-Business websites and their salient features and societal impacts; netbanking, mobile banking, e-Business challenges.
·     e-Learning: – Definition, benefits to students (learners), teachers (trainers) and school (Institution) management; MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) ; e-Learning websites and their salient features and societal impacts; e-Learning Challenges.
In each of the above domains, identify at least two real-life problems, list the input(s) required for the expected output(s), and describe the problem solving approach. Conceptualise the design of an ICT based national mission.
Impact of ICT on society – social environmental and economic benefits, Infomania.
CBSE CLASS XI (PRACTICAL)
(2018-19)
S.No. Description Marks
1 Problem solving using Java 10
2 SQL queries 5
3 Practical Records:
Application of Productivity Tools (WP,Spreadsheets,Presentation) Simple problems using Java
SQL Queries
2
2
2
6
4 Project Work :IT Applications 5
5 Viva Voce 4
Total 30
Evaluation of Practical Examination
1.  Problem solving using Java
Student is required to solve programming problems based on all concepts covered in theory throughout the year and maintain a record of these in the practical file. Student will be given a problem to be
solved using Java during final practical examination to be conducted at the end of the academic session
2.  SQL Queries
Students will be trying out SQL queries in MySQL throughout the year along with course coverage in theory. Student will be asked to write 5 queries based on one table during final practical examination to
be conducted at the end of the academic session
3.  Practical Record File
A practical record file is required to be created during the entire academic session. It should be duly signed by the concerned teacher on regular basis and is to be produced at the time of Final Practical Examination for evaluation. It should include the following:
·     At least 2 applications using at least two productivity tools in each.
·     At least 10 solutions of simple problems using IDE based Java (refer to Appendices ‘A’ & ‘B’).
·     At least 20 SQL queries on any database.
·     At least one IT applications – project work.
4.   Viva Voce
Students will be asked oral questions during practical examination to be conducted at the end of the course. The questions will be from the entire course covered in the academic session. Out of 4 marks, 2 marks are allotted to test student‟s understanding of basic computer hardware and their functions.
Class XII (2018-19) (THEORY)
Unit Topic Period Total periods
Theory       Practical
1 Networking and Open Standards 20 4 24
2 Programming 46 44 90
3 Relational Database Management System 50 40 90
4 IT Applications 10 26 36
Total 240
Unit 1:  Networking and Open Standards
Computer Networking:
·       Networking: a brief overview,
·       Communication  Media:  Wired  Technologies  –  Co-Axial,  Ethernet  Cable,  Optical  Fiber; Wireless Technologies – Blue Tooth, Infrared, Microwave, Radio Link, Satellite Link;
·       Network Devices: Modem, Hub, Switch, Repeater, Gateway – and their functions
·       Types of network: LAN, MAN, WAN, PAN;
·       Network Topologies: Star, Bus, Tree
·       Network Protocols: HTTP, TCP/IP, PPP, Remote access software such as Team Viewer;
·       Identifying computers and users over a network: Basic concept of domain name, MAC (Media Access Control), and IP Address, domain name resolution
·       Network Security Concepts: Cyber Law, Firewall, Cookies, Hackers and Crackers
·       Network security threats: Denial of service, Intrusion problems, Snooping, Eavesdropping
·       Internet Applications: SMS, Voice Mail, Electronic Mail, Chat, Video Conferencing
·       Wireless/Mobile Communication: GSM, CDMA, WLL, 3G, 4G
Open Source Concepts:
· Open Source Software  (OSS),  common  FOSS/FLOSS  examples  (GNU/Linux,  Firefox, OpenOffice, Java, Netbeans, MySQL). Common open standards (HTML, XML, ODF, TCP/IP, CSS)
·   Indian Language Computing: Character encoding, UNICODE, different types of fonts (open type vs true type, static vs dynamic), Entering Indian Language Text – phonetic and key map based, Inscript.
Unit 2:  Programming
Review of Class XI;
Programming Fundamentals
(Refer to Appendix A for Swing Control Methods & Properties, and Appendix B for sample guidelines of GUI Programming)
·       Basic concept of Class, Object, Inheritance and
·       Polymorphism Commonly used libraries:
Ø String class and methods: toString(), concat(), length(), toLowerCase(), toUpperCase(),
trim(), subString()
Ø Math class methods: pow(), round()
·     Accessing MySQL database using JDBC to connect with database.
·     Web application development: URL, Web server, Communicating with the web server, concept of Client and Server Side
·     HTML based web pages covering basic tags – <HTML>, <TITLE>, <BODY>, <H1><H6>,
<B>,<I>,<U>, <CENTER>, <COMMENT>, <IMG>, ANCHOR <A>, Paragraph <P>, Line Break <BR>, Horizontal Rule <HR>, <FONT>, <TABLE>, <LIST> <UL>, <OL>, <FORM>
·     Creating and accessing static pages using HTML and introduction to XML
Unit 3:  Relational Database Management System
Review of RDBMS from Class XI Database Fundamentals
·     Concept of Database transaction, Committing and revoking a transaction using COMMIT and ROLLBACK AND SAVEPOINT.
·     Grouping Records: GROUP BY, Group functions – MAX(), MIN(), AVG(), SUM(), COUNT(); using COUNT(*), DISTINCT clause with COUNT; Group Functions in case of Null Values.
·     Creating a Table with PRIMARY KEY, Foreign Key, Unique and NOT NULL constraints, Viewing Constraints, Using DESC command to view constraints.
·     Displaying Data From Multiple Tables: Cartesian product, Union, Intersection and Equi-Join
·     ALTER TABLE for
Ø Deleting column(s), modifying data type(s) of column(s),
Ø Adding a constraint, enabling constraint, dropping constraints.
·     DROP Table for deleting a table or a database.
Unit 4:  IT Applications
·     Front-end Interface: Introduction; content and features; identifying and using appropriate component (Text Field, Radio Button, CheckBox, List etc. as learnt in Unit 2 (Programming)) for data entry, validation and display.
·     Back-end Database: Introduction and its purpose, exploring the requirement of databases, tables and its essential attributes.
·     Front-End and Database Connectivity: Introduction, requirement and benefits
·     Demonstration and development of appropriate Front-end interface and Back-end Database for e-Governance, e-Business and e-Learning applications
·     Impact of ICT on society: Social, Environmental and Economic benefits.
In each of the above domains, identify at least two real-life problems, list the expected outputs
and the input(s) required for the output, and describe the problem solving approach and develop relevant front-end interface and back-end database.
Class XII (2018-19) (Practical)
S.No. Description Marks
1 Problem Solving using Java 10
2 SQL Queries 5
3 Practical Record
·     Identify Network configuration and OSS used in school
·     Simple problems using IDE Java and Database Connectivity
·     SQL Queries
·     IT Applications
1
2
1
2
6
4 Project Work : IT Applications 5
5 Viva Voce 4
Total 30
Evaluation of Practical Examination
1.  Problem Solving using Java
Student is required to solve programming problems based on all concepts covered in theory throughout the year and maintain a record of these in the practical file.
Student will be given a problem to be solved using Java during final practical examination to be conducted at the end of the academic session.
2.  SQL Queries
Students will be practicing SQL queries in MySQL throughout the year alongwith course coverage in theory.
Student will be asked to write four queries based on one table and one query based on two tables during final practical examination to be conducted at the end of the academic session
3.  Practical Record File
A practical record file is required to be created during the entire academic session. It should be duly signed by the concerned teacher on regular basis and is to be produced at the time of Final Practical Examination for evaluation. It should include the following:
·     Network Configuration and open source software used in your school.
·   At least 12 solutions of simple problems using IDE based Java (refer to Appendices „A‟ & „B‟) and Solution of at least 2 simple problems incorporating Java Application & Database connectivity
·     At least 24 SQL queries based on one and/or two tables
·     At least two web pages using HTML
4.  Project File
Students in group of 2-3 are required to work collaboratively to develop a project using Programming and Database skills learnt during the course. The project should be an application in any one of the
domains – e-Governance, e-Business and e-Learning – with GUI front-end and corresponding database at
the back-end.
5.   Viva Voce
Students will be asked oral questions during practical examination to be conducted at the end of the course. The questions will be from the entire course covered in the academic session.
Question Paper Design
Class-XI (2018-19) and XII (2018-19)
S.No. Typology of Questions Very Short Short Long Total %
Short Answer-I Answer-II Answer Marks Weightage
Answer (SA-I) (SA-II) (L.A)
(VSA) (2 marks) (4 marks) (6 marks)
(1 mark)
1 Knowledge Based 4 3 2 18 25.7
2 Conceptual 4 5 1 18 25.7
Understanding
3 Reasoning Based 4 2 1 18 25.7
4 Skill based 1 2 1 16 22.9
Total marks 12 9 7 2 70(30) 100
1.   No chapter wise weightage. Care to be taken to cover all the chapters.
2.   The above template is only a sample. Suitable internal variations may be made for generating similar templates keeping the overall weightage to different form of questions and topology of questions same.
3.   Questions may be case based requiring problem solving skills.
4.   LA Questions may be case-based requiring problem–finding and problem –solving skills.
Appendix ‘A’
Swing Control Methods & Properties
Class: Jbutton
Swing Control: jButton
Methods: getText(), setText()
Properties: Background, Enabled, Font, Foreground, Text, Label
Class: Jlabel
Swing Control: jLabel
Methods: getText(), setText()
Properties: Background, Enabled, Font, Foreground, Text
Class: JtextField
Swing Control: jTextField
Methods: getText(), isEditable(), isEnabled(), setText()
Properties: Background, Editable, Enabled, Font, Foreground, Text
Class: JRadioButton
Swing Control: jRadioButton
Methods: getText(), setText(), isSelected(), setSelected()
Properties: Background, Button Group, Enabled, Font, Foreground, Label, Selected, Text
Class: JcheckBox
Swing Control: jCheckBox
Methods: getText(), setText(), isSelected(), setSelected()
Properties: Button Group, Font, Foreground, Label, Selected, Text
Class: ButtonGroup
Swing Control: jButtonGroup
Methods:
Properties: Add
Class: JcomboBox
Swing Control: jComboBox
Methods: getSelectedItem(), getSelectedIndex(), setModel()
Properties: Background, ButtonGroup, Editable, Enabled, Font, Foreground, Model,
SelectedIndex, SelectedItem, Text
Class: Jlist
Swing Control: jList
Methods: getSelectedValue()
Properties: Background, Enabled, Font, Foreground, Model, SelectedIndex, SelectedItem,
SelectionMode, Text
Class: Jtable
Swing Control: jTable
Methods: addRow(), getModel()
Properties: model
Class: JoptionPane
Swing Control:
Methods: showMessageDialog()
Properties:
Class: DefaultTableModel
Swing Control:
Methods: getRowCount(), removeRow(), addRow()
Properties:
Commonly used Methods
Class Methods
Integer parseInt(), toDouble(), toString()
String concat(), length(), substring(), toDouble(), toLowerCase(), toUpperCase(), trim()
Double parseDouble(), toString(), toInt()
Math pow(), round()
Database Connectivity Methods
Class Methods
Connection createStatement(), close()
DriverManager getConnection()
Statement executeQuery()
ResultSet next(), first(), last(), getString()
Exception getMessage()
System exit()
Note: The visual properties of any of the elements and Data connectivity methods (the properties/methods,
which are not highlighted in the above tables) will not be tested in the Theory examination but may be used by the student in the Practicals and Projects.
Sample Guidelines for GUI Programming
Appendix ‘B’
1.    To display a message using Label, TextBox, MessageDialog using simple GUI applications
2.    To concatenate two text entries and display using simple GUI application
3.    To perform a simple arithmetic operation (+,-,*,/) and display the result in MessageDialog or TextBox using simple GUI application
4.    To perform simple arithmetic operation (+,-,*,/) and display the result in TextBox using simple GUI
application
5. To make simple decision making (if statement) solution and display relevant  message using GUI application (Example – Problems related to Eligibility for a given value of Age, “Profit” or “Loss” messages for given values of Cost Price and Sale Price, Grade Display for given values of Marks of students etc.)
6.    To create a simple GUI application to perform both arithmetic and logical operation together (Example
– Total, Average and Grade calculation for given marks, Salary Calculation on different criteria)
7.    To create a simple GUI application to perform an operation based on the criteria input by the user in a CheckBox or a RadioButton.
(Example 1: Find the Discount of an item on the basis of Category of item [Electrical Appliance/Electronic Gadget/Stationary specified using a Radio button] and its Cost [Below 1000/Above 1000/Equal to 1000 specified using a Radio button]).
(Example 2: Calculate the incentive of a Sales Person on the basis of his Sales Amount, Customer Feedback, Count of Customer specified using CheckBox)
8.    To create a simple GUI application to change the property of a swing element based on the selection made by the user
(Example 1: To change the background or Foreground color of any of the Swing elements of the form based on the color selected from a list)
(Example 2: To change the foreground and background color of a label based on the values input/stored in a combo box)
9.    To create a simple GUI application for repeatedly doing a task based on the user input. (Example: To display the multiplication table of a number input by the user)
10.   To store the data (Admission No., Name, Date of Birth, Class and Section) of 10 students in a table
[Table] and find total number of students in each class and section.
Sample Guidelines for Connectivity Problems
11.  To create a simple GUI application that counts and displays the number of records present in a database table.
12.  To create a simple GUI application that displays the records of a database table in a tabular format (using jTable) on the GUI form.
13.  To create a simple GUI application that displays the records of a database table in a tabular format (using jTable) on the GUI form based on a criteria input by the user.
14.   To create a simple GUI application to perform a calculation based on a value retrieved from database table and a value entered by the user in a GUI application.
Know More (beyond syllabus):
·     Teachers may also motivate students to search for topics of emerging ICT technologies such as Web Services, Cloud Computing, SDK on Android etc. for group discussions and presentations.
·     Students may be encouraged for collaborative programming and remote trouble shooting.
CBSE Suggested Textbooks:
·     Informatics Practices (Class XI) published by CBSE
·     Informatics Practices (Class XII) published by CBSE

To see the full specifications with in-depth details click here

Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Home Science 2018-19

CBSE Curriculum for Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Home Science 2018-19

HOME SCIENCE (Code No. 064)
(CLASS – XI)
SESSION: 2018-19
(Human Ecology and Family Sciences)
Home Science as a discipline aims to empower learners by developing understanding of five different
areas namely:
Food and Nutrition
Human Development, Childhood Studies Resource Management
Fabric and Apparel Science
Development Communications and Extension
The subject helps students to understand changing needs of Indian society, academic principles as well as
develop professional skills.This would make them competent to meet challenges of becoming a responsible citizen.
Objectives: The syllabus at Senior Secondary level develops an understanding in the learners that the
knowledge and skills acquired through Home Science facilitates development of self, family and community. It endeavors to –
Acquaint learners with the basics of human development with specific reference to self and child. Help to develop skills of judicious management of various resources.
Enable learners to become alert and aware consumers.
Impart knowledge of nutrition and lifestyles to enable prevention and management of diseases. Inculcate healthy food habits.
Help to develop understanding of textiles for selection and care of clothes.
Develop skills of communication to assist in advocacy and dissemination of knowledge tocommunity.
CLASS XI (2018 – 19)
COURSE STRUCTURE (THEORY)
One Paper (Theory)                                                                                                                                                 70 Marks
Time: 3 Hours                                                                                                                                                    Periods: 220
No. Units No. of Pd. Marks
Introduction: Evolution of the discipline and its relevance to the quality of life 05 22
1. Understanding oneself: Adolescence 55
2. Understanding Family, Community and Society 30 15
3. Childhood 40 15
4. Adulthood 50 18
Total 180 70
Practical 40 30
Grand Total 220 100
Class XI
Theory: 70Marks                                                                              Total Periods 180
Introduction: Evolution of the discipline and its relevance to                                  05
the quality of life
Unit I: Understanding oneself: Adolescence                                                            55
Ch-2 Understanding the self
A. „Who am I‟?
B.  Development and Characteristics of the self
C.  Influences on identity
-Biological and physical changes
-Socio-cultural contexts
-Emotional changes
-Cognitive changes
Ch-3 Food, nutrition, health and fitness- Introduction, Balanced Diet, Health and Fitness, Using basic food groups for planning balanced diets, Vegetarian food guide, Dietary patterns in adolescence, modifying diet related behavior, Factors influencing eating behavior, Eating disorders at adolescence.
Ch-4 Management of resources – time, money, energy and space- Introduction, Human and Non- Human Resources, Individual and shared resources, Natural and community resources, Characteristics of Resources, Managing resources, The management process.
Ch-5 Fabric around Us- Introduction, Fibre properties, Classification of textile fibres, Yarns, Fabric production, Textile Finishing.
Ch-6 Media and communication technology- Communication and communication technology, What is media? What is communication technology?
Unit II: Understanding family, community and society                        30
Ch-7 Relationships and interactions with „significant others‟:
-Family
-School – peers and educators
-Community and Society
Ch-8 Concerns and needs in diverse contexts: Family, school, community and society Key areas:
a. Health, Nutrition and Hygiene- Introduction, Health and its dimensions, Health care, Indicators of Health, Nutrition and Health, Nutrients, Factors affecting nutritional well- being, Nutritional problems and their consequences, Hygiene and Sanitation.
b. Work, Worker and workplace- Introduction, Work,  Worker, Workplace.
c. Resource availability and Management- Time Management, Space Management.
Unit III: Childhood                                                                                                  40
Ch-9 Survival, Growth and Development- Meaning, areas, stages in development.
Ch-10 Nutrition, Health and Wellbeing- Introduction, Nutrition, Health and Wellbeing during infancy; Nutrition, Health and Wellbeing of preschool children; Nutrition, Health and Wellbeing of school- age children, Factors that influence diet intake of pre-school age and school- age children, Healthy habits, Health & nutrition issues of school- age children.
Ch-11 Care and Education- Introduction, Infancy & early childhood years, Meaning of care & education, Who provides Early childhood care & education (ECCE)? Care and education during middle childhood years, difficulties and nature of primary education.
Ch-12 Our Apparel- Clothing functions and the selection of clothes, Factors affecting selection of clothing in India, Understanding children‟s basic clothing needs, Clothing requirements at different childhood stages, Clothing for children with special needs.
Unit IV: Adulthood                                                                                       50
Ch-13 Health and Wellness- Health scenario in India, Healthy persons,
Fitness, What is wellness? Dimensions of wellness, Stress and coping with stress.
Ch-14 Financial Management and Planning – Introduction, Family Income, Types of family income, Importance of Money, Income Management, Budget, Control in money management, Savings, Investment, Savings & Investment avenues, Credit.
Ch-15 Care and Maintenance of Fabrics – Introduction, Mending, Laundry, Stain removal, Finishing, Storage of textile products, Factors affecting fabric care, Care label.
HOME SCIENCE- PRACTICAL
CLASS XI (2018 –19)
Pd. 40                                                                                        Marks: 30
(Teachers can select practicals and project according to their choice)
1.        Study of physical self with reference to:
a)                    Age, height, weight, hip size, round chest/bust, round waist
b)                    Age at menarche: girls
c)                    Growth of beard, change in voice: boys
d)                    Colour of hair and eyes
2.        Understanding oneself with reference to :
a)                    Developmental norms
b)                    Peers, both male and female
c)                    Health status
d)                    Garment sizing
3.        a)        Record own diet for a day
b)       Evaluate qualitatively for adequacy
4.        a)       Record the fabrics and apparel used in a day
b)        Categorize them according to functionality
5.        a)        Record one day‟s activities relating to time use and work
b)        Prepare a time plan for oneself.
6.        a)        Record own emotions for a day in different contexts
b)        Reflect on the “why” of these emotions and ways of handling them
7.        List and discuss five messages from print and electronic media which have influenced one self.
8.        Collection of information from different regions in India and critical
discussion on:
a.   Food practices including food taboos, fasting and festivity preparations
b.   Clothing practices related to rites, rituals and occupation
c.   Child care practices in early years – gender similarities and differences
d.   Traditional forms of communication including festive and special occasions
9.        List and discuss 4-5 areas of agreement and disagreement with:
a)        Mother
b)        Father
c)        Siblings
d)        Friends
e)        Teacher
How would you resolve the disagreements to reach a state of harmony and mutual acceptance?
10.      Documentation of a traditional textile art/craft of neighbouring area.
11.      Visit to any one programme/ institution (Govt. /NGO) for children; observation of activities in the programme and report writing.
Or
Observation of any two children of different ages in the neighbourhood and reporting
on their activities and behavior.
12.      Construction of Quality Of Life (QOL) and Human Development Index(HDI).
13.      Relationship of fibre properties to their usage:  3 marks
a)        Thermal property and flammability
b)        Moisture absorbency and comfort
14.      Study one female adult and one male adult in the age range of 35 to 60 years
with reference to:
a)        Health and illness
b)        Physical activity and time management
c)        Diet behavior
d)        Coping with challenges
e)        Media availability and preferences
15.      Calculation of nutritive value of foods to identify rich sources of nutrients.
16.      Preparation of different healthy snacks for an adolescent suitable in her/his context.
17.          Study of labels on:
a)        Food
b)        Drugs and cosmetics
c)        Fabrics and apparel
d)        Consumer durables
18.      Observation and recording of group dynamics in different locations/ situations
such as:
a)        Home
b)        Eateries
c)        Playfield
d)        School
e)        Recreation areas
19.      Analysis of own communication styles and skills.
20.      Plan a budget for self for a given situation/ purpose.
21.      List five problems faced by self or family as consumer. Suggest solutions to overcome the same.
HOME SCIENCE CLASS XI (2018 –19)
PRACTICAL
Maximum Marks: 30                                                Periods:40
(Teachers can select practicals from above mentioned list according to their choice)
1. Understanding oneself: Adolescence 4 Marks
2. Understanding Family, Community and Society 4 Marks
3. Childhood 4 Marks
4. Adulthood 4 Marks
5. Project Work (Any Topic) 6 marks
6. Practical File 4 Marks
7. Viva 4 Marks
Textbooks:
1.   Human Ecology and Family Sciences – Part I, Class- XI, NCERT Publication
2.   Human Ecology and Family Sciences – Part II, Class- XI, NCERT Publication
QUESTION PAPER DESIGN 2018-19
HOME SCIENCE CODE NO. 064 CLASS-XI
TIME: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 70
S.
No.
Typology of Questions Learning outcomes and Testing Skills Very Short Answer (VSA)
(1 Mark)
Short Answer (SA)
(2 Marks)
Case study and picture based
(3 Marks)
Long Answer
–I (LA- I)
(4Marks)
Long Answer
–II (LA-II)
(5 Marks)
Total Marks %
Weig htage
01 Remembering- (Knowledge based Simple recall questions to know specific facts, terms, concepts, principles,or theories; Identify, define, or recite, information)  Reasoning
Analytical Skills
Critical thinking
2 2 1 1 1 18 26%
02 Understanding- (Comprehension – to be familiar with meaning and to understand conceptually, interpret, compare, contrast, explain, paraphrase information) 1 1 1 1 12 17%
03 Application (Use abstract information in concrete situation, to apply knowledge to new situations; Use given content to interpret a situation, provide an example, or solve a problem) 1 2 1 2 1 21 30%
04 High Order Thinking Skills (Analysis and Synthesis-Classify, compare, contrast, or differentiate between different pieces of information; Organize and/or integrate unique pieces of information from a variety of sources) 1 1 1 1 12 17%
05 Evaluation- (Appraise, judge, and/or justify the value or worth of a decision or outcome, or to predict outcomes) 1 1 1 7 10%
TOTAL 1×6=6 2×7=14 3×2=6 4×6=24 5×4=20 70 100%
ESTIMATED TIME 10 min. 35 min. 20 min. 50 min. 50 min. 165
min.+15min. For revision
Note: No Chapter wise weightage, care should be taken to cover all chapters.
Scheme of questions
There will be no choice in the question paper. Weightage to difficulty level of questions
S. No. Estimated difficulty Percentage
1 Easy 20
2 Average 60
3 Difficult 20
HOME SCIENCE (Code No. 064)
CLASS XII (2018 – 19) COURSE STRUCTURE (THEORY)
One Paper (Theory)                                                                                                                                                 70 Marks
Time: 3 Hours                                                                                                                                                    Periods: 220
Unit No. of periods Marks
I Human Development: Life Span Approach (Part II) 40 30
II Nutrition during life span 40
III Money Management and Consumer Education 40 35
IV Apparel: Designing, Selection and Care 40
V Community Development and Extension (Part II) 20 5
VI Career Options after Home Science Education 5
Practical 35 30
Total 220 100
Unit I:    Human Development: Life Span Approach (Part II)                                             40 Periods
A.    Adolescence (12 – 18 years)
(i)    Growth & Development – Domains and principles.
(ii)   Meaning, characteristics and needs.
(iii)  Influences on identity formation
(a)   Biological and Physical changes-early and late matures. (Role of heredity and environment)
(b)   by social, culture and media.
(c)   Emotional changes.
(d)   Cognitive changes.
(iv)  Specific issues and concerns
(a)   Eating disorders-Causes, consequences and management – Anorexia Nervosa, Bulimia.
(b)   Depression
(c)   Substance Abuse
(d)   Related to sex
(e)   Handling stress and peer pressure
B.    Adulthood:
(i)    Young & middle adulthood: Understanding and management of new responsibilities, carrier marriage and family.
(ii)   Late Adulthood/Old age:
(a)   Health and Wellness: physical, social, emotional, financial, recreational needs
(b)   Care for elderly (at home and outside – old age home)
(c)   Anger management
Unit II:   Nutrition for Self, Family and Community                                                              40 Periods
(a)   Meal  Planning:  Meaning  and  importance,  principles  and  factors  affecting  meal  planning;
Nutritional needs, food preferences and modifications of diets in different age groups: infants, children, adolescence, adults, elderly and in special conditions: pregnancy and lactation (including traditional foods given in these conditions)
(i)    Use of basic food groups (ICMR) and serving size in meal planning
(ii)   Factors influencing selection of food: culture, family food practices, media, peer group, availability of foods, purchasing power, individual preference & health.
(b)   Food safety and quality:
(i)    Safe food handling (personal, storage, kitchen, cooking and serving).
(ii)   Safety guards against food adulteration, definition and meaning of food adulteration as given by FSSAI (Food Safety and Standard Authority of India).
(iii)  Common adulterants present in cereals, pulses, milk and milk products, fats and oils, sugar, jaggery, honey, spices and condiments.
(iv)  Effects of some of the adulterants present in the foods: kesari dal, metanil yellow, argemone seeds.
(v)   Food standards (FPO, Agmark, ISI).
(c)   Therapeutic  modification  of  normal  diet  with  respect  to  consistency,  frequency,  foodstuffs,
nutrients and methods of cooking.
(d)   Modification of diet according to common ailments: diarrhoea, fever, jaundice, hypertension,
diabetes and constipation. Physiological changes, clinical symptoms, requirements and dietary requirements in each condition.
Unit III: Money Management and Consumer Education                                                      40 Periods
(a)   Family Income:
(i)    Various sources of family income: money income
real income (direct and indirect) psychic income
(ii)   Supplementing family income-need and ways; need and procedure for maintaining household accounts (daily, weekly and monthly).
(b)   Savings and Investment:
(i)    Meaning and importance of savings.
(ii)   Basis for selection of investment methods: risk, security, profit, tax saving.
(iii)  Ways/methods of investment –
Bank schemes (saving, fixed, recurring);
Post Office schemes (savings, recurring deposit, monthly income scheme, National
saving certificate, Senior citizen scheme); Insurance schemes (whole life, mediclaim);
Public Provident Fund (PPF), Provident Fund (PF).
(iv) Consumer Protection and Education: Meaning, problems faced by consumer, Consumer Protection Amendment Act (2011); Consumer aids: labels, standardization marks, (ECO Mark, Hallmark, Wool mark, Silk mark), advertising, leaflets, and Consumer redressal forum, Internet.
Unit IV: Apparel: Designing, Selection and Care                                                                   40 Periods
(i)    Application of elements of art and principles of design in designing apparel.
(ii)   Selection and purchase of fabrics- purpose, cost, season, quality, durability, ease of maintenance and comfort.
(iii)  Selection of apparel- factors influencing selection of apparel- age, size, climate, occupation, figure, occasion, fashion, drape cost and workmanship.
(iv)  Care and maintenance of clothes:
(a)   Cleansing agents: soaps and detergents (basic differences and their utility);
(b)   Stain removal – General principles of stain removal, stain removal of tea, coffee, lipstick, ball pen, Grease, Curry and Blood.
(c)   Storage of clothes.
Unit V:   Community Development and Extension (Part II)                                                  20 Periods
(i) Water safety: Safe drinking water-importance of potable water for good health, and its qualities, simple methods of making water safe for drinking; boiling, filtering (traditional and modern technology), use of alum, chlorine.
(ii)   Salient features of income generating schemes
DWCRA (Development of Women and Children in Rural Area)
MGNREGA (Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act, 2005)
Unit VI: Career Options after Home Science Education                                                       05 Periods
Career options of self and wage employment of various fields of Home Science.
HOME SCIENCE
CLASS XII (2018 – 19)
PRACTICAL                                                                                                                               Maximum Marks: 30
Periods: 35
1)  Human Development: Life Span Approach (Part II)
Activities
Identify the problems of adjustment of adolescents with the help of a tool (group activity) and make a report.
Spend a day with an aged person and observe the needs and problems. Write a report.
List and discuss at least 4 areas of agreement and disagreement of self with:-
a)     Mother b)   Father
c)     Siblings d)    Friends
e)     Teacher
2)  Nutrition for Self, Family and Community
Activities
Record one day diet of an individual and evaluate it against principles of balanced diet.
Plan a meal and modify for any one physiological condition – Fever, Diarrhoea, Constipation, Jaundice, Hypertension, Diabetes, Pregnancy, Lactations, Old age and Infants. Prepare a dish.
Identify food adulteration: using visual and chemical methods; Turmeric, Chana Dal, Bura Sugar, Milk, Tea leaves, Coriander, Black Pepper Seeds, Desi-ghee.
Prepare ORS Solution.
3)  Money Management and Consumer Education
Collect and fill savings account opening form in Post Office and Bank.
Fill up the following forms and paste in file: Withdrawal slip, Deposit slips, Draft slip and cheque (bearer of A/c payee).
Collect labels of any three products and compare them with mandatory requirements.
Prepare one label each of any three items bearing ISI, FPO, Agmark.
4)  Apparel: Designing, Selection and Care
Illustrate principles of design or elements of art on a paper or cloth and evaluate them. Removal of different types of stains: tea, coffee, curry, grease, blood, lipstick, ball pen. Examine and evaluate readymade garments for their workmanship. [at-least two]
Make sample of Hemming, Backstitch, Interlocking, and Press buttons, hooks and eye.
5)  Community Development and Extension
Visit any two places (home/restaurant/school/business centre, etc.) and observe its measure for safe drinking water and general conditions of hygiene around it.
Scheme for practical examination (Class XII)- 30 marks
1.   Unit I-Human Development: Life Span Approach (Part II)- Project Report-5 marks
2.  Unit II- Nutrition for Self, Family and Community-
a)   Plan  a  meal  and  modify and  prepare  a  dish  for  any one  physiological  condition  Fever,  Diarrhoea,
Constipation, Jaundice, Hypertension, Diabetes, Pregnancy, Lactations, Old age and Infants- 5 marks
b)   Identify food adulteration: using visual and chemical methods; Turmeric, Chana Dal, Bura Sugar, Milk, Tea leaves, Coriander, Black Pepper Seeds, Desi-ghee- 2 marks
3.   Unit III-Money Management and Consumer Education
a)   Prepare one label each of any three items bearing ISI, FPO, Agmark.- 2 marks
b)   Filling up of paying slip either to deposit cash or cheque- 2 marks
4.   Unit IV- Apparel: Designing, Selection and Care
a)   Removal of different types of stains- Tea, coffee, grease, blood, lipstick, ballpen (Any two)
OR
Readymade garment- Quality check – 2marks
b)   Make sample of hemming/backstitch/interlocking/fastener- 2marks
5.   Unit V-Community Development and Extension- Survey Report- 4 marks
6.    File- 4 marks
7.   Viva- 2marks
Reference books for teachers:
1.   Human Ecology and Family Sciences – Part I, Class- XII, NCERT Publication
2.   Human Ecology and Family Sciences – Part II, Class- XII, NCERT Publication
QUESTION PAPER DESIGN 2018-19
HOME SCIENCE CODE NO. 064 CLASS- XII
TIME: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 70
S.
No.
Typology of Questions Learning outcomes and Testing Skills Very Short Answer (VSA)
(1
Mark)
Short Answer (SA)
(2
Marks)
Case study and picture based
(3
Marks)
Long Answer
–I (LA- I)
(4
Marks)
Long Answer – II (LA-II)
(5 Marks)
Total Marks %
Weightage
01 Remembering (Knowledge based Simple recall questions, to know specific facts, terms, concepts, principles, or theories; Identify, define, or recite, information)  Reasoning
Analytical Skills
Critical thinking
2 2 1 1 1 18 26%
02 Understanding- (Comprehension – to be familiar with meaning and to understand conceptually, interpret, compare, contrast, explain, paraphrase information) 1 1 1 1 12 17%
03 Application     -(Use abstract information in concrete situation, to apply knowledge to new situations; Use given content to interpret a situation, provide an example, or solve a problem) 1 2 1 2 1 21 30%
04 High     Order Thinking Skills – (Analysis and Synthesis-Classify, compare,   contrast, or differentiate between different piecesof information; Organize and/or integrate unique pieces of information from a variety of sources) 1 1 1 1 12 17%
05 Evaluation-(Appraise, judge, and/or justify the 1 1 1 7 10%
value or worth of a decision or outcome, or to predict outcomes)
TOTAL 1×6=6 2×7=14 3×2=6 4×6=24 5×4=20 70 100%
ESTIMATED TIME 10
min.
35 min. 20 min. 50 min. 50 min. 165 min.+15 min. For revision
Note: No Chapter wise weightage, care should be taken to cover all chapters.
Scheme of questions
There will be no choice in the question paper. Weightage to difficulty level of questions
S. No. Estimated difficulty Percentage
1 Easy 20
2 Average 60
3 Difficult 20

To see the full specifications with in-depth details click here

Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) History 2018-19

CBSE Curriculum for Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) History 2018-19

Rationale
HISTORY (Code No. 027) CBSE 
(Session 2018 – 19)
Through a focus on a series of critical historical issues and debates (class XI) or on a range of important
historical sources (class XII), the students would be introduced to a set of important historical events and processes. A discussion of these themes, it is hoped, would allow students not only to know about these
events and processes, but also to discover the excitement of reading history.
Objectives:
Effort in these senior secondary classes would be to emphasize to students that history is a critical discipline, a process of enquiry, a way of knowing about the past, rather than just a collection of facts. The syllabus would help them to understand the process through which historians write history, by choosing and assembling different types of evidence, and by reading their sources critically. They will appreciate how historians follow the trails that lead to the past, and how historical knowledge develops.
The syllabus would also enable students store/relate/compare developments in different situations, analyze connections between similar processes located in different time periods, and discover the relationship between different methods of enquiry within history and the allied disciplines.
The syllabus in class XI is organized around some major themes in the world history. The themes have been selected so as to (i) focus on some important developments in different spheres-political, social, cultural and economic,(ii) study not only the grand narratives of development-urbanization, industrialization and modernization-but also to know about the processes of displacements and marginalization. Through the study of these themes students will acquire a sense of the wider historical processes as well as an idea of the specific debates around them.
The treatment of each theme in class XI would include (a) an overview of the theme under discussion,
(b) a more detailed focus on one region of study, (c) an introduction to a critical debate associated with the issue.
In class XII the focus will shift to a detailed study of some themes in ancient, medieval and modern Indian history although the attempt is to soften the distinction between what is conventionally termed as ancient, medieval and modern. The object would be to study a set of these themes in some detail and depth rather than survey the entire chronological span of Indian history. In this sense the course will be built on the knowledge that the students have acquired in the earlier classes.
Each theme in class XII will also introduce the students to one type of source for the study of history. Through such a study students would begin to see what different types of sources can reveal and what they cannot tell. They would come to know how historians analyze these sources, the problems and difficulties of interpreting each type of source, and the way a larger picture of an event, a historical process, or a historical figure, is built by looking at different types of sources.
Each theme for class XII will be organized around four sub heads: (a) a detailed overview of the events, issues and processes under discussion, (b) a summary of the present state of research on the theme, (c) an account of how knowledge about the theme has been acquired, (d) an excerpt from a primary source related to the theme, explaining how it has been used by historians.
While the themes in both these classes (XI and XII) are arranged in a broad chronological sequence, there are overlaps between them. This is intended to convey a sense that chronological divides and periodization do not always operate in a neat fashion.
In the text books each theme would be located in a specific time and place. But these discussions would
be situated within a wider context by (a) plotting the specific event within time-lines, (b) discussing the particular event or process in relation to developments in other places and other times.
CBSE CLASS–XI (2018 – 19)
Paper One Theory                                                                                             Max. Marks: 100 (80+20)
Time: 3 hours
S. No. Units Periods Marks
1. Introduction to World History 8
Section A: Early Societies 40 15
2. Introduction 7
3. From the beginning of time 18
4. Early cities 15
Section B: Empires 50 20
5. Introduction 7
6. An empire across three continents 15
7. Central Islamic lands 15
8. Nomadic Empires 13
Section C: Changing Traditions 50 20
9. Introduction 7
10. Three orders 14
11. Changing cultural traditions 15
12. Confrontation of cultures 14
Section D: Paths to Modernization 52 20
13. Introduction 7
14. The Industrial Revolution 15
15. Displacing indigenous People 15
16. Paths to modernization 15
   Map work (units 1-16 ) 10 5
   Project Work 10 20
Total 220 Periods 100 marks
CBSE Class XI: Themes in World History
Themes
Periods
Objectives
1.    Introduction to World History                   (8)
SECTION A: EARLY SOCIETIES                          (40)
2.    Introduction                                              (7)
3.    From the Beginning of Time                    (18)
Focus: Africa, Europe till 15000 BCE
(a)   Views on the origin of human beings.
(b)   Early societies.
(c)   Historians’ views on present-day gathering- hunting societies.
4.    Early Cities                                              (15)
Focus: Iraq, 3rd millennium BCE
(a)   Growth of towns.
(b)   Nature of early urban societies.
(c)   Historians’ Debate on uses of writing.
SECTION B: EMPIRES                                        (50)
5.    Introduction                                              (7)
6.    An Empire across Three Continents        (15)
Focus: Roman Empire, 27 BCE to 600 CE.
(a)   Political evolution
(b)   Economic expansion
(c)   Religio-cultural foundation
(d)   Late Antiquity.
(e)   Historians’ views on the institution of Slavery.
7.    Central Islamic Lands                              (15)
Focus: 7th to 12th centuries
(a)   Polity
(b)   Economy
(c)   Culture.
(d)   Historians’ viewpoints on the nature of the crusades.
8.    Nomadic Empires                                    (13)
Focus: the Mongol, 13th to 14th century
(a)   The nature of nomadism.
(b)   Formation of empires.
(c)   Conquests   and   relations   with   other states.
 Familiarize the learner with ways of reconstructing human evolution. Discuss whether the experience of present-day hunting-gathering people can be used to understand early societies.
Familiarize the learner with the nature of early urban Centre’s.
Discuss whether writing is significant as a marker of civilization.
Familiarize the learner with the history of a major world empire.
Discuss whether slavery was a significant element in the economy.
Familiarize the learner with the rise of Islamic empires in the Afro-Asian territories and its implications for economy and society.
Understand what the crusades meant in these regions and how they were experienced.
Familiarize the learner with the varieties of nomadic society and their institutions.
(d)   Historians’ views on nomadic societies
and state formation.
SECTION C: CHANGING TRADITIONS                 (50)
9.    Introduction                                              (7)
10.  Three Orders                                          (14)
Focus: Western Europe, 13th-16th century
(a)   Feudal society and economy.
(b)   Formation of states.
(c)   Church and Society.
(d)   Historians’ views on decline of feudalism.
11.  Changing Cultural Traditions                   (15)
Focus on Europe, 14th to 17th century.
(a)   New ideas and new trends in literature and arts.
(b)   Relationship with earlier ideas
(c)   The contribution of West Asia.
(d)   Historians’ viewpoints on the validity of the notion ‘European Renaissance’.
12.  Confrontation of Cultures                       (14)
Focus on America, 15th to 18th century.
(a)   European voyages of exploration.
(b)   Search for gold; enslavement, raids, extermination.
(c)   Indigenous people and cultures – the Arawaks, the Aztecs, the Incas.
(d)   The history of displacements.
(e)   Historians’ viewpoints on the slave trade.
SECTION D:
PATHS TO MODERNIZATION                             (52)
13.  Introduction                                              (7)
14.  The Industrial Revolution                        (15)
Focus on England, 18th and 19th century.
(a)   Innovations and technological change
(b)   Patterns of growth.
(c)   Emergence of a working class.
(d)   Historians’ viewpoints, Debate on ‘Was there an Industrial Revolution?’
15.  Displacing Indigenous People           (15) Focus on North America and Australia, I8th-20th century.
(a)   European colonists in North America and Australia.
 Discuss whether state formation is possible in nomadic societies.
Familiarize the learner with the nature of the economy and society of this period and the changes within them.
Show how the debate on the decline of feudalism helps in understanding processes of transition.
Explore the intellectual trends in the period.
Familiarize students with the paintings and buildings of the period
Introduce the debate around the idea of ‘Renaissance’.
Discuss changes in the European economy that led to the voyages.
Discuss the implications of the conquests for the indigenous people.
Explore the debate on the nature of the slave trade and see what this debate tells us about the meaning of these “discoveries”.
Understand the nature of growth in the period and its limits.
Initiate students to the debate on the idea of industrial revolution.
Sensitize students to the processes of displacements that accompanied  the development of America and Australia.
(b)   Formation of white settler societies.
(c)   Displacement and repression of local people.
(d) Historians’ viewpoints on the impact of European settlement on indigenous population.
16.  Paths to Modernization*                          (15)
Focus on East Asia, late 19th and 20th century.
(a)   Militarization and economic growth in Japan.
(b)   China and the Communist alternative.
(c)   Historians’ Debate on the meaning of modernization
(NOTE*: Keeping in view the importance of both the themes i.e. Japan and China, it is advised that both must be taught in the schools)
17.  Map Work on Units 1-16                          (10)
 Understand the implications of such processes for the displaced populations.
Make students aware that transformation in the modern world takes many different forms.
Show how notions like ‘modernization’ need to be critically assessed.
18.  Project work –                                                                                                               (10) periods
Please refer Circular separately for guidelines. Project work will help students:
To develop skill to gather data from a variety of sources, investigate diverse viewpoints and arrive at logical deductions.
To develop skill to comprehend, analyze, interpret, evaluate historical evidence and understand the limitation of historical evidence.
To develop 21st century managerial skills of co-ordination, self-direction and time management.
To learn to work on diverse cultures, races, religions and lifestyles.
To learn through constructivism-a theory based on observation and scientific study.     To inculcate a spirit of inquiry and research.
To communicate data in the most appropriate form using a variety of techniques.     To provide greater opportunity for interaction and exploration.
To understand contemporary issues in context to our past.
To develop a global perspective and an international outlook.
To grow into caring, sensitive individuals capable of making informed, intelligent and independent choices.
To develop lasting interest in history discipline.
History: Project Work
Class XI (2018-19)
List of Few Suggestive Topics for Projects
1.         Anthropological Research based on Darwin’s Theory
2.         Critique of the industrialization in Britain
3.         Relations and impacts of past crusades
4.         Making and unmaking of Mesopotamia
5.         Paradigms of Greco-Roman civilization
6.         Aspirations of women in Renaissance period
7.         Paths to Modernization of Japan / China
8.         An Exploratory study into Humanism
9.         Piecing together the past of Genghis Khan
10.       An in depth study into “now and then” paradigm of Christianity
11.       An exploratory study into the realism and the transmission of Humanistic ideas
12.       Scientific Revolution and the origins of modern science
13.       An exploratory study into the making of America
14.       Myriad Realms of Slavery in ancient, medieval and modern world
15.       Learning about global Sufism
16.       History of aborigines – America / Australia
QUESTION PAPER DESIGN(2018 – 19)
HISTORY                                                          Code No. 027
Class- XI
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 80
S.
No.
Typology of Questions Learning outcomes and Testing Competen cies V.
Short Answer
-(2
Marks)
Short Answer
– (4
Marks)
Passage Based
-(5Marks)
Long Answer
-(8
Marks)
Map Wor k
-(5
Marks)
Marks %
Weightage (Approx.)
1 Remembering- (Knowledge based simple recall questions, to know specific facts, terms, concepts, principles, or theories; Identify, define, or list/ state the information) Reaso ning Analyt ical Skills
Map identificatio n skills , etc.
1 1 1 14 17%
2 Understanding- (Comprehension
–to be familiar with meaning and to understand conceptually, interpret,  compare, discuss, contrast, explain, clarify, paraphrase information)
1 1 1 1 19 24%
3 Application- (Use abstract information in concrete situation, to apply knowledge to new situations; Use given content to interpret a situation, provide an example, or solve a problem) 1 1 1 1 19 24%
4 High Order Thinking Skills- (Analysis & Synthesis- Classify, Apply, solve, compare, contrast, or differentiate between different pieces of information; Organize and/or integrate unique pieces of information from a variety of sources) 1 1 1 1 19 24%
5 Evaluation- (Appraise, Argue, judge, support, critique, and/or justify the value or worth of a decision or outcome, or to predict outcomes) 1 4 5%
6. Map skill based question- Identification, location, significance. 1* 5 6%
Total 4×2=8 5×4=20 3×5= 15 4×8=32 1×5=5 80 100%
*1 Map question of 5 marks having 5 items carrying 1 mark each.
I.   Weightage to content
Section A: Early Societies 15 Marks
Section B : Empires 20 Marks
Section C: Changing Traditions 20 Marks
Section D: Paths to Modernization 20 Marks
Map Work Unit 1- 16 5 Marks
Project Work 20 marks
Accordingly teacher can reduce weightage of the corresponding sections
Total 100 Marks
II.  Weightage to Difficulty level
Estimated Difficulty Level Percentage
(i) Easy (E) 30%
(ii) Average (AV) 50%
(iii) Difficult (D) 20%
Scheme of Option: No internal choice except for blind students.
III.  Division of Question Paper
The Question paper will be divided into A, B, C, D and E.
Part A will carry 4 very short answer questions of 2 marks each.
Part B will carry 5 short answer questions of 4 marks each. (Note: Value based question will not be asked)
Part C will carry 4 long questions of 8 marks each (word limit ‘350’).
Part D will carry 3 passage-based questions. The number of questions will be three, carrying 5 marks each (no internal choice). The passages will be taken from the textbooks as directed therein.
Part E will have 1 map question of 5 marks. Items covered are ‘Identification and Location’.
IV. Scheme of Option
Part A will have no choice.
Part B will have 5 questions from all the four sections, out of which the student will attempt any 4 questions. (from 4 sections of the book).
Part C will carry four long answer questions. The number of questions will be 5 carrying 8 marks each. (Each question, from four sections). Student will have to answer any four questions.
Part D will be passage-based questions. There will be THREE passages, ONE from each section followed
by questions. There will be no internal choice.
In Part E, there will be one map question -Test items will be ‘identification and significance’.
V.  Weightage of marks section-wise
VSA
2 Marks
SA
4 Marks
Passage Based Long Answer Map Questions Total
Section A: Early Societies 2(1) 4(1) 8(1) 14 Marks
Section B: Empires 2(1) 4(1) 5(1) 8(1) 19 Marks
Section C: Changing Traditions 2(1) 4(1) 5(1) 8(1) 19 Marks
Section D: Paths to Modernization 2(1) 4(1)
4(1)
5(1) 8(1) 19 Marks
+4=23
Map Work Unit 1- 16 5(1) 5 Marks
Project Work – 20 marks
4×2=8 5×4=20 5×3=15 8×4=32 5×1=5 (80+20=100)
HISTORY (Code No. 027)
Class XII – Syllabus (2018-19)
Paper One Theory                                                                                                 Max Marks: 100(80+20)
Units Periods Marks
Themes in Indian History Part-I
Units 1 – 4
55 25
Themes in Indian History Part-II
Units 5 – 9
65 25
Themes in Indian History Part-III
Units 10 – 15
80 25
Unit 16 : Map Work 10 05
Project work 10 20
220 100
Class XII: Themes in Indian History
Themes Objectives
PART – I
1.  The Story of the First Cities: Harappan Archaeology.                                           (13)
Broad overview: Early urban centres.
Story of discovery: Harappan civilization
Excerpt: Archaeological report on a major site.
Discussion: How it has been utilized by archaeologists/historians.
2.   Political and Economic History: How       (14) Inscriptions tell a story.
Broad overview: Political and economic history from the Mauryan to the Gupta period.
Story of discovery: Inscriptions and the decipherment of the script. Shifts in the understanding of political and economic history.
Excerpt: Asokan inscription and Gupta period land grant.
Discussion: Interpretation of inscriptions by historians.
3.  Social Histories: Using the Mahabharata (14)
   Familiarize the learner with early urban centres as economic and social institutions.
Introduce the ways in which new data can lead to a revision of existing notions of history.
Illustrate steps of making archaeological reports.
Familiarize the learner with major trends in the political and economic history of the subcontinent.
Introduce inscriptional analysis and the ways in which these have shaped the understanding of political and economic processes.
Familiarize the learner with issues in social history.
Broad overview: Issues in social history,
including caste, class, kinship and gender.
Story    of    discovery:    Transmission    and publications of the Mahabharata.
Excerpt: from the Mahabharata, illustrating how it has been used by historians.
Discussion: Other sources for reconstructing social history.
4.   A History of Buddhism: Sanchi Stupa       (14) Broad overview:
(a) A brief review of religious histories of Vedic religion, Jainism, Vaishnavism, Saivism.
(b) Focus on Buddhism.
Story of discovery: Sanchi stupa
Excerpt: Reproduction of sculptures from Sanchi.
Discussion: Ways in which sculpture has been interpreted by historians, other sources for reconstructing the history of Buddhism.
PART-II
5.   Medieval Society through Travelers’        (13) Accounts
Broad overview:
Outline of social and cultural life as they appear in travelers’ accounts.
Story of their writings: A discussion of where they travelled, why they travelled, what they wrote, and for whom they wrote.
Excerpts: from Alberuni, Ibn Batuta, Bernier.
Discussion: What these travel accounts can tell us and how they have been interpreted by historians.
6.  Religious Histories: The Bhakti-Sufi Tradition (13)
Broad overview:
(a) Outline of religious developments during this period.
(b) Ideas and practices of the Bhakti-Sufi saints.
Story   of   Transmission:   How   Bhakti-Sufi compositions have been preserved.
Excerpt: Extracts from selected Bhakti-Sufi works.
 Introduce strategies of textual analysis and their use in reconstructing social history.
Discuss  the  major  religious  developments  in early India.
Introduce strategies of visual analysis and their use in reconstructing histories of religion.
Familiarize the learner with the salient features of social histories described by the travelers.
Discuss how travelers’ accounts can be used as sources of social history.
Familiarize     the     learner     with     religious developments.
Discuss ways of analyzing devotional literature as sources of history.
Discussion: Ways in which these have been interpreted by historians.
7.   New Architecture: Hampi                        (13) Broad overview:
(a)  Outline     of     new     buildings     during Vijayanagar period-temples, forts, irrigation facilities.
(b) Relationship between architecture and the political system.
Story of Discovery: Account of how Hampi was found.
Excerpt: Visuals of buildings at Hampi
Discussion: Ways in which historians have analyzed and interpreted these structures.
8.   Agrarian Relations: The Ain-i- Akbari       (13) Broad overview:
(a) Structure of agrarian relations in the 16th and 17th centuries.
(b) Patterns of change over the period.
Story    of    Discovery:    Account    of    the compilation and translation of Ain-i-Akbari.
Excerpt: from the Ain-i-Akbari
Discussion: Ways in which historians have used the text to reconstruct history.
9.   The Mughal Court: Reconstructing           (13) Histories through Chronicles
Broad overview:
(a) Outline of political history 15th-17th centuries.
(b) Discussion   of   the   Mughal   court   and politics.
Story of Discovery: Account of the production of court chronicles, and their subsequent translation and transmission.
Excerpts:     from     the     Akbarnama     and Padshahnama.
Discussion: Ways in which historians have used the texts to reconstruct political histories.
   Familiarize the learner with the new buildings that were built during the time.
Discuss the ways in which architecture can be analyzed to reconstruct history.
Discuss developments in agrarian relations.
Discuss how to supplement official documents with other sources.
Familiarize   the   learner   with   the    major landmarks in political history.
Show how chronicles and other sources are used to reconstruct the histories of political institutions.
PART – III                                          ( Periods 80)
10. Colonialism and Rural Society: Evidence from Official Reports                                       (13)
Broad overview:
(a) Life of zamindars, peasants and artisans in the late 18th century
(b) East India Company, revenue settlements and surveys.
(c)  Changes over the nineteenth century.
Story of official records: An account of why official investigations into rural societies were undertaken and the types of records and reports produced.
Excerpts: From Firminger’s Fifth Report, Accounts of Frances Buchanan-Hamilton, and Deccan Riots Report.
Discussion: What the official records tell and do not tell, and how they have been used by historians.
11. Representations of 1857                         (13) Broad overview:
(a) The events of 1857-58.
(b) How these events were recorded and narrated.
Focus: Lucknow.
Excerpts: Pictures of 1857. Extracts from contemporary accounts.
Discussion: How the pictures of 1857 shaped British opinion of what had happened.
12. Colonialism and Indian Towns:                (13) Town Plans and Municipal Reports
Broad overview: The growth of Mumbai, Chennai, hill stations and cantonments in the 18th and 19th centuries.
Excerpts: Photographs and paintings. Plans of cities. Extract from town plan reports. Focus on Kolkata town planning.
Discussion: How the above sources can  be used to reconstruct the history of towns. What these sources do not reveal.
   Discuss   how   colonialism affected zamindars, peasants and artisans.
Comprehend the problems and limits of using official sources for understanding the lives of people.
Discuss  how  the  events  of  1857  are  being reinterpreted.
Discuss  how  visual  material  can  be  used  by historians.
Familiarize  the  learner  with  the  history  of modern urban centres.
Discuss how  urban histories can be written by drawing on different types of sources.
13. Mahatma Gandhi through Contemporary (13) Eyes
Broad overview:
(a) The Nationalist Movement 1918 – 48.
(b) The nature of Gandhian politics and leadership.
Focus: Mahatma Gandhi in 1931.
Excerpts: Reports from English and Indian language newspapers and other contemporary writings.
Discussion: How newspapers can be a source of history.
14. Partition through Oral Sources                (14) Broad overview:
(a) The history of the 1940s.
(b) Nationalism, Communalism and Partition. Focus: Punjab and Bengal.
Excerpts: Oral testimonies of those who experienced partition.
Discussion: Ways in which these have been analyzed to reconstruct the history of the event.
15. The Making of the Constitution                (14) Broad overview:
(a) Independence and the new nation state.
(b) The making of the Constitution.
Focus: The Constitutional Assembly debates.
Excerpts: from the debates.
Discussion: What such debates reveal and how they can be analyzed.
16. Map Work on Units 1-15                         (10)
   Familiarize the learner with significant elements of the Nationalist Movement and the nature of Gandhian leadership.
Discuss how Gandhi was perceived by different groups.
Discuss how historians need to read and interpret newspapers, diaries and letters as historical source.
Discuss the last decade of the national movement, the growth of communalism and the story of partition.
Understand the events through the experience of those who lived through these years of communal violence.
Show the possibilities and limits of oral sources.
Familiarize students with the history of the early years after independence.
Discuss how the founding ideals of the new nation state were debated and formulated.
Understand how such debates and discussions can be read by historians.
17. Project Work                                                                                                                (10 periods)
Please refer Circular for project work guidelines.
Project work will help students:
To develop skill to gather data from a variety of sources, investigate diverse viewpoints and arrive at logical deductions.
To develop skill to comprehend, analyze, interpret, evaluate historical evidence and understand the limitation of historical evidence.
To develop 21st century managerial skills of co-ordination, self-direction and time management.     To learn to work on diverse cultures, races, religions and lifestyles.
To learn through constructivism-a theory based on observation and scientific study.     To inculcate a spirit of inquiry and research.
To communicate data in the most appropriate form using a variety of techniques.     To provide greater opportunity for interaction and exploration.
To understand contemporary issues in context to our past.
To develop a global perspective and an international outlook.
To grow into caring, sensitive individuals capable of making informed, intelligent and independent choices.
To develop lasting interest in history discipline.
History Project Work
Class XII
Few Suggestive topics for Project Work (Examples)
1.   The mysteries behind the mound of dead – Mohenjo-Daro
2.   An In-depth study to understand Spiritual Archaeology in the Sub-Continent
3.   Buddha’s Path to Enlightenment
4.   Insight and Reflection of Bernier’s notions of The Mughal Empire
5.   An exploratory study to know the women who created history
6.   “Mahatma Gandhi” – A legendary soul
7.   To reconstruct the History of Vijaynagar through the Archaeology of Hampi
8.   The emerald city of Colonial Era – BOMBAY
9.   Vision of unity behind the first war of Independence
10.    Divine Apostle of Guru Nanak Dev
11.    Help, Humanity and Sacrifices during Partition
12.    Glimpses inside Mughals Imperials Household
13.    The process behind the framing of the Indian Constitution
14.    The ‘Brahm Nirupam’ of Kabir – A journey to Ultimate Reality
HISTORY (027)
Class XII (2018-19)
Design of the Question Paper
Paper One Theory                                                                                     (QP 80 + 20 Project)=100 Marks
Units Periods Marks
Themes in Indian History Part-I
Units 1 – 4
55 25
Themes in Indian History Part-II
Units 5 – 9
65 25
Themes in Indian History Part-III
Units 10 – 15
80 25
Units 1- 16 : Map Work 10 5
Project Work 10 20
220 100
HISTORY QUESTION PAPER DESIGN (2018-19)
Code No. 027
Class- XII
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 80
S.
No
Typology of Questions Learning outcomes and Testing Competenci es V. Short Answer
-(2
Marks)
Short Answer
– (4
Marks)
Source Based
-(7
Marks)
Long Answer
-(8
Marks)
Map Wor k
-(5
Marks)
Marks %
Weightage
1 Remembering- (Knowledge based simple recall questions, to know specific facts, terms, concepts, principles, or theories; Identify, define, list, state the information) Reasoning Analytic al Skills
Map identific- ation skills, etc.
1 1 1 14 18%
2 Understanding- (Comprehension
–to be familiar with meaning and to understand conceptually, interpret, compare, contrast, explain, discuss, clarify, paraphrase information)
1 1 1 1 21 26%
3 Application- (Use abstract information in concrete situation, to apply knowledge to new situations; Use given content to interpret a situation, apply, solve, demonstrate, provide  an example, or solve a problem) 2 1 1 15 19%
4 High Order Thinking Skills- (Analysis & Synthesis- Classify, compare,  contrast, or differentiate between different pieces of information; Organize and/or integrate unique pieces of information from a variety of sources) 1 1 1 1 21 26%
5 Evaluation- (Appraise, judge, and/or justify the value or worth of a decision or outcome, or to predict outcomes) 1 4 5%
6. Map skill based questions- Identification, location, significance) 1* 5 6%
One Two Each Each
from from theme theme
each each one one
book book question question
Total 3×2=6 6×4=24 3×7= 21 3×8=24 1×5 =5 80 100%
Note: Each source based question, will have three questions with marks ranging from 1 – 3.
*1 Map question of 5 marks having 5 items carrying 1 mark each.
I.       Weightage to content
Themes in Indian History (Part I) 25 Marks
Themes in Indian History (Part II) 25 Marks
Themes in Indian History (Part III) 25 Marks
Map Work 5 Marks
Project work 20 marks
Total 100 Marks
II.      Weightage to Difficulty level
Estimated Difficulty Level Percentage
(i)    Easy (E) 30%
(ii) Average (AV) 50%
(iii) Difficult (D) 20%
Scheme of Option: No internal choice except for blind students.
III.     Division of Question Paper
The Question paper will be divided into A, B, C, D and E.
Part A will carry 3 very short answer questions of 2 marks each. Part B will carry 6 short answer questions of 4 marks each.
(No change in the syllabus)
Part C will carry 3 long answer questions of 8 marks each (word limit ‘350’ with internal choice, each from respective book).
Part D will carry three source -based questions. The number of questions will be three, carrying 7 marks each (no internal choice). The sources will be taken from the textbooks as directed therein.
Part E will have 1 map question of 5 marks. Items covered are Identification and Location.
IV.     Scheme of Option
Part A will have no choice.
Part B will have 6 questions from all the three books, out of which the student will attempt any 5 questions. (From 3 books) (Note: Value based question will not be asked)
Part C will carry three Long Answer Questions. The number of questions will be 3, carrying 8 marks each. (Each question from three themes, with Internal Choice).
Part D will be Source-Based Questions. There will be THREE sources, ONE from each book followed by questions. There will have “no internal choice”.
In Part E, there will be one Map Question -Test items will be ‘Identification’ and Location.
There is no change in the list of Maps.
V.     Weightage of Marks Book-wise
VSA           SA         Source        Map 2 marks    4 marks      based        work
7 marks    5 Marks
Long answer 8 marks Total
Book I (Ancient India)                         2(1 )           4+4           7(1 ) 8(1) 25
Book II (Medieval India)                       2(1 )           4+4           7(1 ) 8(1) 25
Book III (Modern India)                        2(1 )           4+4           7(1 ) 8(1) 25
Map Work 5×1 5
Project work – 20
2×3=6       4×6= 24      7×3= 21          5 8×3=24 100
LIST OF MAPS
Book 1
1. P-2. Mature Harappan sites: Harappa, Banawali, Kalibangan, Balakot, Rakhigarhi, Dholavira, Nageshwar, Lothal, Mohenjodaro, Chanhudaro, Kot Diji.
2. P-30. Mahajanapada and cities :
Vajji, Magadha, Kosala, Kuru, Panchala, Gandhara, Avanti, Rajgir, Ujjain, Taxila, Varanasi.
3. P-33. Distribution of Ashokan inscriptions:
(i)     Kushanas, Shakas, Satavahanas, Vakatakas, Guptas
(ii)    Cities/towns: Mathura, Kannauj, Puhar, Braghukachchha
(iii)   Pillar inscriptions – Sanchi, Topra, Meerut Pillar and Kaushambi.
(iv)    Kingdom of Cholas, Cheras and Pandyas.
4. P-43. Important kingdoms and towns:
(i)     Kushanas, Shakas, Satavahanas, Vakatakas, Guptas
(ii)    Cities/towns: Mathura, Kanauj, Puhar, Braghukachchha, Shravasti, Rajgir, Vaishali, Varanasi, Vidisha
5. P-95. Major Buddhist Sites:
Nagarjunakonda, Sanchi, Amaravati, Lumbini, Nasik, Bharhut, BodhGaya, Shravasti, Ajanta.
Book 2
1. P-174. Bidar, Golconda, Bijapur, Vijayanagar, Chandragiri, Kanchipuram, Mysore, Thanjavur, Kolar, Tirunelveli, Quilon
2. P-214. Territories under Babur, Akbar and Aurangzeb: Delhi, Agra, Panipat, Amber, Ajmer, Lahore, Goa.
Book 3
1. P-297. Territories/cities under British Control in 1857:
Punjab, Sindh, Bombay, Madras Fort St. David, Masulipatam, Berar, Bengal, Bihar,
Orissa, Avadh, Surat, Calcutta, Daccan, Chitagong, Patna, Benaras, Allahabad and Lucknow.
2. P-305. Main centres of the Revolt of 1857:
Delhi,  Meerut,  Jhansi,  Lucknow,  Kanpur,  Azamgarh,  Calcutta,  Benaras,  Gwalior, Jabalpur, Agra, Avadh.
3. P-305. Important centres of the National Movement:
Champaran, Kheda, Ahmedabad, Benaras, Amritsar, Chauri Chaura, Lahore, Bardoli, Dandi, Bombay (Quit India Resolution), Karachi.
Prescribed Books:
1.   Themes in World History, Class XI, Published by NCERT
2.   Themes in Indian History, Part I, Class XII, Published by NCERT
3.   Themes in Indian History Part-II, Class XII, Published by NCERT
4.   Themes in Indian History Part-III, Class XII, Published by NCERT
Note: The above textbooks are also available in Hindi medium.

To see the full specifications with in-depth details click here

Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Hindi Elective 2018-19

CBSE Curriculum for Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Hindi Elective 2018-19

ह दी (ऐच्छिक) कोड सख्िं
या – 002
प्रस्तावना :
कक्षा 11व िं – 12व िं (2018-19)
उच्चतर माध्यममक स्तर में प्रवेश लेने वाला ववद्यार्थी पहली बार सामान्य मशक्षा से ववशषे
अनशु
ासन
की मशक्षा की ओर उन्मखु
होता है। दस वषों में ववद्यार्थी भाषा के कौशलों से पररचचत हो जाता है।
भाषा और साहहत्य के स्तर पर उसका दायरा अब घर, पास-पडोस, स्कू ल, प्राांत और देश से होता हुआ
धीरे-धीरे ववश्व तक फै ल जाता है। वह इस उम्र में पहुुँच चकु
ा है कक देश की साांस्कृ ततक, सामाजजक,
राजनीततक और आचर्थकि
समस्याओां पर ववचार-ववमशि कर सके , एक जज म्मेदार नागररक की तरह
अपनी जज  म्मदे
ाररयों को समझ सके तर्था देश और खुद को सही हदशा दे सकने में भाषा की ताकत
को पहचान सके । ऐसे दृढ़ भावषक और वचाररक आधार के सार्थ जब ववद्यार्थी आता है तो उसे ववमशि
की भाषा के ऱप में हहदी की व्यापक समझ और प्रयोग में दक्ष बनाना सबसे पहला उद् देश्य होगा।
ककशोरावस्र्था से यवु
ावस्र्था के इस नाजुक मोड पर ककसी भी ववषय का चुनाव करते समय बच्चे और
उनके अमभभावक इस बात को लेकर सबसे अचधक चचततत रहते हैं कक चयतनत ववषय उनके भावी
कै ररयर और जीववका के अवसरों में मदद करेगा कक नहीां। इस उम्र के  ववद्याचर्थयि
ों में चचतन और
तनर्यि
करने की प्रवजृ त्त भी प्रबल होती है। इसी आधार पर वे अपने मानमसक, सामाजजक, बौद् चधक
और भावषक ववकास के प्रतत भी सचेत होते हैं और अपने भावी अध्ययन की हदशा तय करते हैं। इस
स्तर पर ऐजच्िक हहदां
ी का अध्ययन एक सजृ
नात्मक, साहहजत्यक, साांस्कृ ततक और ववमभन्न प्रयजु ततयों
की भाषा के ऱप में होगा। इस बात पर भी बल हदया जाएगा कक तनरांतर ववकमसत होती हहदां
अखखल भारतीय स्वऱप से बच्चे का ररश्ता बन सके ।
ी के
इस स्तर पर ववद्याचर्थयि
ों में भाषा के मलखखत प्रयोग के सार्थ-सार्थ उसके मौखखक प्रयोग की कु शलता
और दक्षता का ववकास भी जऱरी है। प्रयास यह भी होगा कक ववद्यार्थी अपने बबखरे हुए ववचारों और
भावों की सहज और मौमलक अमभव्यजतत की क्षमता हामसल कर सके ।
इस पाठ्यक्रम के अध्ययन से :
1.        ववद्यार्थी अपनी रचच और आवश्यकता के अनऱु
जारी रख सकें गे।
प साहहत्य का गहन और ववशषे
अध्ययन
2.      ववश्वववद्यालय स्तर पर तनधािररत हहदी-साहहत्य से सबां
स्र्थावपत कर सकें गे।
चधत पाठ्यक्रम के सार्थ सहज सबां
धां
3.          लेखन-कौशल के व्यावहाररक और सजृ
नात्मक ऱपों की अमभव्यजतत में सक्षम हो सकें गे।
4.        रोजगार के ककसी भी क्षेत्र में जाने पर भाषा का प्रयोग प्रभावी ढांग से कर सकें गे।
5      यह पाठ्यक्रम ववद्यार्थी को सचार तर्था प्रकाशन जैसे ववमभन्न-क्षत्रे
करने का अवसर प्रदान कर सकता है।
ों में अपनी क्षमता व्यतत
उद्देश्य :
·      सजृ
नात्मक साहहत्य की सराहना, उसका आनदां
उठाना और उसके प्रतत सजृ
नात्मक और
आलोचनात्मक दृजटि का ववकास करना।
·    साहहत्य की ववववध ववधाओां (कववता, कहानी,   तनबधां
आहद), महत्त्वपर्ू
ि कववयों  और
रचनाकारों, प्रमखु
धाराओां और शमै लयों का पररचय कराना।
·      भाषा की सजृ
नात्मक बारीककयों और व्यावहाररक प्रयोगों का बोध तर्था सदां
भि और समय के
अनसु
ार प्रभावशाली ढांग से उसकी मौखखक और मलखखत अमभव्यजतत करना।
·   ववमभन्न ज्ञानानशु
का बोध कराना।
ासनों के ववमशि की भाषा के ऱप में हहदां
ी की ववमशटि प्रकृ तत एवां क्षमता
·    साहहत्य की प्रभावशाली क्षमता का उपयोग करते हुए सभी प्रकार की ववववधताओां (धम,ि
जातत, मलगां
, वग,ि
भाषा आहद) एवां अतरों के प्रतत सकारात्मक और सवदनशील व्यवहार का
ववकास करना।
·    देश-ववदेश में प्रचमलत हहदी के ऱपों से पररचचत कराना।
·     सचार-माध्यमों (वप्रिां
और इलेतरॉतनक) में प्रयतु
त हहदां
ी की प्रकृ तत से अवगत कराना और
नवीन ववचधयों के प्रयोग की क्षमता का ववकास करना।
·     साहहत्य की व्यापक धारा के बीच रखकर ववमशटि रचनाओां का ववश्लेषर् और वववेचन करने की क्षमता हामसल करना।
·   ववपरीत पररजस्र्थततयों में भी भाषा का इस्तमाल शाांतत के सार्थ करना।
·      अमतू
ि ववषयों पर प्रयतु
त भाषा का ववकास और कल्पनाशीलता और मौमलक चचतां
न के मलए
प्रयोग करना।
शिक्षण-यच्ु ततयााँ :
इन कक्षाओां में उचचत वातावरर्-तनमािर् में अध्यापकों की भमू मका सदैव सहायक की होनी चाहहए। उनको भाषा और साहहत्य की पढ़ाई में इस बात पर ध्यान देने की जऱरत होगी कक-
·   कक्षा का वातावरर् सवादात्मक हो ताकक अध्यापक, ववद्यार्थी और पस्ु
ररश्ता बन सके ।
·    गलत से सही की ओर पहुुँचने का प्रयास हो। यानी बच्चों को स्वतत्रां
तक तीनों के बीच एक
ऱप से बोलने, मलखने
और पढ़ने हदया जाए और कफर उनसे होने वाली भलू
ों की पहचान करा कर अध्यापक अपनी
पढ़ाने की शली में पररवतनि
करे।
·  ऐसे मशक्षर्-बबदां ओु
ां की पहचान की जाए, जजससे कक्षा में ववद्यार्थी की सकक्रय भागीदारी रहे
और अध्यापक भी उनका सार्थी बना रहे।
·   मभन्न क्षमता वाले ववद्याचर्थयि
ों के मलए उपयतु
त मशक्षर्-सामग्री का इस्तमाल ककया जाए तर्था
ककसी भी प्रकार से उन्हें अन्य ववद्याचर्थयि
ों से कमतर या अलग न समझा जाए।
·   कक्षा में अध्यापक को हर प्रकार की ववमभन्नताओां (मलगां
,  धम,ि
जातत, वगि आहद) के  प्रतत
सकारात्मक और सवेदनशील वातावरर् तनममति
करना चाहहए।
·    सजृ
नात्मकता के अभ्यास के मलए ववद्यार्थी से साल में कम से कम दो रचनाएुँ मलखवाई
जाएुँ।
श्रवण तथा वाचन परीक्षा ेतु हदिा ननदेि
श्रवण (सनु
ना) : वखर्ति
या पहठत सामग्री को सनु
कर अर्थग्रि
हर् करना, वातािलाप करना, वाद-
वववाद, भाषर्, कववतापाठ आहद को सनु
को समझना।
कर समझना, मल्ू
याांकन करना और अमभव्यजतत के ढांग
वाचन (बोलना) : भाषर्, सस्वर कववता-पाठ, वातािलाप और उसकी औपचाररकता, कायक्रम-
प्रस्ततु त, कर्था-कहानी अर्थवा घिना सनु
ाना, पररचय देना, भावानकु
ूल सवां
ाद-वाचन।
हिप्पण : वातािलाप की दक्षताओां का मल्ू
याकां
न तनरांतरता के आधार पर परीक्षा के समय ही
होगा। तनधािररत 10 अकों में से 5 श्रवर् (सनु
ना) कौशल के मल्ू
याांकन के मलए और 5  वाचन
(बोलना) कौशल के मल्ू
याांकन के मलए होंगे।
श्रवण (सनु
ना) कौिल का मलू
यािंकन :
·   परीक्षक ककसी प्रासचां गक ववषय पर एक  अनच्ु
िे द का स्पटि वाचन करेगा। अनच्ु
िे द
तथ्यात्मक या सझु
या
ावात्मक हो सकता है। अनच्ु
िे द लगभग 250 शब्दों का होना चाहहए।
परीक्षक 2-3 ममनि का श्रव्य अशां
(ऑडियो जतलप) सनु
वाएगा। अशां
रोचक होना चाहहए ।
कथ्य/घिना पर्ू
ि एवां स्पटि होनी चाहहए। वाचक का उच्चारर् शद्ु
ध, स्पटि एवां ववराम
चचह्नों के उचचत प्रयोग सहहत होना चाहहए।
·    अध्यापक को सनु
हल कर सकें गे।
त-े सनु
ते परीक्षार्थी अलग कागज़ पर हदए हुए श्रवर् बोध के अभ्यासों को
·  अभ्यास ररततस्र्थान-पतू त,ि
सकते हैं।
बहुववकल्पी अर्थवा सत्य/असत्य का चुनाव आहद ववधाओां में  हो
·  अतत लघत्ू तरात्मक 5 प्रश्न पिू
ेजाएुँगे।                                  (1×5 =5)
मौखिक अशिव्यच्तत (बोलना) का मलू
यािंकन :
·    चचत्रों के  क्रम पर आधाररत वर्न : इस भाग में अपेक्षा की जाएगी कक ववद्यार्थी
वववरर्ात्मक भाषा का प्रयोग करें।
·  ककसी चचत्र का वर्नि
: चचत्र व्यजतत या स्र्थान के हो सकते हैं।
·   ककसी तनधािररत ववषय पर बोलना : जजससे ववद्यार्थी अपने व्यजततगत  अनभु
प्रत्यास्मरर् कर सकें ।
व का
·    कोई कहानी सनु
ाना या ककसी घिना का वर्नि
करना।
·    पररचय देना।                                                             2
अकां
(स् /  पररवार/  वातावरर्/  वस्त/ु
व्यजतत/ पयािवरर्/ कवव /लेखक आहद)
·   कु ल तीन प्रश्न पिू
ेजा सकते हैं।                                          1×3=3
हिप्पण :
1. परीक्षर् से पवू
ि परीक्षार्थी को तयै
ारी के मलए कु ि समय हदया जाए।
2. वववरर्ात्मक भाषा में वतमान काल का प्रयोग अपेक्षक्षत है।
3. तनधािररत ववषय परीक्षार्थी के अनभु
व-जगत के हों। जैसे – कोई चुिकु ला या हास्य प्रसगां I
4. हाल में पढ़ी पस्ु
तक या देखे हुए चलचचत्र (मसनेमा) की कहानी सनु
ाना।
5. जब परीक्षार्थी बोलना आरांभ करे तो परीक्षक कम से कम हस्तक्षेप करें।
कौिलों के अतिं
रण का मलू
यािंकन
(इस बात का तनश्चय करना कक तया ववद्यार्थी में श्रवर् और वाचन की तनम्नमलखखत योग्यताएुँ हैं।)
श्रवण (सनु ना) वाचन (बोलना)
1 पररचचत सदभों में प्रयतु त शब्दों और पदों को 1 के वल अलग-अलग शब्दों और पदों के प्रयोग
समझने की सामान्य योग्यता है ककां तु वह की योग्यता प्रदमशति  करता है ककां तु एक
ससु बां द्ध आशय को नहीां समझ पाता। ससु बां द्ध स्तर पर नहीां बोल सकता।
2 िोिे ससु बां द् ध कर्थनों को पररचचत सदभों में 2 पररचचत सदभों में के वल िोिे ससु बां द्ध कर्थनों
समझने की योग्यता है। का सीममत शद्ु धता से प्रयोग करता है।
3 पररचचत या अपररचचत दोनों सदभों में कचर्थत 3 अपेक्षाकृ त दीघि भाषर् में अचधक जहिल
सचू ना को स्पटि समझने की योग्यता है। कर्थनों के प्रयोग की योग्यता प्रदमशति करता
है, अभी भी कु ि अशद्ु चधयाुँ करता है, जजससे
प्रेषर् में रकावि आती है।
4 दीघि कर्थनों की शखांृ ला को पयािप्त शद्ु धता 4 अपररचचत जस्र्थततयों में ववचारों को ताककि क
से समझने के ढांग और तनटकषि तनकाल ढांग से सगहठत कर धारा-प्रवाह ऱप में प्रस्ततु
सकने की योग्यता है। करता है। ऐसी गलततयाुँ करता है जजनसे
प्रेषर् में रकावि नहीां आती।
5 जहिल कर्थनों के ववचार-बबदां ओु ां को समझने 5 उद् देश्य और श्रोता के मलए उपयतु त शलै ी को
की योग्यता प्रदमशति करने की क्षमता है। वह अपना सकता है, ऐसा करते समय वह के वल
उद् देश्य  के अनकु ू ल  सनु ने  की  कु शलता मामलू ी गलततयाुँ करता है।
प्रदमशति करता है।
पररयोजना कायय                            – कु ल अकिं   10
व्यजततगत ऱप से हदया जाएगा        – 5 अकां
1. ववषयवस्तु                       – 1 अकां
2. शब्द सीमा (1000 शब्द)           – 1 अकां
3. भाषा शली                       – 1 अकां
4. ववषय से सबां
चां धत चचत्र तर्था आुँकडे  – 1 अकां
5. प्रस्ततु
ीकरर्                    – 1 अकां
·    पररयोजना कायि के आधार पर मौखखकी – 5 अकां
कक्षा – बारहवीां में बाह्य परीक्षक द्वारा मौखखकी ली जाएगी।
·   पररयोजना कायि हहदी भाषा और साहहत्य से सबां
द्ां
ध हो।
ह दी (ऐच्छिक) (कोड स.िं
002)
कक्षा – 11व िं (2018-19)
ििंड ववषय अकिं
(क) अपहित अििं 16
1 अपहठत गद्याांश –    – बोध (गद्याांश पर आधाररत बोध,  प्रयोग,   रचनाांतरर्,
शीषकि   आहद  पर  लघत्ू तरात्मक  प्रश्न  (2×4     लघत्ू तरात्मक   प्रश्न+1×3 अततलघत्ू तरात्मक प्रश्न)
11
2 अपहठत काव्याांश पर आधाररत पाुँच लघत्ू तरात्मक प्रश्न) (1×5) 05
(ख) कायायलय ह दी और रचनात्मक लेिन 20
3 ककसी एक ववषय पर तनबधां (ववकल्प सहहत) 8
4 कायािलयी पत्र (ववकल्प सहहत) 5
5 जनसचार माध्यम और पत्रकाररता के ववववध आयामों पर चार लघत्ू तरात्मक प्रश्न (1×4) 4
6 व्यावहाररक लेखन (प्रततवेदन, कायसि चू ी, कायवि त्ृ त इत्याहद) पर एक प्रश्न (3×1) 3
(ग) पाठ्यपस्ु तकें 44
(1) अतरा िाग – 1 32
(अ) काव्य िाग 16
7 एक काव्याांश की सप्रसगां व्याख्या (ववकल्प सहहत) 06
8 कववता के कथ्य पर तीन में से दो प्रश्न (2×2) 04
9 कववताओां के काव्य सौंदयि पर तीन में से दो प्रश्  (3×2) 06
(ब) गद्य िाग 16
10 एक गद्याांश की सप्रसगां व्याख्या (ववकल्प सहहत) 05
11 पाठों की ववषयवस्तु पर दो प्रश्  (3×2) (तीन में से दो प्रश्न) 06
12 ककसी एक लेखक/ कवव का साहहजत्यक पररचय 05
(2) अतराल िाग – 1 12
13 पाठों की ववषयवस्तु पर आधाररत एक प्रश्न (ववकल्प सहहत) 4×1 04
14 ववषयवस्तु पर आधाररत दो तनबधां ात्मक प्रश्न 4×2 (ववकल्प सहहत) 08
(घ) (क) श्रवर् तर्था वाचन 10
(ख) पररयोजना 10
कु ल 100
नोि : तनम्नमलखखत पाठों से प्रश्न नहीां पिू
ेजाएांगIे
अतरा (भाग – 1) ·    नए की जन्म कांु िली
प्रस्ताववत पस्ु
तकें :
1.    अतरा, िाग – 1, एन.सी.ई.आर.िी. द्वारा प्रकामशतI
2.    अतराल, िाग – 1, एन.सी.ई.आर.िी. द्वारा प्रकामशतI
3.   ‘अशिव्यच्तत और माध्यम’, एन.सी.ई.आर.िी. द्वारा प्रकामशत (खांि – ख कामकाजी हहदी
और रचनात्मक लखे
न हेत)ु I
ह दी (ऐच्छिक) (कोड स.िं
002)
कक्षा – 12व िं (2018-19)
ििंड ववषय अकिं
(क) अपहित अििं 16
1 अपहठत गद्याांश पर आधाररत बोध, प्रयोग, रचनाांतरर्, शीषकि  आहद पर लघत्ू तरात्मक प्रश् उपयतु त शीषकि (1×1) + लघु प्रश् (2x 5) 11
2 अपहठत काव्याांश पर आधाररत पॉच लघत्ू तरात्मक प्रश्न (1×5) 05
(ख) कायायलय ह दी और रचनात्मक लेिन 20
3 ककसी एक ववषय पर तनबधां (ववकल्प सहहत) 08
4 कायािलयी पत्र (ववकल्प सहहत) 5×1 05
5 जनसचार माध्यम और पत्रकाररता के ववववध आयामों पर चार  अतत लघत्ू तरात्मक प्रश् (1×4) 04
6 रचनात्मक लेखन पर एक प्रश्न (3 x1) (ववकल्प सहहत) 03
(ग) पाठ्यपस्ु तक 44
(1) अतरा िाग – 2 32
(अ) काव्य िाग 16
7 दो काव्याांशों में से ककसी एक काव्याांश की सप्रसगां व्याख्या 06
8 कववता के कथ्य पर दो प्रश्न (2×2) (तीन में से दो प्रश्न) 04
9 कववताओां के काव्य सौन्दयि पर दो प्रश्न (3×2) (तीन में से दो) 06
(ब) गद्य िाग 16
10 दो गद्याांशों में से ककसी एक गद्याांश की सप्रसगां व्याख्या ववकल्प सहहत 05
11 पाठों की ववषयवस्तु पर दो प्रश्न (तीन में से दो) (3×2) 06
12 एक लेखक/एक कवव का साहहजत्यक पररचय (5×1) 05
(2) अतराल िाग – 2 12
12 पाठों की ववषयवस्तु पर आधाररत एक प्रश्न ववकल्प सहहत (4×1) 04
13 ववषयवस्तु पर आधाररत दो तनबधां ात्मक प्रश्न (4×2) (तीन में से दो) 08
(घ) (क) श्रवर् एवां वाचन 10
(ख) पररयोजना 10
कु ल 100
नोि : तनम्नमलखखत पाठों से प्रश्न नहीां पिू
ेजाएांगIे
अतरा (भाग – 2) ·    अज्ञेय (यह दीप अके ला, मनैं े देखा एक बदूां )
·   के शवदास (कववत्त /सवयै ा)
प्रस्ताववत पस्ु
तकें :
1.    अतरा, िाग – 2, एन.सी.ई.आर.िी. द्वारा प्रकामशतI
2.   अतराल, िाग – 2, (ववववध ववधाओां का सकलन), एन.सी.ई.आर.िी. द्वारा प्रकामशतI
3.   ‘अशिव्यच्तत और माध्यम’, एन.सी.ई.आर.िी. द्वारा प्रकामशत (खांि – ख कामकाजी हहदी और रचनात्मक लेखन हेत)ु I
ननर्ायररत समयावधर् : 3 घििं
ेअधर्कतम अकिं
: 100
क्र. स.िं प्रश्नों का प्रारूप दक्षता  परीक्षण/  अधर्गम पररणाम 1
अकिं
2
अकिं
3
अकिं
4
अकिं
5
अकिं
6
अकिं
8
अकिं
कु ल योग
1 अपहित बोर् अवधारर्ात्मक  बोध,  अर्थग्रि हर्, 8 4 16
(पिन कौिल) अनुमान लगाना, ववश्लेषर् करना,
शब्दज्ञान  व  भावषक  प्रयोग,
सजृ नात्मकता, मौमलकताI
2 कायायलय  ह दी सांके त बबदां ओु ां का ववस्तार, अपने 4 1 1 1 20
और रचनात्मक मत का अमभव्यजतत, सोदाहरर्
लेिन  (लेिन समझना, औचचत्य तनधािरर्, भाषा
कौिल) में  प्रवाहमयता,  सिीक  शैली,
उचचत   प्राऱप   का   प्रयोग,
अमभव्यजतत  की  मौमलकता,
सजृ नात्मकता एवां ताककि कताI
3 पाठ्य पस्ु तकें प्रत्यास्मरर्, ववषयवस्तु का बोध एवां        व्याख्या,      अर्थिग्रहर् (भावग्रहर्) लेखक के  मनोभावों  को     समझना    शब्दों    का प्रसांगानुकू ल    अर्थि समझना, आलोचनात्मक चचतां न, ताककि कता, सराहना,  साहहजत्यक परांपराओां के पररप्रेक्ष्य में मूल्याांकन, ववश्लेषर्, सजृ नात्मकता,   कल्पनाशीलता, काय-ि कारर् सांबांध स्र्थावपत करना, साम्यता एवां अांतरों की  पहचान, अमभव्यजतत में  मौमलकता एवां जीवन मूल्यों की पहचान। 2 4 3 2 1 44
4 (क) श्रवर् तर्था वाचन 10
(ख) पररयोजना 10
कु ल 1×12
=  12
2×6
=  12
3×5
=  15
4×3
=  12
5×3
=  15
6×1
=  6
8×1
=  8
100
ननर्ायररत समयावधर् : 3 घििं
ेअधर्कतम अकिं
: 100
क्र. स.िं प्रश्नों का प्रारूप दक्षता  परीक्षण/  अधर्गम पररणाम 1
अकिं
2
अकिं
3
अकिं
4
अकिं
5
अकिं
6
अकिं
8
अकिं
कु ल योग
1 अपहित बोर् अवधारर्ात्मक  बोध,  अर्थग्रि हर्, 6 5 16
(पिन कौिल) अनुमान लगाना, ववश्लेषर् करना,
शब्दज्ञान  व  भावषक  प्रयोग,
सजृ नात्मकता, मौमलकता I
2 कायायलय  ह दी सांके त बबदां ओु ां का ववस्तार, अपने 4 1 1 1 20
और रचनात्मक मत का अमभव्यजतत, सोदाहरर्
लेिन  (लेिन समझना, औचचत्य तनधािरर्, भाषा
कौिल) में  प्रवाहमयता,  सिीक  शैली,
उचचत   प्राऱप   का   प्रयोग,
अमभव्यजतत  की  मौमलकता,
सजृ नात्मकता एवां ताककि कताI
3 पाठ्य पस्ु तकें प्रत्यास्मरर्, ववषयवस्तु का बोध एवां        व्याख्या,      अर्थिग्रहर् (भावग्रहर्) लेखक के  मनोभावों  को     समझना    शब्दों    का प्रसांगानुकू ल    अर्थि समझना, आलोचनात्मक चचतां न, ताककि कता, सराहना,  साहहजत्यक परांपराओां के पररप्रेक्ष्य में मूल्याांकन, ववश्लेषर्, सजृ नात्मकता,   कल्पनाशीलता, काय-ि कारर् सांबांध स्र्थावपत करना, साम्यता एवां अांतरों की  पहचान, अमभव्यजतत में  मौमलकता एवां जीवन मूल्यों की पहचान। 2 4 3 2 1 44
4 (क) श्रवर् तर्था वाचन 10
(ख) पररयोजना 10
कु ल 1×10
=  10
2×7
=  14
3×5
=  15
4×3
=  12
5×3
=  15
6×1
=  6
8×1
=  8
100

To see the full specifications with in-depth details click here

Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Hindi Core 2018-19

CBSE Curriculum for Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Hindi Core 2018-19

प्रस्तावना :
ह दिं
ी (आधार) (कोड सिं.  – 302)
(2018-19)
दसव ीं कक्षा तक हहदीं
ी का अध्ययन करने वाला ववद्यार्थी समझते हुए पढ़ने व सुनने के
सार्थ-सार्थ हहदीं
ी में सोचने और उसे मौखिक एवीं ललखित ऱप में व्यक्त कर पाने की सामान्य
दक्षता अर्जति
कर चकु
ा होता है। उच्चतर माध्यलमक स्तर पर आने के बाद इन सभ
दक्षताओीं को सामान्य से ऊपर उस स्तर तक ले जाने की आवश्यकता होत है, जहााँ भाषा का
प्रयोग लभन्न-लभन्न व्यवहार-क्षेत्रों की माींगों के अनुऱप ककया जा सके । आधार पाठ्यक्रम, साहहर्ययक बोध के सार्थ-सार्थ भाषाई दक्षता के ववकास को ज्यादा महययव देता है। यह पाठ्यक्रम उन ववद्यार्र्थयों के ललए उपयोग साबबत होगा, जो आगे  ववश्वववद्यालय में
अध्ययन करते हुए हहदीं
ी को एक ववषय के ऱप में पढ़ेंगे या ववज्ञान/सामार्जक ववज्ञान के
ककस ववषय को हहदीं
ी माध्यम से पढ़ना चाहेंगे। यह उनके ललए भ उपयोग साबबत होगा, जो
उच्चतर माध्यलमक स्तर की लिक्षा के बाद ककस तरह के रोजगार में लग जाएींगे। वहााँ
कामकाज  हहदीं
ी का आधारभूत अध्ययन काम आएगा। र्जन ववद्यार्र्थयि
ों की रर्च जनसींचार
माध्यमों में होग , उनके ललए यह पाठ्यक्रम एक आरींलभक पष्ृ ठभूलम ननलमति
करेगा। इसके
सार्थ ही यह पाठ्यक्रम सामान्य ऱप से तरह-तरह के साहहयय के सार्थ ववद्यार्र्थयों के  सींबींध
को सहज बनाएगा। ववद्यार्थी भावषक अलभव्यर्क्त के सूक्ष्म एवीं जहिल ऱपों से पररर्चत हो सकें गे। वे यर्थार्थि को अपने ववचारों में व्यवर्स्र्थत करने के साधन के तौर पर भाषा का
अर्धक सार्थकि
उपयोग कर पाएाँगे और उनमें ज वन के प्रनत मानव य सींवेदना एवीं सम्यक्
दृर्ष्ि का ववकास हो सके गा।
उद्देश् :
·   इन माध्यमों और ववधाओीं के ललए उपयुक्त भाषा प्रयोग की इतन क्षमता उनमें आ
चकु
ी होग कक वे स्वयीं इससे जुडे उच्चतर पाठ्यक्रमों को समझ सकें गे।
·  सामार्जक हहसा की भावषक अलभव्यर्क्त की समझ।
·    भाषा के अदीं
र सकक्रय सयता सींबींध की समझ।
·    सजृ
नायमक साहहयय को सराह पाने और उसका आनींद उठाने की क्षमता का ववकास
तर्था भाषा में सौंदयाियमकता उयपन्न करने वाली सजृ
ववकास।
नायमक युर्क्तयों की सींवेदना का
·  ववद्यार्र्थयों के भ तर सभ प्रकार की ववववधताओीं (धम,ि
जानत,  ललगीं
, क्षेत्र एवीं भाषा
सींबींध ) के प्रनत सकारायमक एवीं वववेकपूर्ि रवैये का ववकास।
·  पठन-सामग्र को लभन्न-लभन्न कोर्ों से अलग-अलग सामार्जक, साींस्कृ नतक र्चतीं
ाओीं
के पररप्रेक्ष्य में देिने का अभ्यास कराना तर्था दृर्ष्िकोर् की एकाींर्गकता के  प्रनत
आलोचनायमक दृर्ष्ि का ववकास करना।
·   ववद्यार्थी में स्तरीय साहहयय की समझ और उसका आनींद उठाने की स्फू नत,ि
एवीं उसमें साहहयय को श्रेष्ठ बनाने वाले तयवों की सींवेदना का ववकास।
ववकास
·   ववलभन्न ज्ञानानुिासनों के ववमिि की भाषा के ऱप में हहदीं
उसकी क्षमताओीं का बोध।
ी की ववलिष्ि प्रकृ नत और
·   कामकाज  हहदीं
ी के उपयोग के कौिल का ववकास।
·   सींचार माध्यमों (वप्रिीं
और इलेक्रॉननक) में प्रयुक्त हहदीं
ी की प्रकृ नत से पररचय और
इन माध्यमों की आवश्यकता के अनुऱप मौखिक एवीं ललखित अलभव्यर्क्त  का
ववकास।
· ववद्यार्थी में ककस भ अपररर्चत ववषय से सींबींर्धत प्रासींर्गक जानकारी के स्रोतों का अनुसींधान और व्यवर्स्र्थत ढींग से उनकी मौखिक और ललखित प्रस्तुनत की क्षमता का ववकास।
शिक्षण-युक्ततयााँ
·   कु छ बातें इस स्तर पर हहदीं
ी लिक्षर् के लक्ष्यों के सींदभि में सामान्य ऱप से कही जा
सकत हैं। एक तो यह है कक कक्षा में दबाव एवीं तनाव मुक्त माहौल होने की र्स्र्थनत
में ही ये लक्ष्य हालसल ककए जा सकते हैं। चाँकू क इस पाठ्यक्रम में तैयारिुदा उयतरों को कीं ठस्र्थ कर लेने की कोई अपेक्षा नहीीं है, इसललए ववषय को समझने और उस समझ के आधार पर उयतर को िब्दबद्ध करने की योग्यता ववकलसत  करना ही लिक्षक का काम है। इस योग्यता के ववकास के ललए कक्षा में  ववद्यार्र्थयों और लिक्षक्षका के ब च ननबािध सींवाद जऱरी है। ववद्यार्थी अपन  िींकाओीं और उलझनों को र्जतना ही अर्धक व्यक्त करेंगे, उतन ही ज़्यादा स्पष्िता उनमें आ पाएग ।
·   भाषा की कक्षा से समाज में मौजूद ववलभन्न प्रकार के द्वींद्वों पर बातच त का मींच
बनाना चाहहए। उदाहरर् के ललए सींववधान में ककस िब्द  वविषे
के प्रयोग पर ननषेध
को चचाि का ववषय बनाया जा सकता है। यह समझ जऱरी है कक ववद्यार्र्थयों को
लसफि सकारायमक पाठ देने से काम नहीीं चलेगा बर्कक उन्हें समझाकर भावषक यर्थार्थि का स धे सामना करवाने वाले पाठों से पररचय होना जऱरी है।
·  िींकाओीं और उलझनों को रिने के अलावा भ कक्षा में ववद्यार्र्थयों को अर्धक-से- अर्धक बोलने के ललए प्रेररत ककया जाना जऱरी है। उन्हें यह अहसास कराया जाना चाहहए कक वे पहठत सामग्र पर राय देने का अर्धकार और ज्ञान रिते हैं। उनकी राय को प्रार्थलमकता देने और उसे बेहतर तरीके से पुनः प्रस्तुत करने की अध्यापकीय िैली यहााँ बहुत उपयोग होग ।
·   ववद्यार्र्थयों को सींवाद में िालमल करने के ललए यह भ जऱरी होगा कक उन्हें एक
नामहीन समूह न मानकर अलग-अलग व्यर्क्तयों के ऱप में अहलमयत दी जाए। लिक्षकों को अक्सर एक कु िल सींयोजक की भूलमका में स्वयीं देिना होगा, जो ककस
भ इच्छु क व्यर्क्त को सींवाद का भाग दार बनने से वींर्चत नहीीं रित,े
उसके कच्च-े
पक्के वक्तव्य को मानक भाषा-िैली में ढाल कर उसे एक आभा दे देते हैं और मौन
को अलभव्यींजना मान बैठे लोगों को मुिर होने पर बाध्य कर देते हैं।
·  अप्रययालित ववषयों पर  र्चतीं
न तर्था उसकी मौखिक व ललखित अलभव्यर्क्त की
योग्यता का ववकास लिक्षकों के सचते
प्रयास से ही सींभव है। इसके ललए लिक्षकों को
एक ननर्श्चत अतीं
राल पर नए-नए ववषय प्रस्ताववत कर लेि एवीं अनुच्छे द ललिने
तर्था सींभाषर् करने के ललए पूरी कक्षा को प्रेररत करना होगा। यह अभ्यास ऐसा है,
र्जसमें ववषयों की कोई स मा तय नहीीं की जा सकत । ववषय की अस म सींभावना के ब च लिक्षक यह सुननर्श्चत कर सकते हैं कक उसके ववद्यार्थी ककस ननबींध-सींकलन या कींु ज से तैयारिुदा सामग्र को उतार भर न ले। तैयार िुदा सामग्र के लोभ से, बाध्यतावि ही सही मुर्क्त पाकर ववद्यार्थी नये तरीके से सोचने और उसे िब्दबद्ध
करने के ययन में सन्नद्ध होंगे। मौखिक अलभव्यर्क्त पर भ वविषे
ध्यान देने की
जऱरत है,  क्योंकक भववष्य में साक्षायकार,  सींगोष्ठी जैसे मौकों पर यही  योग्यता
ववद्यार्थी के काम आत है। इसके अभ्यास के लसललसले में लिक्षकों को उर्चत हावभाव, मानक उच्चारर्, पॉज, बलाघात, हार्जरजवाब इययाहद पर िास बल देना होगा।
·   मध्यकालीन काव्य की भाषा के ममि से ववद्यार्थी का पररचय कराने के ललए जऱरी होगा कक ककताबों में आए काव्याींिों की सींग तबद्ध प्रस्तुनतयों के   ऑडियो-व डियो कै सेि तैयार ककए जाएाँ। अगर आसान से कोई गायक/गानयका लमले तो कक्षा में मध्यकालीन साहहयय के लिक्षर् में उससे मदद ली जान चाहहए।
·   वयृ तर्चत्रों और लसनेमा को लिक्षर् सामग्र के तौर पर इस्तेमाल करने की जऱरत है।
इनके  प्रदिनि
के क्रम में इन पर लगातार बातच त के जररए लसनेमा के माध्यम से
भाषा के प्रयोग की ववलिष्िता की पहचान कराई जा सकत है और हहदीं
ी की अलग-
अलग छिा हदिाई जा सकत है। ववद्यार्र्थयों को स्तरीय परीक्षा करने को भ कहा
जा सकता है।
· कक्षा में लसफि एक पाठ्यपुस्तक की भौनतक उपर्स्र्थनत से बेहतर यह है कक लिक्षक के हार्थ में तरह-तरह की पाठ्यसामग्र को ववद्यार्थी देि सकें और लिक्षक्षका उनका कक्षा में अलग-अलग मौकों पर इस्तेमाल कर सके ।
·   भाषा लगातार ग्रहर् करने की कक्रया में बनत है, इसे प्रदलिति
करने का एक तरीका
यह भ है कक लिक्षक िदु
यह लसिा सकें कक वे भ िब्दकोि, साहहययकोि, सींदभग्रींर्थ
की लगातार मदद ले रहे हैं। इससे ववद्यार्र्थयों में इसका इस्तेमाल करने को लेकर
तयपरता बढ़ेग । अनुमान के आधार पर ननकितम अर्थि तक पहुाँचकर सतीं
ुष्ि होने की
जगह वे सही अर्थि की िोज करने का अर्थि समझ पाएाँगे। इससे िब्दों की अलग-
अलग रींगत का पता चलेगा और उनमें सींवेदनि लता बढ़ेग । वे िब्दों के बारीक अतीं र
के प्रनत और सजग हो पाएाँगे।
·   कक्षा-अध्यापन के पूरक कायि के ऱप में सेलमनार, ट्यूिोररयल कायि, समस्या-समाधान
काय,ि
समूहचचाि,  पररयोजना काय,ि
स्वाध्याय आहद पर बल हदया जाना चाहहए। पाठ्यक्रम
में जनसींचार माध्यमों से सींबींर्धत अिीं
ों को देिते हुए यह जऱरी है कक समय-समय
पर इन माध्यमों से जुडे व्यर्क्तयों और वविषे
ज्ञों को भ ववद्यालय में बुलाया जाए
तर्था उनकी देि-रेि में कायिालाएाँ आयोर्जत की जाएीं।
·  लभन्न क्षमता वाले ववद्यार्र्थयि
ों के ललए उपयुक्त लिक्षर् सामग्र का इस्तेमाल ककया
जाए तर्था उन्हें ककस भ प्रकार से अन्य ववद्यार्र्थयों से कमतर या अलग न समझा
जाए।
·  कक्षा में लिक्षक को हर प्रकार की ववलभन्नता और ललगीं
जानत धम ि
वगि के  प्रनत
सकारायमक और सींवेदनि ल वातावरर् ननलमति
करना चाहहए।
श्रवण तथा वाचन परीक्षा ेतु हदिा-ननदेि
श्रवण (सुनना) : वखर्ति
या पहठत सामग्र को सनु
कर अर्थग्रि
हर् करना, वातािलाप करना, वाद-
वववाद, भाषर्, कववतापाठ आहद को सुनकर समझना, मूकयाींकन करना और अलभव्यर्क्त के
ढींग को समझना।                                                          5
वाचन (बोलना) : भाषर्, सस्वर कववता-पाठ, वातािलाप और उसकी औपचाररकता, कायक्रम- प्रस्तुनत, कर्था-कहान अर्थवा घिना सुनाना, पररचय देना, भावानुकू ल सींवाद-वाचन।      5
हिप्पणी : वातािलाप की दक्षताओीं का मूकयाींकन ननरींतरता के आधार पर परीक्षा के समय ही
होगा। ननधािररत 10  अकों में से 5  श्रवर् (सुनना) कौिल के मूकयाींकन के ललए और 5  वाचन
(बोलना) कौिल के मूकयाींकन के ललए होंगे।
श्रवण (सुनना) कौिल का मूलयािंकन :
·  परीक्षक ककस प्रासींर्गक ववषय पर एक अनच्ु
छे द का स्पष्ि वाचन करेगा। अनुच्छे द
तथ्यायमक या सुझावायमक हो सकता है। अनुच्छे द लगभग 250   िब्दों का होना
चाहहए।
या
परीक्षक 2-3 लमनि का श्रव्य अिीं
(ऑडियो र्क्लप) सुनवाएगा। अिीं
रोचक होना
चाहहए । कथ्य /घिना पूर्ि एवीं स्पष्ि होन चाहहए। वाचक का उच्चारर् िुद्ध  स्पष्ि
एवीं ववराम र्चह्नों के उर्चत प्रयोग सहहत होना चाहहए।
·   अध्यापक को सुनत-े सुनते परीक्षार्थी अलग कागज़ पर हदए हुए श्रवर् बोध के अभ्यासों को हल कर सकें गे।
·   अभ्यास ररक्तस्र्थान-पूनत,ि
हो सकते हैं।
बहुववककप अर्थवा सयय/असयय का चनु
ाव आहद ववधाओीं में
·   अनत लघउु
यतरायमक 5 प्रश्न पछू
ेजाएाँगे।                                 (1×5 =5)
मौखिक अशिव्यक्तत (बोलना) का मलू
यािंकन :
·   र्चत्रों के क्रम पर आधाररत वर्न : इस भाग में अपेक्षा की जाएग कक ववद्यार्थी
वववरर्ायमक भाषा का प्रयोग करें।
·  ककस र्चत्र का वर्नि
: र्चत्र व्यर्क्त या स्र्थान के हो सकते हैं।
·  ककस ननधािररत ववषय पर बोलना : र्जससे ववद्यार्थी अपने व्यर्क्तगत अनुभव का
प्रययास्मरर् कर सकें ।
·   कोई कहान सुनाना या ककस घिना का वर्नि
करना।
·    पररचय देना।                                                             2
अकीं
(स् /  पररवार/  वातावरर्/  वस्त/ु
व्यर्क्त/  पयािवरर्/  कवव /लेिक आहद)
·   कु ल त न प्रश्न पछू
ेजा सकते हैं।                                       1×3=3
हिप्पणी :
·  परीक्षर् से पूवि परीक्षार्थी को तैयारी के ललए कु छ समय हदया जाए।
·  वववरर्ायमक भाषा में वतमान काल का प्रयोग अपेक्षक्षत है।
·   ननधािररत ववषय परीक्षार्थी के अनुभव-जगत के हों। जैसे – कोई चिु प्रसींग सुनाना।
कु ला या हास्य
अर्थवा
हाल में पढ़ी पुस्तक या देिे हुए चलर्चत्र (लसनेमा) की कहान सुनाना। जब परीक्षार्थी बोलना आरींभ करें तो परीक्षक कम से कम हस्तक्षेप करें।
कौिलों के अतिं
रण का मलू
यािंकन
(इस बात का ननश्चय करना कक क्या ववद्यार्थी में श्रवर् और वाचन की ननम्नललखित योग्यताएाँ हैं।)
श्रवण (सनु ना) वाचन (बोलना)
1 पररर्चत सदभों में प्रयक्ु त िब्दों और पदों 1 के वल अलग-अलग िब्दों और पदों के
को समझने की सामान्य योग्यता है ककीं तु प्रयोग की योग्यता प्रदलिति करता है
वह ससु बीं द्ध आिय को नहीीं समझ पाता। ककीं तु एक ससु बीं द्ध  स्तर पर  नहीीं
बोल सकता।
2 छोिे ससु बीं द्ध कर्थनों को पररर्चत सदभों 2 पररर्चत सदभों में के वल छोिे सबद्ध
में समझने की योग्यता है। कर्थनों का स लमत िद्ु धता से प्रयोग
करता है।
3 पररर्चत या अपररर्चत दोनों सदभों में 3 अपेक्षाकृ त दीघि भाषर् में अर्धक
कर्र्थत सचू ना को स्पष्ि समझने की जहिल कर्थनों के प्रयोग की योग्यता
योग्यता है। प्रदलिति  करता है, अभ  भ  कु छ
अिद्ु र् यााँ करता है, र्जससे प्रेषर् में
रकावि आत है।
4 दीघि कर्थनों की ििींृ ला को पयािप्त िद्ु धता 4 अपररर्चत र्स्र्थनतयों में ववचारों को
से समझने के ढींग और ननष्कषि ननकाल ताककि क ढींग से सगीं हठत कर  धारा-
सकने की योग्यता है। प्रवाह ऱप में प्रस्ततु  करता है। ऐस
गलनतयााँ करता है र्जनसे प्रेषर् में
रकावि नहीीं आत ।
5 जहिल  कर्थनों  के  ववचार-बबदीं ओु ीं  को 5 उद् देश्य और श्रोता के ललए उपयक्ु त
समझने की योग्यता प्रदलिति  करने की िली को अपना सकता है, ऐसा करते
क्षमता है। वह उद् देश्य के अनकु ू ल सनु ने समय वह के वल मामलू ी गलनतयााँ
की कु िलता प्रदलिति  करता है। करता है।
पररयोजना कायय                                  – कु ल अकिं   10
व्यर्क्तगत ऱप से हदया जाएगा              – 5 अकीं
1. ववषयवस्तु                             – 1 अकीं
2. िब्द स मा (1000 िब्द)                  – 1 अकीं
3. भाषा िली                          – 1 अकीं
4. ववषय से सबीं
र्ीं धत र्चत्र तर्था आाँकडे        – 1 अकीं
5. प्रस्ततु
 करर्                         – 1 अकीं
·    पररयोजना कायि के आधार पर मौखिकी  – 5 अकीं
कक्षा – बारहव ीं में बाह्य परीक्षक द्वारा मौखिकी ली जाएग ।
·   पररयोजना कायि हहन्दी भाषा और साहहयय से सबीं
द्ीं
ध हो।
ह दिं
ी (आधार) (कोड सिं. 302)
कक्षा – 11वीिं (2018-19)
िडिं ववषय अकिं
(क) अपहित अििं 16
1 अपहठत गद्याींि – बोध (गद्याींि पर आधाररत बोध, प्रयोग, रचनाींतरर्, ि षकि
आहद   पर   लघूयतरायमक   प्रश्न   (2×4      लघूयतरायमक   प्रश्न+1×2 अनतलघूयतरायमक प्रश्न)
10
2 दो  में  से  एक  अपहठत  काव्याींि-बोध  (काव्याींि  पर  आधाररत  छह लघूयतरायमक प्रश्न) (1×6) 6
(ि) कायायलयी ह दिं ी और रचनात्मक लेिन 20
3 ननबींध (ववककप सहहत) 8
4 कायािलय पत्र (ववककप सहहत) 5
5 जनसींचार माध्यम और पत्रकाररता के ववववध आयामों पर चार लघूयतरायमक प्रश्न (1×4) 4
6 फीचर, ररपोिि, आलेि लेिन (ज वन-सींदभों ये जुड  घिनाओीं और र्स्र्थनतयों पर) ववककप सहहत (3×1) 3
(ग) पाठ्यपुस्तक 44
(1) आरो िाग – 1 32
(अ) काव्य िाग 16
7 दो काव्याींिों में से ककस एक काव्याींि पर अर्थग्रि हर् से सींबींर्धत त न प्रश्न
(2×3)
06
8 एक काव्याींि के सौंदयबोध पर त न में से दो प्रश्न (3×2) 06
9 कववताओीं की ववषयवस्तु पर आधाररत त न में से दो लघूयतरायमक प्रश्न (2×2) 04
(ब) गद्य िाग 16
10 गद्याींि पर आधाररत अर्थग्रहर् से सींबींर्धत चार प्रश्न (2×3) (1×1) 07
11 पाठों की ववषयवस्तु पर आधाररत चार में से त न बोधायमक प्रश्न (3×3) 09
(2) ववतान िाग – 1 12
12 पाठों की ववषयवस्तु पर आधाररत दो में से एक प्रश्न (4×1) 04
13 ववषयवस्तु पर आधाररत त न में से दो ननबींधायमक प्रश्न (4×2) 8
(घ) (क) श्रवर् तर्था वाचन -10 20
(ि) पररयोजना – 10
कु ल 100
नोि : ननम्नललखित पाठों से प्रश्न नहीीं पछू
ेजाएींगIे
आरोह (भाग – 1) ·   अप्पू के सार्थ ढाई साल
·    आयमा का ताप
·  पर्र्थक
प्रस्ताववत पस्ु
तकें :
1. आरो , िाग – 1, एन.स .ई.आर.िी. द्वारा प्रकालितI
2. ववतान िाग – 1, एन.स .ई.आर.िी. द्वारा प्रकालितI
3. अशिव्यक्तत और माध्यम एन.स .ई.आर.िी. द्वारा प्रकालित (िींि – ि कामकाज हहदी और रचनायमक लेिन हेत)ु I
ह दिं
ी (आधार) (कोड सिं. 302)
कक्षा – 12वीिं (2018-19)
िडिं ववषय अकिं
(क) अपहित अििं 16
1 अपहठत गद्याींि – बोध (गद्याींि पर आधाररत बोध, प्रयोग, रचनाींतरर्, ि षकि
आहद पर लघूयतरायमक प्रश्न (1×2) + 5 लघूयतरायमक प्रश्न (2x 5)
12
2 अपहठत काव्याींि-बोध (काव्याींि पर आधाररत चार लघूयतरायमक प्रश्न) (1×4) 04
(ि) कायायलयी ह दिं ी और रचनात्मक लेिन 20
3 ककस एक ववषय पर अनुच्छे द (ववककप सहहत) 05
4 कायािलय पत्र (ववककप सहहत) 05
5 वप्रिीं माध्यम, सींपादकीय, ररपोिि, आलेि आहद पर चार अनतलघूयतरायमक प्रश्न (1×4) 04
6 ककस एक ववषय पर आलेि अर्थवा हाल ही में पढ़ी पुस्तक की सम क्षा (3×1) 03
7 ज वन-सींदभों से जुड घिनाओीं और र्स्र्थनतयों पर फीचर लेिन (3×1) 03
(ग) पाठ्यपुस्तक 44
(1) आरोह भाग-2 32
(अ) काव्य भाग 16
8 दो काव्याींिों में से ककस एक पर अर्थग्रहर् से सींबींर्धत त न प्रश्न (2×3) 06
9 काव्याींि के सौंदयबोध पर दो में से एक काव्याींि पर दो प्रश्न (2×2) 04
10 कववताओीं की ववषयवस्तु से सींबींर्धत त न में से दो लघूयतरायमक प्रश्न (3×2) 06
(ब) गद्य भाग 16
11 दो गद्याींिों में से ककस एक गद्य पर आधाररत अर्थग्रहर् के त न प्रश्न
(2×3)
06
12 पाठों की ववषयवस्तु पर आधाररत चार बोधायमक प्रश्न (3×3) (1×1) 10
(2) ववतान िाग-2 12
12 पाठों की ववषयवस्तु पर आधाररत एक प्रश्न (4×1) ववककप सहहत 04
13 ववषयवस्तु पर आधाररत त न में से दो ननबींधायमक प्रश्न (4×2) 8
(घ) (क) श्रवर् तर्था वाचन – 10 20
(ि) पररयोजना – 10
कु ल 100
नोि : ननम्नललखित पाठों से प्रश्न नहीीं पछू
ेजाएींगIे
आरोह (भाग – 2) ·    बादल राग
प्रस्ताववत पस्ु
तकें :
1.    आरो , िाग – 2, एन.स .ई.आर.िी. द्वारा प्रकालितI
2.    ववतान, िाग – 2, एन.स .ई.आर.िी. द्वारा प्रकालितI
3.   ‘अशिव्यक्तत और माध्यम’, एन.स .ई.आर.िी. द्वारा प्रकालित (िींि – ि कामकाज हहदी और रचनायमक लेिन हेत)ु I
प्रश्नपत्र का प्रश्नानुसार ववश्लेषण एविं प्रारूप
ह दिं
ी पाठ्यक्रम – 11वीिं आधार (2018-19)
समयावधध : 3  घिंिे                                      अधधकतम अकिं
: 100
क्र. सिं. प्रश्नों का प्रारूप दक्षता परीक्षण/   अधधगम पररणाम 1
अकिं
2
अकिं
3
अकिं
4
अकिं
5
अकिं
8
अकिं
कु ल
1 अपहित   बोध अवधारर्ायमक   बोध,     अर्थग्रहर्, 8 4 16
(पिन कौिल) अनुमान लगाना,  ववश्लेषर् करना,
िब्द-ज्ञान  व  भावषक  प्रयोग,
सजृ नायमकता, मौललकता।
2 कायायलयी ह दिं ी सके त बबदीं ओीं का ववस्तार, अपने मत 4 1 1 1 20
और रचनात्मक की अलभव्यर्क्त, सोदाहरर् समझना,
लेिन  (लेिन और्चयय   ननधािरर्,      भाषा   में
प्रवाहमयता,    सिीक  िैली,    उर्चत
कौिल) प्राऱप का प्रयोग,  अलभव्यर्क्त की
मौललकता,       सजृ नायमकता   एवीं
ताककि कताI
3 पाठ्यपुस्तकें प्रययास्मरर्, ववषयवस्तु का बोध एवीं व्याख्या, अर्थग्रि हर् (भावग्रहर्), लेिक के मनोभावों को समझना,  िब्दों का प्रसींगानुकू ल अर्थि     समझना, आलोचनायमक र्चतीं न,     ताककि कता, सराहना, साहहर्ययक  परींपराओीं के पररप्रेक्ष्य में  मूकयाींकन, ववश्लेषर्, सजृ नायमकता,   ककपनाि लता,   कायि- कारर्   सींबींध स्र्थावपत करना, साम्यता  एवीं अींतरों की पहचान, अलभव्यर्क्त  में  मौललकता   एवीं ज वन-मूकयों की पहचान। 1 8 5 3 44
4 (क) श्रवर् तर्था वाचन 10
(ि) पररयोजना 10
कु ल 1×13
=13
2×12
=24
3×6=
18
4×3=
12
5×1=
5
8×1
=8
100
प्रश्नपत्र का प्रश्नानुसार ववश्लेषण एविं प्रारूप
ह दिं
ी पाठ्यक्रम – 12वीिं आधार (2018-19)
समयावधध : 3  घिंिे                                    अधधकतम अकिं
: 100
क्र. सिं. प्रश्नों का प्रारूप दक्षता परीक्षण/ अधधगम पररणाम 1
अकिं
2
अकिं
3
अकिं
4
अकिं
5
अकिं
कु ल
1 अपहित   बोध अवधारर्ायमक बोध,  अर्थग्रि हर्,  अनुमान 6 5 16
(पिन कौिल) लगाना,  ववश्लेषर् करना,  िब्द-ज्ञान व
भावषक प्रयोग, सजृ नायमकता, मौललकता।
2 कायायलयी ह दिं ी सके त बबदीं ओीं का ववस्तार, अपने मत की 4 2 2 20
और रचनात्मक अलभव्यर्क्त, सोदाहरर् समझना, और्चयय
लेिन  (लेिन ननधािरर्, भाषा में प्रवाहमयता, सिीक िैली,
उर्चत प्राऱप का प्रयोग, अलभव्यर्क्त की
कौिल) मौललकता,  सजृ नायमकता एवीं ताककि कता
3 पाठ्यपुस्तकें प्रययास्मरर्,   ववषयवस्तु  का  बोध  एवीं व्याख्या, अर्थग्रहर् (भावग्रहर्), लेिक  के मनोभावों   को   समझना,      िब्दों   का प्रसींगानुकू ल अर्थि समझना,  आलोचनायमक र्चतीं न, ताककि कता,     सराहना, साहहर्ययक परींपराओीं के   पररप्रेक्ष्य में मूकयाींकन, ववश्लेषर्, सजृ नायमकता, ककपनाि लता, काय-ि कारर् सींबींध स्र्थावपत करना, साम्यता एवीं  अींतरों की पहचान, अलभव्यर्क्त में मौललकता एवीं ज वन-मूकयों की पहचान। 1 8 5 3 44
4 (क) श्रवर् तर्था वाचन 10
(ि) पररयोजना 10
कु ल 1×11
=11
2×13
=26
3×7=
21
4×3=
12
5×2=
10
100

To see the full specifications with in-depth details click here

Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Geography 2018-19

CBSE Curriculum for Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Geography 2018-19

CBSE GEOGRAPHY (Code No. 029)
(2018-19)
Geography is introduced as an elective subject at the senior secondary stage. After ten years of general
education, students branch out at the beginning of this stage and are exposed to the rigors of the discipline for the first time. Being an entry point for the higher education, students choose Geography for pursuing their academic interest and, therefore, need a broader and deeper understanding of the subject. For others, geographical knowledge is useful in daily lives because it is a valuable medium for the education of young people. Its contribution lies in the content, cognitive processes, skills and values that Geography promotes and thus helps the students explore, understand and evaluate the environmental and social dimensions of
the world in a better manner.
Since Geography explores the relationship between people and their environment, it includes studies of
physical and human environments and their interactions at different scales-local, state/region, nation and the world. The fundamental principles responsible for the varieties in the distributional pattern of physical and human features and phenomena over the earth’s surface need to be understood properly. Application of these principles would be taken up through selected case studies from the world and India. Thus, the physical and human environment of India and study of some issues from a geographical point of view will be
covered in greater detail. Students will be exposed to different methods used in geographical investigations.
Objectives:
The course in Geography will help learners to:
Familiarise with key concepts, terminology and core principles of Geography. Describe locations and correlate with Geographical Perspectives.
List/describe what students might see, hear, smell, at a place. List/describe ways a place is linked with other places.
Compare conditions and connections in one place to another. Analyze/describe how conditions in one place can affect nearby places. Identify regions as places that are similar or connected.
Describe and interpret the spatial pattern features on a thematic map.
Search for, recognize and understand the processes and patterns of the spatial arrangement of the natural features as well as human aspects and phenomena on the earth’s surface.
Understand and analyses the inter-relationship between physical and human environments and utilise such knowledge in reflecting on issues related to community.
Apply geographical knowledge and methods of inquiry to emerging situations or problems at different levels-local, regional, national and global.
Develop geographical skills, relating to collection, processing and analysis of spatial data/ information
and preparation of report including maps and graphs and use of computers where ever possible; and to be sensitive to issues.
CBSE GEOGRAPHY (029)
CLASS XI (2018-19)
One Theory Paper                                                                                                                         70 Marks
3 Hours
Part A Fundamentals of Physical Geography 35 Marks
Unit-1: Geography as a discipline 30
Unit-2: The Earth
Unit-3: Landforms
Unit-4: Climate
Unit-5: Water (Oceans)
Unit-6: Life on the Earth
Map and diagram 5
Part B India-Physical Environment 35 Marks
Unit-7: Introduction 30
Unit-8: Physiography
Unit-9: Climate, vegetation and soil
Unit-10: Natural hazards and Disasters
Map and Diagram 5
Part C Practical Work 30 Marks
Unit-1: Fundamentals of Maps 10 Marks
Unit-2: Topographic and Weather Maps 15 Marks
Practical Record Book and Viva 5 Marks
Part A: Fundamentals of Physical Geography                                                        87 Periods
Unit-1: Geography as a Discipline                                                                                              04 Periods
Geography as an integrating discipline, as a science of spatial attributes. Branches of Geography; Physical Geography and Human Geography.
Scope and Career Options
Unit-2: The Earth                                                                                                                       11 Periods
Origin and evolution of the earth; Interior of the earth. Wegener’s continental drift theory and plate tectonics.
Earthquakes and volcanoes: causes, types and effects.
Unit-3: Landforms                                                                                                                      20 Periods
Rocks: major types of rocks and their characteristics.
Geomorphic processes: weathering, mass wasting, erosion and deposition; soil-formation.
Landforms and their evolution- Brief erosional and depositional features
Unit 4: Climate                                                                                                                          30 Periods
Atmosphere- composition and structure; elements of weather and climate.
Insolation-angle of incidence and distribution; heat budget of the earth-heating and cooling of atmosphere (conduction, convection, terrestrial radiation and advection); temperature- factors controlling temperature; distribution of temperature-horizontal and vertical; inversion of temperature.
Pressure-pressure belts; winds-planetary, seasonal and local; air masses and fronts; tropical and extratropical cyclones.
Precipitation-evaporation; condensation-dew, frost, fog, mist and cloud; rainfall-types and world distribution.
Climate and Global Concerns.
Unit 5: Water (Oceans)                                                                                                              10 Periods
Basics of Oceanography
Oceans – distribution of temperature and salinity.
Movements of ocean water-waves, tides and currents; submarine reliefs. Ocean resources and pollution.
Unit 6: Life on the Earth                                                                                                            07 Periods
Biosphere – importance of plants and other organisms; biodiversity and conservation; ecosystem and ecological balance.
Map work on identification of features based on 1 to 6 units on the outline/Physical/Political map of the
world.                                                                                                                                         05 Periods
Part – B: India – Physical Environment                                                                  78 Periods
Unit-7: Introduction                                                                                                                   04 Periods
Location, space relations, India’s place in the world.
Unit-8: Physiography                                                                                                                 28 Periods
Structure and Relief; Physiographic Divisions.
Drainage systems: Concept of river basins, Watershed; the Himalayan and the Peninsular rivers.
Unit-9: Climate, Vegetation and Soil                                                                                          28 Periods
Weather and climate – spatial and temporal distribution of temperature, pressure winds and rainfall, Indian monsoon: mechanism, onset and withdrawal, variability of rainfalls: spatial and temporal; use of weather charts.
Natural vegetation-forest types and distribution; wild life; conservation; biosphere reserves.
Soils – major types (ICAR’s classification) and their distribution, soil degradation and
conservation.
Unit-10: Hazards and Disasters: Causes, Consequences and Management                                  14 Periods
Floods, Cloudbursts Droughts: types and impact Earthquakes and Tsunami
Cyclones: features and impact
Landslides
Map Work of features based on above units for locating and labelling on the Outline/Political/Physical
map of India.                                                                                                                              04 Periods
Part – C: Practical Work                                                                                        50 Periods
Unit-1: Fundamentals of Maps                                                                                                   20 Periods
Geo spatial data, Concept of Geographical data matrix; Point, line, area data.
Maps -types; scales-types; construction of simple linear scale, measuring distance; finding direction and use of symbols.
Map projection- Latitude, longitude and time, typology, construction and properties of projection: Conical with one standard parallel and Mercator’s projection. (only two projections)
Unit 2: Topographic and Weather Maps                                                                                     30 Periods
Study of topographic maps (1 : 50,000 or 1 : 25,000 Survey of India maps); contour cross section and identification of landforms-slopes, hills, valleys, waterfall, cliffs; distribution of settlements.
Aerial Photographs: Types and Geometry-vertical aerial photographs; difference between maps and aerial photographs; photo scale determination. Identification of physical and cultural features.
Satellite imageries, stages in remote sensing data-acquisition, platform and sensors and data products, (photographic and digital).
Use of weather instruments: thermometer, wet and dry-bulb thermometer, barometer, wind vane, rain gauge.
Practical Record Book and Viva Voce
Viva to be based on Practical Unit I and II only.
CBSE GEOGRAPHY (Code No. 029)
CLASS – XI (2018-19)
1. Theory – One Paper                                                                                                       Time: 3 hours
Marks: 70
Part-I Fundamentals of Physical Geography 35
Unit-1: Geography as a discipline 30
Unit-2: The Earth
Unit -3: Landforms
Unit – 4: Climate
Unit – 5: Water (Oceans)
Unit – 6 : Life on the Earth
Map Work & Diagram 05
Part-II India- Physical Environment 35
Unit – 7 : Introduction 30
Unit – 8 : Physiography
Unit – 9 : Climate, vegetation and soil
Unit -10 : Natural hazards and Disasters
Map Work & Diagram 05
Total 70
Part -III Practical Work 30
Unit -1 : Fundamentals of Maps 10
Unit – 2 : Topographic and Weather Maps 15
Practical Record Book and Viva 05
2. Weightage to Difficulty Level
Estimated Difficulty Level Percentage
(i) Easy (E) 20%
(ii) Average (AV) 60%
(iii) Difficult (D) 20%
CBSE QUESTION PAPER DESIGN 2018-19
GEOGRAPHY (Theory)                                       Code No. 029                                                          CLASS-XI
Time: 3 Hours                                                 Max. Marks: 70
S.
No.
Typology of Questions Learning Outcomes
& Testing Skills
Short Answer (1 Mark) Short Answer (3 Marks) Long Answer I (5
Marks)
Map Skills based
(5 Marks)
Marks %
1 Remembering- (Knowledge based Simple recall questions, to know specific facts, terms, concepts, principles, or theories; Identify, define, or recite, information), Map skill based questions
(Identification,  location)
Reasoning  Analytical
Skills
Critical thinking
3 1 1 1
(identify location)
16 23%
2 Understanding- (Comprehension –to be familiar with meaning and to understand conceptually, interpret, compare, contrast, explain, paraphrase information) 1 1 2 14 20%
3 Application (Use abstract information in concrete situation, to apply knowledge to new situations; Use given content to interpret  a situation, provide an example, or solve a problem) 1 2 13 19%
4 High Order Thinking Skills (Analysis & Synthesis- Classify, compare, contrast, or differentiate between different pieces of information; Organize and/or integrate unique pieces of information  from  a variety of sources) (includes Map interpretation) 2 1 2 1
(Map interpre- tation)
20 28%
5 Evaluation- (Appraise, judge, and/or justify the value or worth of a decision or outcome, or to predict outcomes) 1 1+1 7 10%
Total 7×1 =7 6×3=18 7×5=35 2×5=10 70 (22)
Practical 30
100%
Time Estimated 15 min. 60 min. 70 min. 20 min. 165+15 = 180
min
Note:
No Chapterwise weightage, care to be taken to cover chapters in both books.
GEOGRAPHY (Code No. 029)
Class XII (2018-19)
One Theory Paper                                                                                                                           3 Hours
70 Marks
A Fundamentals of Human Geography 35 Marks
Unit 1: Human Geography 30
Unit 2: People
Unit 3: Human Activities
Unit 4: Transport, Communication and Trade
Unit 5: Human settlements
Map Work 5
B India: People and Economy 35 Marks
Unit 6: People 30
Unit 7: Human Settlements
Unit 8: Resources and Development
Unit 9: Transport, Communication and International Trade
Unit 10: Geographical Perspective on selected issues and problems
Map Work 5
C Practical Work 30 Marks
Unit 1: Processing of Data and Thematic Mapping 15
Unit 2: Field study or Spatial Information Technology 10
Unit 3: Practical Record Book and Viva Voce 5
GEOGRAPHY (Code No. 029)
CLASS XII
Part-A.  Fundamentals of Human Geography                                     90 Periods     35 Marks
Unit 1:     Human Geography: Nature and Scope                                                                         05 Periods
Unit 2:     People                                                                                                                        18 Periods
l       Population-distribution,density and growth
l       Population change-spatial patterns and structure; determinants of population change;
l       Age-sex ratio; rural-urban composition;
l       Human development – concept; selected indicators, international comparisons
Unit 3:     Human Activities                                                                                                         28 Periods
l Primary activities – concept and changing trends; gathering, pastoral, mining, subsistence agriculture, modern agriculture; people engaged in agricultural and allied activities – some examples from selected countries.
l       Secondary activities-concept; manufacturing: types – household, small scale, large scale; agro
based and mineral based industries; people engaged in secondary activities – some examples from selected countries.
l       Tertiary activities-concept; trade, transport and tourism; services; people engaged in tertiary activities – some examples from selected countries.
l       Quatenary  activities-concept;  people  engaged  in  quatenary  activities  –  case  study  from selected countries.
Unit 4:     Transport, Communication and Trade                                                                         24 Periods
l       Land transport – roads, railways; trans-continental railways.
l       Water transport- inland waterways; major ocean routes.
l       Air transport- Intercontinental air routes.
l       Oil and gas pipelines.
l       Satellite communication and cyber space- Importance and usage for geographical information; use of GPS.
l       International trade-Bases and changing patterns; ports as gateways of international trade, role of WTO in International trade.
l       Ocean: National rights and international treaties.
Unit 5:     Human Settlements                                                                                                     10 Periods
l       Settlement types – rural and urban; morphology of cities (case study); distribution of mega cities; problems of human settlements in developing countries.
Map Work on identification of features based on 1-5 units on the outline/Physical/Political map of World.
05 Periods
Part B. India: People and Economy                                                                       90 Periods
Unit 6:     People                                                                                                                        15 Periods
l       Population: distribution, density and growth; composition of population – linguistic, religious; sex, rural-urban and occupational-regional variations in growth of population.
l       Migration: international, national-causes and consequences.
l       Human development: selected indicators and regional patterns.
l       Population, environment and development.
Unit 7:     Human Settlements                                                                                                     10 Periods
l       Rural settlements – types and distribution.
l       Urban settlements – types, distribution and functional classification.
Unit 8:     Resources and Development                                                                                       30 Periods
l Land resources- general land use; agricultural land use, Geographical conditions and distribution of major crops (Wheat, Rice, Tea, Coffee, Cotton, Jute, Sugarcane and Rubber), agricultural development and problems.
l       Water resources-availability and utilization-irrigation, domestic, industrial and other uses;
scarcity   of   water   and   conservation   methods-rain   water   harvesting   and   watershed management.
l Mineral and energy resources- distribution of metallic (Iron ore, Copper, Bauxite, Manganese); non-metallic (Mica, Salt) minerals; conventional (Coal, Petroleum, Natural gas and Hydroelectricity) and non-conventional energy sources (solar, wind, biogas) and conservation.
l Industries – types, factors of industrial location; distribution and changing pattern of selected industries-iron and steel, cotton textiles, sugar, petrochemicals, and knowledge based industries; impact of liberalization, privatisation and globalisation on industrial location; industrial clusters.
l Planning in India- target group area planning (case study); idea of sustainable development (case study).
Unit 9:     Transport, Communication and International Trade                                                    15 Periods
l       Transport and communication-roads, railways, waterways and airways: oil and gas pipelines; Geographical information and communication networks.
l       International trade- changing pattern of India’s foreign trade; sea ports and their hinterland and airports.
Unit 10:   Geographical Perspective on Selected Issues and Problems                                        15 Periods
l       Environmental pollution; urban-waste disposal.
l       Urbanisation, rural-urban migration; problems of slums.
l       Land degradation.
Map work on locating and labelling of features based on above units on outline map of India.     05 Marks
Part-C   Practical Work                                                                                        40 Periods
Unit 1:     Processing of Data and Thematic Mapping                                                                   25 Periods
l       Type and Sources of data: Primary, Secondary and other sources.
l       Tabulating and processing of data; calculation of averages, measures of central tendency, deviation and rank correlation.
l       Representation of data- construction of diagrams: bars, circles and flowchart; thematic maps; construction of dot; choropleth and isopleth maps.
l       Data analysis and generation of diagrams, graphs and other visual diagrams using computers.
Unit 2:     Field Study or Spatial Information Technology                                                            15 Periods
Field visit and study: map orientation, observation and preparation of sketch; survey on any one of the local concerns; pollution, ground water changes, land use and land-use changes, poverty, energy issues, soil degradation, impact of floods and drought, catchment area of school, Market survey and Household survey (any one topic of local concern may be taken up for the study; observation and questionnaire survey may be adopted for the data collection; collected data may be tabulated and analysed with diagrams and maps). Students can be given different topics to get more insight into various problems of society.
OR
Spatial Information Technology
Introduction to GIS; hardware requirements and software modules; data formats; raster and vector data, data input, editing and topology building; data analysis; overlay and buffer.
Prescribed Books:
1.   Fundamentals of Physical Geography, Class XI, Published by NCERT
2.   India, Physical Environment, Class XI, Published by NCERT
3.   Practical Work in Geography, Class XI, Published by NCERT
4.   Fundamentals of Human Geography, Class XII, Published by NCERT
5.   India – People and Economy, Class XII, Published by NCERT
6.   Practical Work in Geography, Class XII, Published by NCERT
Note: The above textbooks are also available in Hindi medium.
QUESTION PAPER DESIGN 2018-19
GEOGRAPHY (Theory)                                     Code No. 029                                                        CLASS-XII
Time: 3 Hours                                                                                                                      Max. Marks: 70
S.
No.
Typology of Questions Learning Outcomes
& Testing Skills
V.
Short Answer (1
Mark)
Short Answer – (3 Marks) Long Answer I (5 Marks) Map Skills based
(5 Marks)
Marks %
1 Remembering-  (Knowledge based Simple recall questions, to know specific facts, terms, concepts, principles, or theories; Identify, define, or recite, information), Map skill based questions
(Identification,  location)
l  Reasoning
l  Analytical Skills
l Critical thinking
3 1 1 1
(identify location)
16 23%
2 Understanding- (Comprehension –to be familiar with meaning and to understand  conceptually, interpret, compare, contrast, explain,  paraphrase information) 1 1 2 14 20%
3 Application (Use abstract information in concrete situation, to apply knowledge to new situations; Use given content to interpret a situation, provide an example, or solve a problem) 1 2 13 19%
4 High Order Thinking Skills (Analysis & Synthesis- Classify, compare, contrast, or differentiate between different pieces of information; Organize and/or integrate unique pieces of information from a variety of sources) (includes Map interpretation) 2 1 2 1
(Map interpret ion)
20 28%
5 Evaluation- (Appraise, judge, and/or justify the value or worth of a decision or outcome, or to predict outcomes based on values) 1 1+
1(values based)
7 10%
Total 7×1 =7 6×3=18 7×5=35 2×5=10 70 (22)
Practical 30
100%
Time Estimated 15
min.
60 min. 70 min. 20 min. 165+15 = 180
min
Note: No Chapterwise weightage, care to be taken to cover chapters in both books.
I.       Weightage to content (Chapter nos. of NCERT textbooks are given against unit within brackets)
Part A: Fundamentals of Human Geography (Textbook I)                                                    35 marks
A Fundamentals of Human Geography 35 Marks
Unit 1: Human Geography (Ch.1) 30
Unit 2: People (Ch . 2 to 4)
Unit 3: Human Activities (Ch . 5 to 7)
Unit 4: Transport, Communication and Tra de                                   (Ch. 8 and 9)
Unit 5: Human Settlements (Ch. 10)
Map Work—–World map (for identification only relating to Units 1 to 5) 5
Total 35
II.      Weightage to content (Chapter nos. of NCERT textbooks are given against unit within brackets)
Part B: India, People and Economy (Textbook II)                                                                 35 marks
B India: People and Economy 35 Marks
Unit 6: People (Ch. 1 -3) 30
Unit 7: Human Settlements                                                                       (Ch. 4)
Unit 8: Resources and Development (Ch. 5-9)
Unit 9: Transport, Communication and International Trade (Ch. 10-11)
Unit 10: Geographical Perspective on selected issues and problems           (Ch.12)
Map Work 5
Total 35
Grand Total 70
Note: Value Based Question from any Unit 1-10.
III.     Weightage to Difficulty Level
Estimated Difficulty Level Percentage
(i)  Easy (E) 20%
(ii) Average (AV) 60%
(iii) Difficult (D) 20%
Scheme of Option: No internal choice except for blind students.
Fundamentals of Human Geography
Textbook I (NCERT)
Revised Map Items for identification only on outline political map of the World.
Unit-1
Unit-2
Ch.-1
Ch. 2 to 4
Nil
1
A large country in each continement in terms of area.
1 Areas having low and high density of population of each continent.
2 Countries having low/high growth rate of population. .
Unit-3 Ch. 5 to 7 1 Areas of subsistence gathering.
Primary Activities. 2 Major areas of nomadic herding of the world.
3 Major areas of commercial livestock rearing.
4 Major areas of extensive commercial grain faming.
5 Major areas of mixed farming of the World.
6 Major areas of mediterreneam agricalture of the World.
Secondary Activities 1 Ruhr  region,  Silicon  Valley,  Appalachian  region,  Great lakes region.
Unit – 4 Ch. 8 to 9 2 Transcontinental     Railways:     Terminal     Stations     of transcontinental railways
3 Major Sea Ports :
Europe:  North  Cape,  London,  Hamburg North  America: Vancouver, San Francisco, New Orleans
South America: Rio De Janeiro, Colon, Valparaiso
Africa: Suez, Durban and Cape Town
Asia: Yokohama, Shanghai, Hongkong, Aden,
Colombo, Karachi, Kolkata
Australia: Perth, Sydney, Melbourne and Auckland
4. Inland  Waterways:  Suez  canal,  Panama  canal,  Rhine waterway and St. Lawrence Seaway
5. Major Airports:
Asia: Tokyo, Beijing, Irkutsk, Vladivostok, Mumbai, Jedda, Aden
Europe: Moscow, London, Paris, Berlin and Rome
North America: Chicago, New Orleans, Mexico City
South America: Bogota, Brasilia, Buenos Aires, Santiago
Australia: Drarwin and Wellington.
Unit – 5 Ch. 10 Mega cities of the world
India – People and Economy
Textbook II (NCERT)
Revised Map for locating and labelling only on the outline political map of India
Units – 6 & 7 Ch. 1 to 4 •    State with high level of urbanised and low level of urbanisation
•    One state higher level of HDI & One lower level of HDI
•    State with higher level of pop pressure on land & one state lover level
of pop pressure in land.
•    One out migrating state
•    One in migrating state
•    One state with higher gender ratio & one with lower gender ratio
•    Any city with more than 10 million population.
Unit – 8 Ch. 5 to 9 Leading producing states of the following crops:
(a) Rice, (b) Wheat, (c) Jowar, (d) Bajra,
(e) Maize, (f) Groundnut, (g) Cotton, (h) Jute,
(i) Sugarcane, (j) Tea, and (k) Coffee
Mines:
Iron-ore mines: Mayurbhanj, Kendujhar, Durg, Bailadila, Ratnagiri, Bellary.
Manganese mines: Sundergarh, Balaghat, Nagpur, Shimoga.
Copper mines: Hazaribagh, Singhbhum, Khetari, Udaipur and Amarkantak.
Bauxite mines: Katni, Bilaspur and Koraput.
Coal mines: Jharia, Bokaro, Raniganj, Korba, Talcher, Singareni, Neyveli.
Oil   Refineries:   Bhatinda,   Panipat,   Mathura,   Jamnager,   Mangalore, Tatipaka, Haldia, Guwahati, Baroni Industries.
Iron and Steel Plants: Bhadravati, Bhilai, Bokaro.
Durgapur, Rourkela and Jameshedpur.
Cotton Textile: Ahmedabad, Surat, Gwalior, Varanasi, Murshidabad, Pune, Nagpur, Solapur and Mysore.
Software Technology Parks: Gandhinager, Shrinager, Mohali, Shimla, Delhi,
Noida,  Kanpur,  Indore,  Hyderabad,  Bhubaneshwar  and  Major  Industrial Regions.
Unit – 9 Ch. 10 – 11 Transport:
(i)  Important tower on north south corredor easthest corridor & golden
quadrleteral.
(ii) Headquarters of all railway zones.
(iii) Major Sea Ports: Kandla, Mumbai, Marmagao, Kochi, Ennore, Tuticorin, Chennai, Vishakhapatnam, Paradwip, Haldia.
(iv) International Air ports: Ahmedabad,   Mumbai,   Bangalore,   Chennai, Kolkata,       Guwahati,       Delhi,       Amritsar,       Panaji,       Kochi,
Thiruvananthapuram & Hyderabad
Unit – 10         Ch. 12                  NIL

To see the full specifications with in-depth details click here

Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Fine Arts 2018-19

CBSE Curriculum for Senior School Certificate Examination (XI-XII) Fine Arts 2018-19

30. FINE ARTS CBSE
A student may offer any one of the following courses:
(a)     Painting (Code No. 049)
OR
(b)     Graphics (Code No. 050)
OR
(c)     Sculpture (Code No. 051)
OR
(d)     Applied Art-Commerci al Art (Code No. 052)
The following art terminologies for all the four subjects are prescribed only for reference and general
enrichment.
1.   Elements of Composition
2.   Principles of Composition
3.   Drawing & Painting
Materials
4.   Media of Composition
5.   Sculpture
6.   Graphics
7.   Applied Art
8.   Portfolio Assessment Method :
Point, line, form, colour,tone, texture and space.
Unity, harmony, balance, rhythm, emphasis and proportion, abstraction and stylisation.
Foreshortening, perspective, eye- level,fixed point of view,vanishing point,ratio-proportion, sketching, drawing, light and shade, still-life,
land-scape,anatomy, vertical, horizontal,two and three dimensional, transparent and opaque.
Paper (Cartridge, Canvas and Hard-board Handmade, etc.), pencil, water,acrylic colours, tempera colours, poster colours, pastel colours, waterproof ink.
Collage, Mosaic, Painting, Mural, Fresco, Batik Tie and Dye.
Relief and round sculpture, modelling with clay, terra-cotta, carving in wood, stone, bronze casting, plaster of Paris and metal welding.
Linocut, relief printing, etching, Lithography, silk screen printing, letter press and offset printing.
Book cover design and illustration, cartoon,  poster, advertisements
for newspaper and magazine, animation and printing processes, photography, computer-graphic, hoarding and T.V .
Introduction : The Art Portfolio willconsist of a compilation of all art works, from sketch to finished product .
The submission would include both the original and improved versions of assigned tasks reflective of gradual improvement. Step by step development of the work will be assessed in all units.
Components of a Portfolio:
•  Schedule of work
• Research Skills
• Resources and materials
• Study of connections with artists I art movements
• Art making skills
•  Personal artist statement
• Studies (e. g.,composition/ techniques-medium)
• Picture of the final work (reflective skills)
• Evaluation of final work (affective skills)
• Any kind of personalized notes in relation to art work
Profile of Learners Growth
Values and Attitudes Rubric
The learner develops the ability to :
•  Respect, appreciate and demonstrate an open mind towards the artistic expression of others
•  Appears enthusiastic and willing to study artistic expressions from other cultures or regions of the world that are very different from own.
• Accept different forms and styles and tries to explore their meaning.
• Be sensitive towards other’s creations
• Be ready to research and transfer his/ herlearning to his I her own art
• Take initiative
• Be responsible for his/ her own learning and progress
• Apply theoretical knowledge in practical contexts
• Possess information and communication technology skills
• Be resourceful and organize information effectively
• Listen attentively
CBSE PORTFOLIO ASSESSMENT FOR FINE ARTS MAY BE DONE
ON THE BASIS OF FOLLOWING CRITERIA
Creativity: Candidates are required to produce evidence that demonstrates a creative approach to problem­
solving. Evidence should also include the ability to interpret a given brief and original approaches to produce    a solution . Sketchbooks, notebooks and relevant support material should form part of this evidence.
1.  Drawing
2.   Detailed Study – observation, record,analysis, interpreting a variety of subject 3.  Mood reflected
4.    Follow-up of the Fundamentals of VisualArts (Elements and Principles)
5.  Message the artist wants to convey
Innovation: The knowledge gained with the help of case study (historical importance, great artist work).
How has the above been understood in relation to the topic or the theme taken up by the student?
Technique: To foster creativity and self expression (basic understanding of colour concept and application in
relation to colour and texture of the material used by the student).  Size, details, proportion required
according to the base used for the painting medium chosen according to their art stream. Techniques studied from folk style, contemporary art or traditional art should be used while creating a new concept.
The learners:
•  Discover their potential for creativity, self -expression and visual awareness through painting.
• Feel confident with the chosen medium as a means of communicating and generating ideas.
• Develop observation, recording, manipulation and application skills.
• Experiment with a range of media and techniques.
• Relate their work to other artists work and understand the historical context of this work.
• Understand the basic principles of colour.
• Develop critical awareness.
Execution of Work
• Highlight the method of work giving a historical study of the work.
•  Originality in the presentation (paintings, sketches, etc.)
• Demonstrate an understanding of basic colour principles, colour mixing and representation.
•  Employ a variety of traditional and experimental techniques and processes
• Use a variety of media and materials
• Observe, record, analyse, interpret a variety of subjects, including : the manufactured environment
the natural environment the human figure
• Present evidence of personal enquiry and self expression
•  Discuss and relate own work to recognize artists work
•  Observe colour in other craft and design areas
•  Make informed critical judgement on work in progress
Experimentation
A. Progressive Work: Candidates are required to show evidence of research carried out. It is expected that their skills will demonstrate evidence of process and the exploration of a wide range of subjects. An accepted standard of achievement using a range of media and material should be an integral part of the candidate’s development.
B.   Skills: Sound aesthetic judgement  and organizational skills should be demonstrated in the process of work presented by a candidate.
C.    Logical organization and collection of creations.
D.  Critical evaluation and aesthetic judgement applied.
(A) PAINTING CBSE
(Code No. 049)
Introduction: The course in Painting at Senior Secondary stage as an elective subject is aimed to develop
aesthetic sense of the students through the understanding of various important well known aspects and modes of visual art expression in India’s rich cultural heritage from the period of Indus valley to the present time. It also encompasses practical exercises in drawing and painting to develop their mental faculties of
observation, imagination,creation and physical skills required for its expressions.
ObJKt_IVH
A)  Thtr0ry. (Hlncry of lnct11nAnJ
Tlne qbject:ive of imcluding ilhe history cf lmdian .Art tor the stuclents is. to familiar-Ee t’h!em with he vanous. styl.M: and m di art itXJiWM!iiOM 1.-onn ditl.-t parun1 ll!lllia.ih1!i wllt!J d @nriri:h lthmrvismn1 8lild enable them to appred:ar, e Mid de-velop :m r.iesllhetk sensibility to enJCJll the be111.1ty of’ nature and
-life. The :5tudenUwill al haYe 1:1n o.g:)Qrtunrt to    raind $tudy the evolAJrt;ICJ!!l of tu 11’1111te.Uon5o a_nd
$)!iltlilest s wi!U’I Dtli\ier style and ·tfile rise of am *ther .mew styt.e.The $W(‘.lemts. should be mac!le aware o1an as .a ooman experience.The teachers :thowld be able to tthem ·to the wide Fafllle of a«tn1c 11115, nhe mei;tia and the toolis 1!15ed.The lnl  of lndln art i”:s. a to11g one. H   e the stuclenU w<00ld be aaJllllaimted wilt! brief pi  af the develuprmem  Df Imdiam ·vi:5l!li!I art as are. requ red fo.­ allna’pt fomriarton. E:xr.ilflplcs iiKludcd In he cCH.ne- al study me selectt:d bec111use of heir ;nes.thttic:
4l1U11Ut1  imd arel111tended purely eriruidellnei.
B  Pltdk:al.s
11’111 purpose <Of nntrodLKinl practrcal.   rat ‘ill paTi’tl ng Is °’ 11.tp and i!i’latu tlhe luMnt.s:
–  Te de’ielQp. sklU iof l.!i1ns. d        and p:a.1nt nit.erlaL (suna.oe, t.oolJ .and ·eqwlpment. ·etc:.)
effectively.
Ifci sharpen 1h11r1rr obsMva-llon •n !through study of canmon objKU Mid v-M’IOUs. poml!ltrfcd and
noo-etrlcal forms fom!il •Ufe and notwre.
–  l’ develOP hleir 5li: U5o w draw :and  i11t the QbrvaUons-
–   Tc de-‘w’el ill’I 1l!lmder$tandlmg of pa.i nU!if.R·l!:amoo (The ILl5e of tfile e enments !allld ihe prlociples of
pa1111tJng -oompos tiOl!I•.
–   l”t!J  itreaw   hie fonmlii  anfj the ad.our”        mes.in innaghnaUon with ilfl ibitttylo ei:Pfies5 Uiem
eneoc::tivet;,r in drawfng aoo painti ng.
Tei 8PMS!!!i thfr d.IUl!lntRt fiM!irngs Md        sf Lif’• nd mt.ml’ n Lms, formsand colourrs.
One Tl’le.Oly Paper
Uttitw’lse ‘W-e’i
CLASS-XI(THEORY) (2018′-19)
1(Cod1t No.. 049)
40 Man:s
Time 2 Hoors
Un ts Periods. Miark!.
History o:f rmttan Arl:
1 Pre-1-listorlr:: roc:k r>ainl:hg§; aoo art ofIn   Valley n. ‘1t)
2 Buddhist.. Ja’n and H1111du .A.rt 24 15
3 Ti!rflple 5′;u ptur1M1 Br'(lnzt!s snd Artirtit:: at.$ ‘1f h’M:IO> l.amii:
:arcl”ltteeture
l6 15
71 ’40
Unit 1:  Pre-hfstorlc Ro.ck PalntJnp and Art of llndl!ls V lley
(2    B.·C. m ·1500 B.C..
12 Periods
Introduction
1)   Period and Location
2)   Study of following Pre-historic paintings:
(i) A Roaring Animal, Bhimbethaka (ii) Wizard’s Dance, Bhimbethaka
B.   Introduction
(i)  Period and Location.
(ii) Extension: In about 1500 miles
(a)  Harappa & Mohenjo-daro (Now in Pakistan)
(b) Ropar, Lothal, Rangpur, Alamgirpur, Kali Bangan, Banawali and Dholavira (in India)
2.  Study of following: Sculptures and Terracottas
(i)  Dancing girl (Mohenjo-daro) Bronze, 10.5 x 5 x 2.5 cm.
Circa 2500 B.C.
(Collection: National Museum, New Delhi).
(ii)  Male Torso (Harappa)
Red lime Stone, 9.2 x 5.8 x 3 ems.
Circa 2500 B.C.
(Collection: National Museum, New Delhi).
(iii) Mother Goddess (Mohenjo-daro) terracotta, 22 x 8 x 5 cm. Circa 2500 B.C. (Collection: National Museum, New Delhi).
3.  Study of following Seal:
(i)   Bull (Mohenjo-daro)
Stone (Steatite), 2.5 x 2.5 x 1.4 cm.
Circa 2500 B.C. (Collection: National Museum, New Delhi). Decoration on earthen wares:
(i)   Painted earthen-ware (Jar) Mohenjo-daro
(Collection:  National Museum, New Delhi).
Unit 2:   Buddhist, Jain and Hindu Art
(3rd century B.C. to 8th century A.O.)
24 Periods
1)   General Introduction to Art during Mauryan, Shunga, Kushana (Gandhara and Mathura styles)
and Gupta period:
2)   Study of following Sculptures:
i)  Lion Capital from Sarnath (Mauryan period) Pol shed sandstone,
370
Circa 3rd Century B.C.
(Collection: Sarnath Museum, U.P.)
ii)  Chauri Bearer from Didar Ganj (Yakshi) (Mauryan period) Polished sandstone
Circa 3rd Century B.C.
(Collection: Patna Museum, Bihar)
iii) Bodhisattva head from Taxila (Kushan period-Gandhara style) Stone, 27.5 x 20 x 15c.m.
Circa 2nd Century A.D.
(Collection: National Museum, New Delhi)
iv)  Seated Buddha from Katra Mound, Mathura-(Kushan Period-Mathura Style) Red-spotted Sand Stone, Circa 3rd Century AD.
(Collection: Govt. Museum, Mathura)
v)    Seated Buddha from Sarnath (Gupta period) Stone
Circa 5th century AD
(Collection: Sarnath Museum U.P.)
vi)   Jain Tirathankara (Gupta period) Stone
Circa 5th Century A.D.
(Collection: State Museum, Lucknow U. P.)
3)   Introduction to Ajanta
Location, period,  No.  of  caves,  Chaitya  and  Vihara, paintings and sculptures,  subject­ matter and technique etc.
4)   Study of Following Painting and Sculpture:
(i) Padmapani Bodhisattva (Ajanta Cave No. I, Maharashtra) Mural Painting
Circa 5th Century A.D.
(ii) Mara Vijay (Ajanta Cave No. 26) Sculpturein stone.
Circa 5th Century A .D.
Unit 3: Temple Sculpture, Bronzes and artistic aspects of lndo-lslamic Architectu re 36 Periods
A)  Artistic aspects of Indian Temple sculpture
(6th Century A. D. to 13th Century A.D. )
(1)  Introduction to Temple Sculpture
(6th Century A. D. to 13th Century A.D. )
12 Periods
371
(2)  Study of following Temple-Sculptures;
(i)  Descent  of  Ganga  (Pallava  period,  Mahabalipuram, Tamil  Nadu),  granite rock Circa 7th Century A.O.
(ii) Ravana shaking Mount Kailash (Rashtrakuta period, Ellora, Maharashtra) Stone
8th Century A. O.
(iii)Trimurti (Elephanta, Maharashtra) Stone
Circa 9th Century A.O.
(iv)Lakshmi  Narayana (Kandariya Mahadev Temple)  (Chandela period,  Khajuraho, Madhya Pradesh)
Stone
Circa 10th Century A.O.
(v) Cymbal Player, Sun Temple (Ganga Dynasty, Konark, Odisha) Stone
Circa 13th Century A. D.
(vi)  Mother and Child (Vimal-Shah Temple, Solanki Dynasty, Dilwara , Mount Abu, Rajasthan) white marble.
Circa 13th Century A. D.
(B) Bronzes:
(1) Introduction to Indian Bronzes
(2) Method of casting (solid and hollow)
(3)  Study of following south Indian Bronzes:
(i)   Nataraj (Chola period Thanjavur Distt., Tamil Nadu) 12th Century A .O.
(Collection: National Museum, New Delhi.) (ii) Devi (Uma) Chola Period
11th Century A. D.
(Collection: National Museum, New Delhi.)
12 Periods
(C)  Artistic aspects of the lndo-lslamic architecture
(1)   Introduction
(2) Study of following architectures:
(i)   Qutab Minar, Delhi (ii) Taj Mahal,Agra
(iii) Gol Gumbad , Bijapur
12 Periods
372
CLASS-X I{2G11-19)
(PRA.CTICAL}
60      1t5
Time 6 Hoblrs C:bl
Units Poriads Marla
1 N:rl.unt and Objed Study sa zo
2 Painting. • CampO’§.ition 50 ID
3 Portfolio As “8 lD
1″416 60
Unit 1; Nature . nd Objec.t ‘Study                                                               20 M.!!rks 50 Periods
Stucbr of·lWO «three not.lftl and aoornet.nc fomn 1n perncil W’lth 1iht 1nd shade from 11 fixed point of ·view’. H’atural fooms ike plants, v t l::lles,fruits a!ild iflcrwell’S , etc.;are to be l.11$ed. Gemmetri:ca fMms of ob’J@CbIk@ 1:1lJb1u, OOl’IM) prisrvu:, <CY{tndenaind !!ipMrK !Mulid Mi lMld.
Unit 1; Painting Composition                                                          20 Marks 50 Perliods
UJ Sfmple eK5e5 gf ba”$ic; de$ign irn varnatfQll of s.eorrnet ril; a_nd rhytbmail:: pe5 in SE!!!llliletllicalamd decoratrve desipils ama oolouirs to IDier.iltand des!Sns as organised v’!s1.11al Ul”an;erne111ts.                                                                               1OMarkt: 25 Periods
Ur.It l= PortfOllo Assessment                                                              20 Marks 48 Periods
tt)   Recor<.I or h& ifttln!!     ,.prformana!i frriom sketch to ‘filll prt.      10·.¥!3rb
b  Five             l”!at\Jre arid ob.lect 5-tU!il).r        rd5e5 in iiiDY media       · cbing the 5e5Pon
includins mimirmum al      stll lrifE e  lidses;.                                                                         05 Mairb
c)  iwo M w.orll:s. of P3fntln15!!i don@ c*Jrlng tiht!i YNr                                    O!ii Marks These selecredl works prepared dunhne: lihe c:ourse by ·ttte cand1dat.es a111d rertlfied by lhe
sohlooll authcriti’e.s as the wt1rk dbne m the 5Chool wiill be placed behw”e tlrie exam1men for
M!Msrnf!nt .
Note:  1. The c:andicla 9 mould be !ifven one hCll.l”-breok after fl,_ hree haurs.
1. The time-table to be 50 f ramed lo llQ’!i’!il the 5tudeou t.oi wuk aintilnl.DJ5t:.’ for m1n1mum of
two pll’liOds at a     Uli.
One Theary Papeli
W’lirw.u••w:mlif\tago
PAllNTING (Code No 049)
CLUS-Xll 1(2018-19)
(THEORY)
..f 0 Marks
Timo: :2: Hoors
Units Period’s Marls
1 The Rajasthani and Pah.ari Si!:hmol!S. af Miniabre Paint ng t R c10
1 The Mugha.• am:! lleca,n Si;hoo’, Qf Miniature- Paimt(ng 18 10
3 Thelmdf i!n Ni-!1ioAal Rag ancJ the El;englSi;hl;ll;llQf Pa11nti 18 10
4 The Modem Trel!ids In lndlan Art 18 10
71 “‘°
Ulnlt 1: The Rajasthlnl and Paharl Schools of M niature Palnt1n1
(6.., Cent.wy A.ID.to 19th CM’lllllll} A..D.)
A brr1eJ n rocihJi:tion t.o. nd1en Mklfan.-e Sc:hoot’5i: Westem· lndran. Pala,. .ajMthan1, Muah:al, Centra lndli:!, Dea;an.and hhari.
The RaJM’tharri schi»J=
(i) Onlii!lin and Development
(2) Swb-Sch®·Mew.-,Bund Jodlpuir. B1kcaner, lt   s-h emd Jip1i1r·
( ) Main fealLJl’K of thit!’ bjM!ihitni Schod
(‘4)  Stud or tl’le f01.low1ni R:aljMlhan1paEnt11\iS:
Titll.e
ManMlag!nii
MJ 11.rninilddh  s.rng.n tw’8.
Cl’laupn Pal !r’ers
Krisl’ns ao swimg
RM!hi!!J (Bn1·Thmil)
Bharat Meets Rama al Chhlra.lcuta
Painter
Utka Ram Dana INurudc:li’n NrMl ll:hmid
CitJman
llllndl
JodM  r
Ritaner
l<ii ShmigMh
Jl:1pu-
B “lihe Pahari Scl
(I) Ori!:in and di!<relopmoot
(2) Sul:rSchoob·BMol’IU. Guter1  Kan ra. Chamblj and Garhw
(l) Nim featuire Qf the Pahari Sdloo1
(4) Stnctr or the r-allOWii n Pahati paintings:;
Th/lei
Kr151illlilli Vlllti (iop15 B’lilarat Wtwshippi!ilg
Paint.
ManaJi:u
sIi.th-SchCICI
Li
Charan_Padukas of Rama
Cosmic Dance of Shiva Nand, Yashoda and Krishna with Kinsmen going to Vrindavana
Radha and Krishna Looking into the Mirror
Unknown
Unknown
Nainsukh Unknown
Guler
Chamba
Kangra Garhwal
Unit 2:  The Mughal and Deccan Schools of Miniature Painting
(16th Century AD to 19th Century A.D.)
(A) The Mughal School
(1)  Origin and development
(2)  Main features of the Mughal School
(3)  Study of the following Mughal Paintings:
18 Periods
Title
Krishna  Lifting Mount  Govardhana Babur Crossing the River Sone
Jahangir Holding the Picture of Madona Falcon on a Bird- Rest
Kabir and Raidas
Marriage procession of Dara Shikoh
(B) The Deccan School
(1)  Origin and development
(2)  Main features of the Deccan School
(3)  Study of the following Deccan Paintings:
Title
Ragini Pat-hamsika
Sultan Abdulla Qutb Shah
Hazrat Nizamuddin Auliya and Amir Khusro Dancers
Chand Bibi Playing Polo (Chaugan)
Painter
Miskin Jagnath Abul Hassan
Ustad Mansoor Ustad Faquirullah Khan
Haji Madni
Painter
Unknown Unknown Unknown Unknown
Unknown
Period
Akbar Akbar Jahangir Jahangir Shahjahan
Provincial Mughal
(Avadh)
Sub-School
Ahmadnagar Bijapur Hyderabad Hyderabad
Gol Konda
Unit 3:   The Indian National Flag and the Bengal School of Painting
(About the beginning to mid of the 20th Centuary)
18 Periods
(A)  Evolution of the  Indian National  Flag  (First  –  1906, Middle –  1921 and  Final 1947 stages);
Symbolic significance of its forms and the colours.
(B) (1) Introduction to the Bengal School of Painting
One Pr.ac. til:::am Paper
LJ’j!JlfWl!.e W:Mgi’1tq&
PArNmtiiG Code Ho. 049)
CLHS-Xll {201S-19) (PRAC”mCM.)
60 Marks
TiiM: 6. Hm.ll’Si (3.+ll
Unitl Periods Marki
1 tqaturn and Object Study 50 20
2. Painting Composition 50 20
l P-onfO!lio      men 1118 20
148. l!JO
St.ud’6s om Ii.he batls. of ex:ercbes dl!lne n d:ass XI with two or three objeicuand two draperies. (In
different w) for badiJOUrnd arndl focegroumd.Exerdse5:irn pelllCi with llg:ht amd shade and It
full 1Col.ou1T from a fiiced po1nt.of view.
1m111rnat1¥e pafntlns b-ued on subjects rrom Life and N1u, ll.l’fe or Natu11e rn walef” and poster
…:o.lo.un wlttl ool.oUJr   lue!.
Unit J: PwttoHo As.sessment
(a) Reeord 01′ the entire y.E’i.f’s perifo.rma111C.ll’ from ste d’I to ftn’JWcl pro.d.lcl .
(b) FI”VE!  58Kied na u1re andl  abject:  §Cjl!Jdy   exerckes in  any  media   done· dn.-ing  the  sessiom,
includJns m1m1rnurn of tW’O stlll lrf@           sM.                                                       !ii     lb (c• Two seleclt.ed wuks or pirintln11done by dle candidate duriot the     Ii                      s IMfks, These seleded worb pre;pared dl!lriq the course 17t· tlhe candidate arid certified ti,i the school iWthtwUIMM IMwrirlik domt! iill th!! :!!Z:lnll’.ld. ‘1i’ll’lilbl!!           b@tore tlw! f!’xamlntn for aMnwmt.
lllcte:     The tJme-e to be so fmned mto allow tine lt!Jdents. to wort contlnuoo,!J.y for minimum or two
per1    al, i!J :Stfetdl.
1. Markin1Sdhiim.
Pin I: Naliunand Object Study,
(i)     Drawfng (composlticm)                                                                                  10
( i)  TrNtment ol nwdfttlt:ol.Cld’I                                                                 05
(111) 0vera1111mpre- ssm                                                                       05
Part 11  Pi!intlnt – Composition
(ii    COilnjXt$itioma• a,!Ffi’ili’ll!l!M’Mli\t il’ltludiJ’ij                Oli’I tht wtrject.
[ilj Treatment of IN!’dl (coloor’J 21nd apprcpriatemloor sclneme. (“ii }   Orlgi’nal ty. aeatlvity al’ld qve;raH ·irnpras,ian
10
05
(15
2{1 lilllilrks.
(i)   Origin and development of the Bengal School of Painting
(ii) Main features of the Bengal School of Painting
(2) Contribution of Indian artists in the struggle for National Freedom Movement
(3)  Study of the following paintings of the Bengal school:
(i)  Journey’s End – Abanindranath Tagore (ii) Shiva and Sati-Nandalal Bose
(iii) Rasa-Lila – Kshitindranath Majumdar
(iv) Radhika – M.A.R. Chughtai
(v)  Meghdoot – Ram Gopal Vijaivargiya
Unit 4:The Modern Trends in Indian Art                                                             18 Periods
Introduction
(1)  Study of the following works of Contemporary (Modern) Indian Art
(a)  Paintings
(i)  Rama Vanquishing the Pride of the Ocean – Raja Ravi Varma (ii) Magician – Gaganendranath Tagore
(iii) Mother and child – Jamini Roy
(iv) Three Girls – Amrita Sher Gil
(v) Mother Teressa – M.F. Husain
(vi) Gossip – N.S. Bendre
(vii) Untitled – G.R. Santosh
(b) Graphic – prints:
(i)   Whirl pool – Krishna Reddy (ii) Children – Somnath Hore (iii) Devi – Jyoti Bhatt
(iv) Of Walls – Anupam Sud
(v) Man, Woman and Tree – K. Laxma Goud
(c)  Scupltures:
(i)  Triumph of Labour – D. P. Roychowdhury (ii)  Santhal Family – Ramkinkar Vaij
(iii) Cries Un – heard – Amar Nath Sehgal
(iv) Ganesha – P.V. Jankiram
(v)  Chatturmukhi – Aekka Yada Giri Rao
The names of artists and titles of their art work as listed above are only suggestive and in no way
exhaustive. Teachers and students should expand this according to their own resources. However, the questions willbe set from the above mentioned art-works only.
Part Ill: Portfol o Assessment
(a)    Record of the entire year’s performance from sketch to finished product
(b)  Five selected nature and object study exercises in any media including minimum of two still lives
(c)    Two selected painting compositions prepared on the basis of
life and nature
20 marks
10
05
05
2.   Format of the Questions:
Part I: Nature and Object Study
Draw and paint the still·life of a group of objects arranged on a drawing board before you, from a fixed point of view (given to you), on a drawing paper of half imperial size in colours. Your drawing should be proportionate to the size of the paper. The objects should be painted in realistic manner with proper light and shade and perspective, etc. In this study the drawing· board is not to be included.
Note : A group of objects to be decided by the external and internal examiners jointly as per instructions. The objects for nature study and object study are to be arranged before the candidates .
Part II: Painting Composition:
Make a painting ·composition on any of the following five subjects in any medium (water /pastel, tempera, acrylic) of your choice on a drawing-paper of half imperial size either horizontally or vertically. Your composition should be original and effective. Weightage will be given to a well creative  composed   drawing,  effective   use  of  media,  proper   emphasis  on  the  subject matter  and utilization of full-space.
Note: Any five subjects for  painting composition are to be decided by the external and internal
examiners jointly as per instructions and are to mentioned here strictly just before the start of the examination for part II.
3.  (A) Instructions for the selection of the objects for Nature and Object Study:
1. The examiners (Internal and External) are to select/decide two or three suitable objects in such a way so that natural and geometricalforms may be coveredin the group of objects:
(i)      Natural-forms-large size foliage and flowers, fruits, and vegetables, etc.
(ii)   Geometrical forms made of wood/plastic /paper/metal/earthen, etc., such as cube, cone, prism, cylinder and sphere.
2.  Objects should be selected generally of large (suitable) size.
3. An object relating to nature, according to the season and location of the examination centre, must be included in the group of objects. The natural-objects should be purchased/ arranged only on the day of the examination so that its freshness may be maintained.
4. Two draperies in different colours (one in dark and other in light tone) are also to be included for background and foreground, keeping in view the colours and tones of the objects selected.
(B)  Instructions to decide the subjects for Painting-Composition:
1.  The examiners (Internal and External) are to select/decide five subjects suitable for painting – composition.
2. The subjects should be so designed that the candidates may get clear -cut ideas of the subjects
and they can exercise their imagination freely, because it is not important what you do, but how you do it.
3.  The examiners (Internal and External) jointly are free to select/ decide the subjects, but these should be accordingto the standard of Class XIIand environment of the school/candidates.
Some identified areas of the subjects for painting-composition are given below, in which some more areas may also be added:
(i)   Affairs of family friends and daily life. (ii)  Affairs of family professionals.
(iii) Games and sports activities.
(iv)  Nature
(v)   Fantasy
(vi)  National, religious, cultural, historical and social events and celebrations.
4.  General Instructions to the examiners:
1.  Candidates should be given one hour break after first three hours.
2.   Work of the candidates, for Parts I, II and 111, are to be evaluated on the spot jointly by the external and internal  examiners.
3.   Each work of Part I, II and 111, after assessment is to be marked as “Examined” and duly signed by the external  and internal examiners jointly.
Some Reference Books for teachers (For Practical Part):
1.   “Paint Still life” by Claretta White yet to be revised (Walter T. Foster Publication).
2.   “Art of Drawing” Grumbacher Library Wook (Walter T. Foster Publication).
3.   “On Techniques” By Leon Frank (Walter T. Foster Publication).
4.    “More Trees” by Fredrick Gardner (Walter T. Foster Publ cation).
5.   “How to Draw and Paint Textures of Animals” By Walter J. Wilweding (Water T. Foster Publication).
6.   “How to Draw and Paint Animal Expressions” by Walter J. Wilweding (Walter T. Foster Publ cation).
7.   “Art of the Pencil” by Borough Johnson (Sir ISAAC Pitman & Sons Ltd., New Delhi).
8.  “Design for you” by Ethel Jane Beitler (John Wilary & Sons Ltd., New Delhi).
9.   “Complete Book of Artist’s Techniques by Dr. Kurt Herbers, (Thames and Hudson, London).
B. GRAPHICS
(Code No. 050)
Introduction: The Course in Graphics at Senior Secondary stage as an elective subject is aimed to develop aesthetic sense of the students through the understanding of various important, well known aspects and modes of Visual art expression in India’s rich cultural heritage from the period of Indus Valley to the present time. It encompasses also a wider range of practical exercises in making of graphic prints for developing their mental faculties of observation, imagination,creation and physical & technical skills.
Objectives
A)   Theory (History of Indian Art)
Note: As the syllabus of Graphics (Theory) is the same as that of Painting (Theory), its objectives are same.
B)  Practical
The purpose of introducing practical exercises in graphics is to help and enable students to make simple compositions in monochrome and in colours through the various print-making techniques using methods and material specifically prescribed for adequate results. The students should be introduced to the subject by giving a short history of the print making techniques. They should be given exercises to inculcate respect for the tools and apparatus-used in the various processes including their maintenance
and proper handling.
One Theory Paper
Unitwise Weightage
CLASS-XI (THEORY)
40 Marks
Time: 2 Hours
Units Periods Marks
History of Indian Art
1 Pre-Historic Rock-Paintings and Art of Indus Valley 12 10
2 Buddhist and Jain and Hindu Art 24 15
3 Temple  Sculptures,  Bronzes  and  Artistic  aspects  of  lndo-  Islamic Architecture 36 15
72 40
Notes: The Syllabus of Graphics (Theory) for Class XI is the same as that of Painting (Theory) for class XI
given earlier.
One Practical Paper
Unitwise Weightage
CLASS-XI (PRACTICAL)
60 Marks
Time: 6 Hours (3+3)
Units Periods Marks
1 Relief Printing through Linocut/Woodcut/Paper-cardboard 100 40
2 Portfolio Assessment 48 20
148 60
Unit 1: To make Linocut/Woodcut/Paper -cardboard print on  1/4 Imperial sheet on a
given subject Syllabus for Rel ef Printing (Lonocuts/Woodcuts/Pape r-cardboard Prints).                                                                                               100 Periods
1.   Introduction of the history of print making.
2.   Printing methods and materials.
3.    Characteristics of printing inks, solvents, and dyers.
4.    Registration methods.
5.   Simple, colour printing techniques.
6.   Finishing of the mounting and prints.
Unit 2: Portfolio Assessment 48 Periods
a)    Record of the entire year’s performance from sketch to finished product 10 Marks
b)   The selected prints (either from Linocuts/Woodcuts/ Paper-cardboard prints) prepared during
the course by the candidate and certified by the school authorities as the work done in the school are to be placed before the examiners for assessment.                                   10 Marks
Note:
1.   The candidates should be given one hour break after first three hours.
2.   The time-table to be so framed as to allow the students to work continuously for minimum of two periods at a stretch.
One Theory Paper
Unitwise Weightage
CLASS-XII (THEORY)
40 Marks
Time: 2 Hours
Units Periods Marks
History of Indian Art
1 The Rajasthani and Pahari Schools of Miniature Painting 18 10
2 The Mughal and Deccan schools of Miniature Painting 18 10
3 The Indian National Flag and the Bengal School of Painting 18 10
4 The Modern Trends in Indian Art 18 10
72 40
Note: The Syllabus of Graphics (Theory) for Class XII is the same as that of Painting (Theory) for class XII
given earlier.
One Practical Paper
Unitwise Weightage
CBSE CLASS-XII (PRACTICAL)
60 Marks
Time: 6 Hours (3+3)
Units Periods Marks
1 Making of  graphic-print through  Serigraphy/Lithography/Etchi ng and 100 40
Engraving (Intaglio Process) techniques
2 48 20
Portfolio Assessment 148 60
Note: The students in the class are expecte d to opt for any one of the fo llowing media depend ing upon
the facilities available in their schools.                                                                            120 Periods
Unit-1   a)  Serigraphy
1.   The history of stencils and silk screen.
2.  Methods and materials.
3.   The use and maintenance of the squeeze.
4.   Sealing, registration for colour,work and preparation for printing.
5.    Solvents for cleaning, use and characteristics of printing inks.
6.   Finishing and mounting of the print.
OR
b)   Lithography                                                                                                            100 Periods
1.  Introduction: Short history and the methods and material used in producing lithographic prints.
2.  The use and characteristics of the Litho stone/ Zinc plates.
3.  The use of lithographic chalks and ink (Tusche).
4.    Preparing for printing and use of various chemicals inking and taking proofs.
5.   Papers used in lithography and getting the final print.
6.   Finishing and mounting of the print.
OR
c)   Etching and Engraving (Intagl o Process)                                                                    120 Periods
1. Introduction to intaglio technique with a short history, methods and materials, Etching process.
2. Preparing the plate and laying the ground (resist) and Inking.
3.  Characteristics of different types of grounds.
4. Characteristics and use of various acids.
5. Colour etching, use of stencils and marks.
6. Finishing and mounting of the prints.
Unit 2:   oprd of the entire year’s performance from sketch to finished product                               10 Marks
b)   Three selected prints prepared during the course by the candidate and certified by the school
authorities  as works  done in the school and  to be  placed  before the external examiner for assessment.                                                                                                                       10 Marks
Note: The time table to be so framed as to allow the students to work continuously for minimum of two
periods at a stretch.
GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATION OF PRACTICAL
1.  Marking Scheme:
Part I:  Graphic-Composition (print making)
(i)  Emphasis on the subject
(ii) Handling on the material and technique of print·making (iii) Composition and quality of print
10
10        40 marks 20
Part II: Portfolio Assessment
(a)  Record of the entire year’s performance from sketch to finished product.     10
(b)  Three selected Prints (4+3+3 marks for 3 prints)                                             10
2.  Format of the questions:
Part I:   Graphic Composition (print-making)                                                                             50 marks
Choose one of the print-making medium available and taught in your school viz. serigraphy, lithography, etching and engraving.
Make a Graphic-Composition on any one of the five subjects given below according to the possibility and suitability of the medium:
(Note: Any five suitable subjects for “Graphic-Composition (Print-making)” are to be decided by the internal and external  examiners jointly in accordance with the instructions are to be mentioned here).
Make use of line, tone and texture, exploiting the medium fully to realize composition. Print your composition in one or two colours.
Pay special attention to print quality and cleanliness. Submit two identical prints along with all the roughlayouts as your final submission.
Size of the plate:
(i) Serigraphy
(ii) Lithography
(iii) Etching ft engraving
30 cm x 20 cm.
30 cm x 20 cm.
30 cm x 20 cm.
3.  Instructions to decide the subjects for Graphic – Composition:
1. The external and internal examiners jointly are to select/ decide five subjects suitable for Graphic­ Composition (print-making).
2. Each subject should be so designed that the candidate may get a clear -cut idea of the subject, however, any candidate can perceive a subject in his/ her own way but graphic quality must be maintained in the composition.
3. The examiners (Internal and External) are free to select/decide the subjects, but these should be according to the standard of class XI I and environment of the school/candidates.
Some identified areas of the subjects for Graphic-Composition (Print-making) are given below in which some more areas may be added, if needed:
(i)      Affairs of family, friends and daily life.
(ii)    Affairs of family professionals.
(iii)  Games & Sports Activities.
(iv)    Nature.
(v)     Fantasy.
(vi)   National, religious and cultural, historical and social events and celebrations. (vii)  Historical monuments
(viii) Folk and classical dances/theatres
(ix)     Traditional/ancient sculpture and painting
(x)     Relevant social issues
4.  Instructions to the examiners
1.   Candidates should be given one hour break after first three hours.
2.   Work of the candidates for part I & II is to be evaluated on the spot by the external and internal examiners jointly.
3.   Each work of parts I & 11, after assessment, is to be marked as examined and duly signed by the external and internal examiners.
Some Reference books for teachers
1. “The Techniques of Graphic Art”, by H. Van Kruihingen.
2.    “Print Making”, Harvewy Daniels (Hamlym).
3.   “Art is Manual for Silk Screen Print Making”, by Heavy Shackler.
4.    “Print Making Today”, by Jules Helles.
5.   “Silk Screen Techniques”, J.I. Biege Leison, Dover Publ cation, New York.
6.  “Introducing Screen Printing”, Anthony Kinsey Walson Guptill, New York.
7.   “The Art and Craft of Screen Process Printing”, Kosloff,All the Bruce Publishing Co., New York.
8.   “Practical Screen Printing”, Stephen Russ, Studio Vista Walson Auptill, New York.
9.   “Artists Manual for Silk, Screen Print making”, Harry Shekler, American Artist’s Group’ New York.
10. “Lithography”, Yau Nostrav, Reinnold.
11. “Lithography for Artists”, Standley Loues, Oxford University Press.
12. “Linocuts and Woodcuts” ,Michael Rothemstein Studio Vista, London.
13.  “Relief Printing”, Michael Rothenstein Studio Vista, London.
14. “Etching, Engraving and Intagl o Printing”,Anthony Gross, Oxford University Press.
15. “The Art of Etching”, E.S. Sumaden Gouslable, London.
(C) SCULPTURE
(Code No. 051)
Introduction
The Course in sculpture at Senior Secondary stage as an elective subject is aimed at developing aesthetic sense of the students through the understanding of various important, well known aspects and modes of visual art expression in India’s rich cultural heritage from the period of Indus Valley to the present time. It encompasses also a wide range of practical exercises in making of various sculptures for developing their
mental faculties of observation, imagination and creation and the physical and technical skills.
Objectives
A)  THEORY (History of Indian Art)
Note: As the syllabus of Sculpture (Theory) is the same as that of Painting (Theory), its objectives are same.
B) PRACTICAL
The purpose of introducing practical exercises in sculpture is to help and enable the students to make sculptures. All assignments should be designed to understand problems of volume, weight, play of form in space, etc ., as against rendering on flat two dimensional. Adequate technical skills may be provided
depending on the facilities available.
CLASS-XI  (THEORY)
One Theory Paper
Unitwise Weightage
40 Marks
Time: 2 Hours
Units Periods Marks
History of Indian Art
1 Pre-Historic Rock-Painting and Art of Indus Valley 12 10
2 Buddhist, Jain and Hindu Art 24 15
3 Temple Sculpturs,  Bronzes and Artistic aspects of  lndo-lslamic Architecture 36 15
72 40
Note: The Syllabus of Sculpture (Theory) for Class XI is the same as that of Painting (Theory) for Class XI
given earlier.
CLASS-XI  (PRACTICAL)
One Practical Paper
Unitwise Weightage
60 Marks
Time: 6 Hours (3+3)
Units Periods Marks
1 Modelling in Relief (in clay or plaster of Paris) 50 20
2 Modelling in Round (in clay or plaster of Paris) 50 20
3       I Portfolio Assessment                                                                                   48                  20
148               60
Unit 1: Modelling in relief on given subjects from life and nature.
Unit 2: Model ing in round on given subjects from life and nature.
Handling of clay and its techniques, pinching, coiling, rolling, etc.
Unit 3: Portfolio Assessment
50 Periods
50 Periods
48 Periods
a)   Record the entire year’s performance from sketch to finished product.                             10 Marks
b) Four selected pieces of works prepared during the course by the candidate and certified by the school authorities as works executed in the school are to be placed before the examiners for assessment .                                                                                                     10 Marks
Note: 1.   The candidate should be given one hour break after first three hours.
2.    The time table to be so framed as to allow the students to work continuously for minimum of two periods at a stretch.
One Theory Paper
Unitwise Weightage
CLASS-XII (THEORY)
40 Marks
Time: 2 Hours
Units Periods Marks
CBSE History of Indian Art
1 The Rajasthani and Pahari Schools of Miniature Painting 18 10
2 The Mughal and Deccan Schools of Miniature Painting 18 10
3 The Indian National Flag and the Bengal School of Painting 18 10
4 The Modern Trends in Indian Art 18 10
72 40
Note: The Syllabus of Sculpture (Theory) for Class XII is the same as that of Painting (Theory) for Class XII
given earlier.
One Paper
Unitwise Weightage
CLASS-XI I (PRACTICAL)
60 Marks
Time: 6 Hours (3+3)
Units Periods Marks
1 Modelling in Relief (Clay and plaster of Paris) 50 20
2 Modelling in Round (clay and plaster of Paris 50 20
3 Portfolio Assessment 48 20
148 60
Unit 1: Modelling in Relief*
Unit 2: Modelling in Round*
Unit 3: Portfolio Assessment
50 Pds.
50 Pds.
48 Pds.
(a)  Record of the entire year’s performance from sketch to finished product                    (10 Marks)
(b) Four pieces of work prepared during the course selected by the candidate and certified by the school authorities as work executed in the school are to be placed before the examiners for assessment.
Use of clay composition in hollow for baking.
Note:
*    Modelling of simplified human figures, birds, animals and plants in relief and round.
Geometrical  shapes  like cube,  cone,  cylinder,  etc., and  their composition  in relief  as an exercise in design study of textures. Use of plaster of Paris.                                       10 Marks
1.   The candidate should be given one hour break after first three hours.
2.   The time table to be so framed as to allow the students to work continuously for minimum of two periods at a stretch.
GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATION OF PRACTICAL
1.  Marking Scheme:
Part I:  Modelling in Relief
(i) Composition including emphasis on the subject (ii)  Handling of media
(iii) Creative approach and overall impression
10
05    20 Marks
05
Part II: Modelling in Round
(i) Composition including emphasis on the subject (ii)  Handling of media
(iii) Creative approach and overall impression
10
05    20 Marks
05
Part Ill: Portfolio Assessment
(a)  Record of the enitre year’s performance from sketch to finished product.  10
(b)  Four works of sculpture consisting of:
(i) One sculpture in relief (High Relief)
(ii) One sculpture in relief (Low Relief)
(c) Two Sculpture in round
2.5
2.5
05
20 Marks
2.   Format of the questions:
Part I: Modelling in Relief:
Make a sculpture in Relief (low/high) on any one of the following five subjects. The size should be within 25 to 30 cm. (horizontally or vertically) and about 4 cm. in thickness from the board.
(Note: Any five suitable subjects for “Modelling in Relief ‘ are to be decided by the external and internal examiners jointly in accordance with the instructions and are to be mentioned here).
Part II: Modellingin Round:
Prepare a sculpture in round, in clay medium, on any one of the following five subjects. The height should be within 25 to 30 cm, horizontally or vertically.
Note: Any five suitable subjects for “Modelling in Round” are to be decided in accordance with the instructions and are to be mentioned here strictly just before the start of the examination for Part II.
3.  Instructions to decide the subjects for Modelling in Reil ef and Round:
(1) The examiners (Internal and External) are to select/ decide five subjects suitable for modelling in relief and five subjects for modelling in round. The subjects for “Modelling in Round” are to be conveyed to the candidates strictly just before the start of the examination for Part 11.
(2) Each subject should be so designed that the candidate may get a clear-cut idea of the subject, however, a candidate can perceive a subject in his/her own way. Distortion of human/animal forms may be allowed.
(3)  Choice of high or low rel ef should remain open to the candidates.
(4) The examiners (Internal and External) are free to decide the subjects but they should be according to the standard of class XII and environment of the school/candidates. Some identified areas of the subjects for Modellingin Relief are given below in which some more areas may also beincluded:
(i)      Nature Study;
(ii)   Design, natural, decorative, stylized and geometrical: (iii)   Family, friends and daily life;
(iv)     Birds and animals;
(v)     Games and sports activities;
(vi)    Religious, social and personal activities; (vii)    Cultural activities;
(viii)   Ideas – Personal,social,local, provincial, national and international.
4. General instructions to the examiners:
1.  Candidates should be given one hour break after first three hours.
2.   Work of the candidates of Parts I, II and Ill, is to be evaluated on the spot by the external and internal examiners jointly.
3.  Each work of Parts I, II and 111, after assessment, is to be marked as examined and duly signed by the external and internal examiners.
Some Reference books for teachers:
1.  “Indian Sculpture”, by Chintaman Kar.
2.   “Exploring Sculpture”, by Jan Arndell Mills &. Boon, London.
3.  “The Technique of Sculpture”, John W. Mills, P.T. Patsford Ltd., London.
4.    “A History Sculpture of the world”, Shelden Cneey, Thame and Hudson, London.
5.   “Form and Space”, Edward Their,Thomes and Hudson; London.
6.    “Sculpture and Ideas”, Michael F. Andrews.
7.    “Modern Sculpture”, Jean Selz, Heinemann, London.
8.  “Creative Carving”, (Material techniques appreciation), Dons Z. Meilach, Pritam Publishing.
(D) APPLIED ART (COMMERCIAL ART)
(Code No. 52)
Introduction
The course in Applied Art (Commercial Art) at Senior Secondary stage as an elective subject is aimed to develop aesthetic sense of the students through the understanding to various important, wellknown aspects and modes of visual art expression in India’s rich cultural heritage from the period of Indus Valley to the present time. It encompasses also a wide range of practical exercises in commercial art for developing their
mental faculties of observation, imagination, creation and physical and technical skills.
Objectives
A)  THEORY (History of Indian Art)
Notes: As the syllabus of Applied Art-Commercial Art (Theory) is the same as that of Painting (Theory), its objectives are same.
B)  PRACTICAL: The purpose of introducing practical exercises in Applied Art (Commercial Art) is to help
and enable the students to develop professional competence in making Model Drawing Lettering,layout preparation and poster so that they can link their lives with productivity.
One Theory Paper
Unitwise Weightage
CLASS-XI (THEORY)
40 Marks
Time:2 Hours
Units Periods Marks
History of Indian Art
1 Pre-Historic Rock-Paintings and Art of Indus Valley 12 10
2 Buddhist, Jain and Hindu Art 24 15
3 Temple  Sculpture   Bronze  and  Artistic   aspects Architecture of Inda-Islamic 36 15
72 40
Note: The Syllabus of Applied Art-Commercial Art  (Theory) for  Class XI is the same as that of  Painting
(Theory) for Class XI given earlier.
One Practical Paper
Unitwise Weightage
CLASS-XI  (PRACTICALS)
60 Marks
Time: 6 Hours (3+3)
Units Periods Marks
1 Drawing 50 20
2 Lettering and layout 50 20
3 Portfolio Assessment 48 20
148 60
Unit 1: Drawing
Drawing from Still-Life and Nature, medium-pencil monochrome/colour.
50 Pds.
Unit 2: (a) Lettering
(i)  Study of lettering of Roman and Devnagri Scripts (ii) Identification of some type-faces and their sizes
(b) Layout
Making a simple layout with lettering as the main component.
50 Pds.
Unit 3:  Portfolio Assessment                                                                                                                  48 Pds.
(a)  Record of entire year’s performance from sketch to finished product.                                        (10)
(b) Five selected drawings in any media done during the year including minimum three lives.     (05)
(c) Two selected works in chosen subject done during the year.                                                (05)
Note:
1.  The candidate should be given one hour break after first three hours.
2.  The time table to be so framed as to allow the students to work continuously for minimum of two periods at a stretch.
CLASS-XII  (THEORY)
One Theory Paper
Unitwise Weightage
40 Marks
Time: 2 Hour
Units Periods Marks
History of Indian Art
1 The Rajasthani and Pahari Schools of Miniature Painting 18 10
2 The Mughal and Deccan Schools of Miniature Painting 18 10
3 The Indian National Flag and the Bengal School of Painting 18 10
4 The Modern Trends in Indian Art 18 10
72 40
Note: The Syllabus of Applied Art-Commercial Art  (Theory)  for  ClassXll is the same as that of  Painting
(Theory) for Class X II given earlier.
CLASS-XII  (PRACTICAL)
One Practical Paper
Unitwise Weightage
60 Marks
Time: 6 Hours (3+3)
Units Periods Marks
1 Illustration 50 20
2 Poster 50 20
3    I Portfolio Assessment 48 20
148 60
Unit 1: Illustration 50 Periods
Study  of  techniques of illustration on  given subjects  and simple situations supported  by drawing
from life and outdoor sketching in different media suitable for printing.
Unit 2:  Poster                                                                                                                                50 Periods
Making a poster with specified data and slogan on a given subject in two or three colours.
Unit 3:  Portfolio Assessment                                                                                                         48 Periods
(a)  Record of the entire years performance from sketch to finished product.                                  (10)
(b) Five selected drawings in any media done during the year including minimum of two illustrations
(05)
(c) Two selected posters in chosen subject .                                                                    (05)
Note: The time table to  be so framed as to allow the students to work  continuously for  minimum of two
periods at a stretch.
1.  Marking Scheme:
Guidelines for Evaluation of Practical
Part I: Illustrations
(i)  Composition including quality of drawing
(ii) Emphasis on the subject with a specific situation (iii) Reproducing quality and overall impression
05     20 Marks 05
Part II: Poster
(i)  Layout and Lettering
(ii) Emphasis on the subject
(iii) Proper colour scheme, overall impression and reproducing quality
10}
05     20 Marks
05
Part Ill: Portfolio Assessment
(a)  Record of the entire year’s performance from sketch to finished product.
(b) Five selected drawings in any media including minimum of two illustrations.
(c)  Two selected posters in chosen subjects.
10}
05     20 Marks
05
2.   Format of the questions:
Part I: Illustration
Make an illustration in black and white in any colour media on any one of the following five subjects with a specific situation.
Size of the illustration: 30 cm x 22 cm.
Note:    Any five suitable subjects or illustration, decided by the external and internal examiners jointly in accordance with the instructions are to be mentioned here.
Part II: Poster
Prepare a poster-design with specified data and slogan in English/Hindi/Regional language, in three flat colours, on any one of the following five subjects. The designing of the poster should have balanced use of typography and illustration.
Size of the Poster-design: 1/2 imp size.
Note: Any five suitable subjects for poster design decided by the external and internal examiners jointly in accordance with the instructions and are mentioned here, strictly just before the start of the examination for Part II.
3.  A)    Instructions to decide the subjects for illustration:
1.  The examiners (Internal and External) are to select/decide five suitable subjects.
2.   Each  subject  should  be  given  a  specific  situation,  which  is  a  main  characteristic  of  an illustration.
3.   Each subject should be so designed that the candidate may get a clear-cut idea of the subject and they can illustrate a specific situation based on given subject areas.
4.    The examiners (Internal and External) are free to decide the subjects but these should be according to the standard of the class XII and environment of the school/ candidates.
Some identified areas of the subjects for illustration are given below, in which some more areas may be added if needed.
Subject with a specific situation:
(i)  Family and friends in daily life.
(ii)  Professionals/ professions. (iii) Games and sports.
(iv) Nature.
(v)  National events and celebrations.
(vi) Religious events and festivals. (vii)Culture- Dance, Drama, Music and Art.
B)   Instructions to decide the subjects for Poster-design:
1.  The examiners (Internal and External) are to select/decide five subjects suitable for poster-design.
2.   Each subject should be given a specified data and slogan.
3.   The data and slogan should be so framed/designed that the candidates may get a clear-cut idea of the subject.
4.   The examiners (Internal and External) must give the subjects data and slogan according to the standard of Class XII and environment of the school/ candidates.
Some identified areas for poster-design are given below, in which some more areas/subject s may be added.
1.  For Advertisement on:
(i) Excursion/Tourism (ii)  Cultural activities
(iii) Community and nature development
(iv) Ideas-Social, national and international
(v)  Commercial products
2. Instructions to the examiners:
1.  Candidates should be given one hour break after first three hours.
2.  Work of the candidates for Parts I, II and Ill is to be evaluated on the spot by the external and internal examiners jointly.
3.  Each work of parts I, II and 111 , after assessment,is to be marked as examined and signed by the external and internal examiners.
Some Reference Books for teachers
1.  Typolog – G.M. Rege, Bombay.
2.   Kalatmak Likhai, Published by D.A. V. P.
3.  Figure Painting in Water Colour, Charles Reid Watson,Guptill Publication. 4.  Walter T. Foster – Objective Drawing.
5.  Walter T. Foster – Human Figure. 6.   Walter T. Foster- Head Study.
7.  Walter T. Foster – Animal Study. 8.  Walter T. Foster – Landscape.
9.   Applied Art Handbook – G.M. Rege, Bombay.
Some Reference Books for Theory portion of Painting, Graphics, Sculpture and Applied Art :
1.  ‘llrnf cit f-q?ICf1(11
2.                      fil?ICf1(11 fueJUT
3.                fil?1ict11
4.             fil?ICf1(11 CliT
5.             Cflffi 3fh: Cf1(11Cf1I<
U<1 <f tSOl<\F8 , ‘l1T\cft     .   >fB, $(1161iill<\ (6. >J.)
m.       WR1.                 m. fu, $(1t t:1i!11c:;  (6. >i.)
zj’. ui:t Cf}i “m: fci:(Clct1i:tl, f<l:l :( 11(11(1 ‘lWfci”          . ‘Cfi’CU,
$(1161iill<\ (6. >J.)
zj’.                   cr:rt ,             futIT ,        (6. >J.)
. ‘b,'”IIf<(1           , V<fiTffi   fcl,     atR >rnRUT
. ‘llrnf mcf>R , qfC:<il(11 6mf,          -110 001
Cl l’qf4fa            .        ’11T                      Sl fa tidl1,                   .
1’1R,         . 100007
zj’.  ICl'{l,'”11{ m 6T. {l'”llClC11 { .
futIT. f.:rcf;c i1ci4 02 ‘ *6 (6.>J.)
zj’.  am:.   .                         futIT ‘ f.:rcf;c  l1Cl 4 02
. *6 (6. >J.)
zj’. v:B-·        . l11Wn        . 299 ,                    ‘
12. ftwq Cfi
13. ‘l1mf CflT ‘!fdfo(“q
(6. >T.)  208004
“if. f-ci{‘Jllcilci    . ‘(‘l”a,:tjt Cf)(‘1T ¢. ‘1″lff     . 111’f11lll’H’:
(6. >T.)  201001
“if. f-ci{‘Jllcilci   . ‘(‘l”a,:tjt Cf)(‘1T ¢. ‘1″lff    . 111f’11lll<l’ll<:
(6. >T.)  201001
+<;cilci      .                   fu.. $<:’1151<1’11<:  (6. >T.)
“if.              .        .                        .           i1c:,
– 110006
“if.  flT*f   fct>W          .            fil?tCflcil    CflT
.;}!lci <‘   IC”IOJCfl                               Cf)(‘1T                 . 27-“Q;,
.          (6. >T.)  202001
15.           ‘”lfcfCFlcil
16. 31T      fil?tCflcil
17. ‘l1mf <fiT r-ci ?tCfl ci1 CflT ma.ft<f
18.       Cfl1f ,        mfTIB. \l'”llf<ti°Cfl{,        .
‘ ?:ITfl:Rt U”lf .    m1R U”lf    qU. CR        gf  Cfll   c &il1lmcm )    <f flIOlCfl I<:’fl1         Cf)(‘1T
19.             Cf)(‘1T
21.  Hindustan Masavri
22. The Heritage of Indian Art
23. Studies in Indian Art
24. Indian Painting
25.  History of Indian and Indonesian Art
26.  South Indian Bronzes
27. Discovering  Indian  Sculpture,  A   Brief History
28. Story of Indian Art
-do-
-do-
“if. <11<fl 1   ‘”S\  m lll<IB qf’*1i·1 “ITT3″B.                  .
llB (6. >T.)
Cf)(‘1T                      .                .  CflT4\F1fi 8  lfflf.
(f.:rcR “IOl’uiT “ITT3″B) ‘         110001 (f      ‘(‘1″.Cfi.3l.  cfi”
m Cfllllfw:n- 1R tjl
“if.        mul         . 1!     . Cll{IOlf!l (6. >T.) 221005
By Dr. Anis Farooqi
Dr. Vasudev Sharan Agrawal
Dr. Vasudev Sharan Agrawal, Banaras Hindu University Publ cation,Varanasi  (U.P.)
Percy Brown, YMCA Publ shing House, Massey Hall, Jai Singh Road (Near Parl ament Street) New Delhi-110001
A. K. Coomaraswamy, Dover Publication, Inc., New York.
C. Civaramamurti , Lal t Kala Academi, New Delhi-I 10001.
Dr. Charles L. Fabri, Affiliated East-West Press Pvt. Ltd., C-57, Defense Colony, New Delhi-110024.
S.K. Bhattacharya, Atma Ram & Sons, Kashmiri Gate, Delhi-I 10006.
30. Glory of Indian Miniature
31 . Indian Painting
32. Indian Artists through the ages 33 . Contemporary Indian Artists
34. Monographs on Amar Nath Sehgal. Amrita Shergil, Abanindra Nath Tagore,
D.P. Roy Chowdhury, Dhanaj Bhagat, Gaganendra Nath Tagore, K.K. Hebbar, Krishna Reddy, M.F. Husain, Rabindra Nath Tagore, Jamini Roy, P.V. Janakiram, Lalit Kala Contemporary
35. Monographs, Portfolios and prints of contemporary IModern paintings and sculptures which are included in the course of study.
36 . Portfolios, books and prints of Paintings and sculptures which are included in the course of study Govt. of India), Janpath,
37 . Contemporary Art in India-A Perspective
38.  History  of  Indian  Painting (Volume-I to
V)
Dr.  Daljeet,  Mahindra  Publications,  R-5/ 11,  New  Raj
Nagar, Ghaziabad, Utttar Pradesh -201002.
C.Sivaramamurti , National Book Trust, India A-5, Green Park, New Delhi-110016
R.K. Chopra, R.K.C. Publications H-49, Raghu Nagar, Pankha Road, New Delhi-110045.
Geeta Kapoor, Vikas Publishing House, Darya Ganj, Delhi – 110002
Lal t Kala Akademi , Rabindra Bhawan, Copernicus Marg, (New Mandi House), New Delhi-110001 .
National Gallery of Modern Art (Deptt. of Culture, Ministry of H.R.D. Govt. of India) : Jaipur House, Near India Gate, New Delhi-110003 .
National Museum (Deptt. of Culture, Ministry of H.R.D.) New Delhi-110011
Prof. P.N. Mago National Book Trust of India, New Delhi-110016
Krishna Chaitanya, Abhinav Publications,  Hauzkhas, New Delhi

To see the full specifications with in-depth details click here

© Copyright Entrance India - Engineering and Medical Entrance Exams in India | Website Maintained by Firewall Firm - IT Monteur